Home

ou PDF - QGIS Documentation

1. Figura 17 13 M ltipla Selec o 7 E Fixed Table Figura 17 14 Tabela Fixa 194 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Clique no botao do lado direito para ver a tabela e editar os seus valores Depending on the algorithm the number of rows can be modified or not by using the buttons on the right side of the window You will find a Help tab in the the parameters dialog If a help file is available it will be shown giving you more information about the algorithm and detailed descriptions of what each parameter does Unfortunately most algorithms lack good documentation but if you feel like contributing to the project this would be a good place to Start Uma nota nas projeccoes Algorithms run from the processing framework this is also true of most of the external applications whose algorithms are exposed through it Do not perform any reprojection on input layers and assume that all of them are already in a common coordinate system and ready to be analized Whenever you use more than one layer as input to an algorithm whether vector or raster it is up to you to make sure that they are all in the same coordinate system Note that due to QGIS s on the fly reprojecting capabilities although two layers might seem to overlap and match that might not be true if their original coordinates are used without reprojecting them onto a common coordinate system T
2. 21 2 Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU 22 Literatura e Refer ncias Web ndice 187 187 188 197 204 206 211 212 219 221 22 223 226 241 243 243 245 246 249 249 253 254 254 255 256 266 269 212 217 278 278 281 282 284 287 288 289 289 292 293 293 294 294 295 295 295 297 297 300 307 309 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Conte do d QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Do Conte do CAP TULO 1 Preambulo This document is the original user guide of the described software QGIS The software and hardware described in this document are in most cases registered trademarks and are therefore subject to legal requirements QGIS is subject to the GNU General Public License Find more information on the QGIS homepage http www qgis org The details data and results in this document have been written and verified to the best of the knowledge and responsibility of the authors and editors Nevertheless mistakes concerning the content are possible Therefore data are not liable to any duties or guarantees The authors editors and publishers do not take any responsibility or liability for failures and their consequences You are always welcome to report possible mistakes This document has been typeset with reStructuredText It is available as reST source code via github and online as HTML and PDF via http www qgis org en docs Translated versions of this document can be downloaded in
3. Curved option see Figure_labels_2 The Rendering menu has nearly the same entries as for point layers In the Feature options you can now Suppress labeling of features smaller than Labeling polygon layers The first step is to activate the A Label this layer checkbox and select an attribute column to use for labeling Click if you want to define labels based on expressions See labeling with expressions In the Text menu define the text style The entries are the same as for point and line layers The Formatting menu allows you to format multiple lines also similar to the cases of point and line layers As with point and line layers you can create a text buffer in the Buffer menu 90 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Project Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Ras Soh coe oe gt E fos f D a A m 2 4 py Label this layer with NAM l aka ee a ee es p Text Buffer sample 4 ob lt 7 ea F jed oe PSPHPHPL ARS a lorem ipsum aba Keg S abe abe abc abe Layers a A T B groups fo Lorem Ipsum a v o E d x k POPP ty ape Text Placement A TZ t Formatting vg airports Q a ph an Ff A 7 9 Buffer Parallel Curved Horizontal an i storagep Ps na o e o Pa adow p aii o gt Placement Position amp Above line On line Below line gt M V rivers ive ee a l J Rendering Line orientation dependent p
4. Figura 17 15 Estilos de Renderiza o e Use only selected features If this option is selected whenever a vector layer is used as input for an al gorithm only its selected features will be used If the layer has no selected features all features will be used e Pre execution script file and Post execution script file These parameters refer to scripts written using the processing scripting functionality and are explained in the section covering scripting and the console Apart from the General block in the settings dialog you will also find a block for algorithm providers Each entry in this block contains an Activate item that you can use to make algorithms appear or not in the toolbox Also some algorithm providers have their own configuration items which we will explain later when covering particular algorithm providers 17 3 O modelador gr fico O modelador gr fico permite que possa criar modelos complexos usando uma simples interface f cil de usar Quando se trabalha com SIG a maioria das opera es de an lises n o s o isoladas mas fazem parte de uma cadeia de opera es Usando o modelador gr fico essa cadeia de processos pode ser agregada num nico processo sendo mais f cil e mais conveniente mais tarde a sua execu o num conjunto de diferentes dados de entrada N o importa o n mero de etapas e os diferentes algoritmos envolvidos o modelo executado como um nico algoritmo poupando assim tempo e
5. Figura 17 28 Caminho do Ficheiro do Processamento em Lote 17 4 4 Executando o processo em lote Ap s a introdu o de todos os valores necess rios pode executar o processamento em lote apenas clicando em OK O progresso global da tarefa de processamento ser exibido na barra de progresso na parte inferior do di logo 17 5 Usando os algoritmos do processamento a partir da consola The console allows advanced users to increase their productivity and perform complex operations that cannot be performed using any of the other GUI elements of the processing framework Models involving several algorithms can be defined using the command line interface and additional operations such as loops and conditional sentences can be added to create more flexible and powerful workflows There is not a proccesing console in QGIS but all processing commands are available instead from the QGIS built in Python console That means that you can incorporate those commands into your console work and connect processing algorithms to all the other features including methods from the QGIS API available from there O c digo que pode executar a partir da consola Python mesmo quando n o chama nenhum m todo espec fico do processamento pode ser convertido num novo algoritmo que pode mais tarde chamar da caixa de ferramentas o modelador gr fico ou qualquer outro componente como faz para outro algoritmo De facto alguns algoritmos que encontra na caixa
6. Stretch and clip to MinMax and Clip to min max Layer Properties cascais_map Style ES v Band rendering General Render type ib wy Style ype Multiband color A Transparency Red band Band 1 Red Load min max values RR Cumulative r a Pyramids Min max 0 0 O counteut 120 i 98 0 Green band Band 2 Green Min max I Histogram SAEZ GIREN ne 7 Mean s Min max o 0 r Metadata standard deviation x 100 Blue band Band 3 Blue E Extent Min max Full Estimate Faster Contrast Current Actual slower Stretch to MinMax ak enhancement Load Figura 13 2 Renderiza o Raster Cor Multibanda l Esta sele o oferece lhe uma ampla gama de op es para modificar a apar ncia da sua camada Em primeiro lugar tem que ter o intervalo de dados a partir da sua imagem Isto pode ser feito escolhendo a Extent and pressing Load QGIS can Estimate faster the Min and Max values of the bands or use the Actual slower Accuracy Now you can scale the colors with the help of the Load min max values section A lot of images have a few very low and high data These outliers can be eliminated using the Cumulative count cut setting The standard data range is set from 2 to 98 of the data values and can be adapted manually With this setting the gray character of the image can disappear With the scaling option Min max QGIS creates a color table wi
7. gt amp Show also experimental plugins Show also deprecated plugins Plugin repositories status Name m URL f E connected QGIS Official Repository http plugins qgis org plugins plugins xml qgis Reload repository Add Edit Delete Help Close Figura 19 5 O menu cg Configura es l A fun o Procurar est dispon vel na maior parte do menu excepto E Configura es Aqui pode procurar por m dulos espec ficos Tip M dulos base e externos Os m dulos QGIS est o implementados como M dulos Base ou M dulos Externos Os M dulos Base s o mantidos pela Equipa de Desenvolvimento QGIS e v m automaticamente com qualquer distribui o QGIS Estes m dulos s o escritos numa das duas linguagens de programa o C ou Python Os M dulos Externos s o todoso que actualmente est o escritos em Python Estes m dulos s o armazenados em reposit rios externos e s o mantidos por autores individuais Documenta o detalhada acerca do seu uso vers o QGIS m nima S tio na Internet autores e outras informa es importantes s o fornecidas no Reposit rio Oficial do QGIS em http plugins qgis org plugins Para reposit rios externos pode estar dispon vel documenta o com os m dulos externos Geralmente n o inclu mos neste manual 252 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 2 Usando os Modulos QGIS Core Icone M dulo Descri o Refer nc
8. swamp Blend mode Normal a E Lay Brow Browser Apply Cancel OK gt TT e a a r es Coordinate 2647227 5127696 Scale 4978991 9 amp Render Figura 12 15 Smart labeling of vector point layers The first step is to activate the C Label this layer checkbox in the Label settings tab and select an attribute column to use for labeling Click amp if you want to define labels based on expressions See labeling with expressions After that you can define the text style in the Text menu Here you can use the same settings as for point layers Also in the Formatting menu the same settings as for point layers are possible The Buffer menu has the same functions as described in section labeling_point_layers The Background menu has the same entries as described in section labeling_point_layers Also the Shadow menu has the same entries as described in section labeling_point_layers In the Placement menu you find special settings for line layers The label can be placed Parallel Curved or Horizontal With the Parallel and Curved option you can define the position A Above line Ed On line and Ed Below line It s possible to select several options at once In that case QGIS will look for the optimal position of the label Remember that here you can also use the line orientation for the position of the label Additionally you can define a Maximum angle between curved characters when selecting the
9. Alaska dataset and select the file landcover img 7 As raster output name define landcover grass and click Run In the Output tab you see the currently running GRASS command r in gdal o input path to landcover img output landcover grass 8 When it says Succesfully finished click View output The Ilandcover grass raster layer is now imported into GRASS and will be visualized in the QGIS canvas 9 To import the vector GML file lakes gm1 click the module v in ogr in the Modules Tree tab This GRASS module allows you to import OGR supported vector files intoa GRASS LOCATION The module dialog for v in ogr appears 10 Browse to the folder gm1 in the QGIS Alaska dataset and select the file Lakes gml1 as OGR file 11 As vector output name define lakes grass and click Run You don t have to care about the other options in this example In the Output tab you see the currently running GRASS command v in ogr o dsn path to lakes gml output lakes _grass 12 When it says Succesfully finished click View output The 1akes_grass vector layer is now imported into GRASS and will be visualized in the QGIS canvas 16 5 O modelo de dados vectoriais do GRASS importante perceber previamente o modelo de dados vectorial GRASS antes da digitaliza o O GRASS usa um modelo topol gico vectorial Isto significa que as reas n o est o representadas como pol gonos fechados mas por um ou mais limites Um limite entre
10. Here you can also use the Function list Recent Selection to make a selection that you used before The expression builder remembers the last 20 used expressions The matching rows will be selected and the total number of matching rows will appear in the title bar of the attribute table as well as in the status bar of the main window For searches that display only selected features on the map use the Query Builder described in section Ferramenta de Consulta To show selected records only use Show Selected Features from the menu at the bottom left The other buttons at the top of the attribute table window provide the following functionality 4 Toggle editing mode to edit single values and to enable functionalities described below also with Ct r1 E e 4 Save Edits also with Ctr1 S r Unselect all also with Ct r1 U Move selected to top also with Ctr1 T Invert selection also with Ct r1 R E x Copy selected rows to clipboard also with Ctr1 C em Pe ye P zoom map to the selected rows also with Ctr1 9 ob Pan map to the selected rows also with Ctrl P g Delete selected features akomi ctii lp New Column for PostGIS layers and for OGR layers with GDAL version gt 1 6 also with Ct r1 W E Delete Column for PostGIS layers and for OGR layers with GDAL version gt 1 9 also with Ctr1 L A se Open field calculator algo with Ctr1 T Tip Ignorar geometria WKT If you want to use attribu
11. Now save the session in a project file alaska ggs To provide the project as a WMS WES we create a new folder usr lib cgi bin project with admin privileges and add the project file alaska qgs and a copy of the qgis mapserv fcgi file that s all Now we test our project WMS WES and WCS Add the WMS WFS and WCS as described in Carregando as camadas WMS WMTS WFS e WFS T Cliente and WCS Cliente to QGIS and load the data The URL is http localhost cgi bin project qgis mapserv fcgi Afinando o seu OWS For vector layers the Fields menu of the Layer Properties dialog allows you to define for each attribute if it will be published or not By default all the attributes are published by your WMS and WFS If you want a specific attribute not to be published uncheck the corresponding checkbox in the WMS or WFS column You can overlay watermarks over the maps produced by your WMS by adding text annotations or SVG annotations to the project file See section Annotation Tools in Ferramentas gerais for instructions on creating annotations For annotations to be displayed as watermarks on the WMS output the Fixed map position check box in the Annotation text dialog must be unchecked This can be accessed by double clicking the annotation while one of the annotation tools is active For SVG annotations you will need either to set the project to save absolute paths in the General menu of the Project Project Properties dialog or to manually
12. QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 8 Capitulo 3 Prefacio CAPITULO 4 Caracteristicas QGIS offers many common GIS functionalities provided by core features and plugins A short summary of six general categories of features and plugins is presented below followed by first insights into the integrated Python console 4 1 Visualiza o de dados Pode ver ou sobrepor dados vectoriais e matriciais em diferentes formatos e projec es sem convers o para um formato interno ou comum Os formatos suportados inclu dos s o 4 2 Spatially enabled tables and views using PostGIS SpatiaLite and MS SQL Spatial Oracle Spatial vector formats supported by the installed OGR library including ESRI shapefiles MapInfo SDTS GML and many more See section Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial Raster and imagery formats supported by the installed GDAL Geospatial Data Abstraction Library li brary such as GeoTIFF ERDAS IMG ArcInfo ASCII GRID JPEG PNG and many more See section Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial GRASS raster and vector data from GRASS databases location mapset See section Integra o GRASS SIG Online spatial data served as OGC Web Services including WMS WMTS WCS WES and WFS T See section Trabalhando com dados OGC OpenStreetMap data See section plugins osm Explora o de dados e compositores de mapas You can compose maps and interactively explore spatial data with a friendly GUI The many helpful
13. es externas 17 8 The SEXTANTE Commander 18 Compositor de Impress o 18 1 Primeiros passos 18 2 Modo de Renderizaga o 18 3 Itens do Compositor 18 4 Manageitems 18 5 Ferramentas de Reverter e Restaurar 18 6 Gera o de Atlas 18 7 Criando um ficheiro de Sa da 18 8 Gerir o Compositor 19 M dulos 19 1 M dulos QGIS 19 2 Usando os M dulos QGIS Core 19 3 M dulo de Captura de Coordenadas 19 4 M dulo Gestor BD 19 5 M dulo de Convers o Dxf2Shp 19 6 M dulo eVis sms oc 44 4 4ee4 5 19 7 M dulo fTools 19 8 M dulo de Ferramentas GDAL 19 9 M dulo Georeferenciador 19 10 M dulo de Interpola o 19 11 M dulo Edi o Offilne 19 12 Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin 19 13 M dulo de An lise do Terreno Matricial 19 14 M dulo de Mapa de Densidade 19 15 M dulo de C lculo de Rotas 19 16 M dulo de Consulta Espacial 19 17 M dulo SPIT sz essa ge add Em E 19 18 M dulo SQL Anywhere 19 19 M dulo Verificador de Topologia 19 20 M dulo de Estat stica Zonal 20 Ajuda e Suporte 20 1 Listas de Discussfo 2 IRC assa bee ee eae eee D 20 3 Bus Trackers 226 2 d4 waa Se dd 20 4 Blog e 224 4408 466458 oe 3 20 5 Modulos lt 4 0 fe dG a RRO MWO Wik sssirgacisregu eee Ps 21 Ap ndice 21 1 Licen a Geral P blica GNU
14. es que dos menus mais as ferramentas adicionais para interagir com o mapa Cada item da barra de ferramentas tem uma janela de ajuda dispon vel Mantenha o seu rato em cima do item e uma descri o curta da finalidade da ferramenta ira ser exibida 30 Cap tulo 7 QGIS GUI QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Todos as barras de menu podem ser movidas de acordo com as suas necessidades Adicionalmente todas as barras de menus podem ser desligadas com o bot o direito do rato no menu de contexto segurando o rato sobre as barras de ferramentas leia tamb m Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas Tip Restaurar as Barras de Ferramentas Se acidentalmente escondeu todas as suas barras de ferramentas pode ir busc las escolhendo a op o do menu Configura es Barra de Ferramentas Se a barra de ferramentas desapare cer no Windows que costuma ser um problema de tempo a tempo no QGIS necessita de remover HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software QGIS qgis UI state no registo Quando restaurar o QGIS a chave escrita novamente com o estado padr o e todas as barras de ferramentas estar o vis veis outra vez 7 3 Legenda do Mapa The map legend area lists all the layers in the project The checkbox in each legend entry can be used to show or hide the layer A camada pode ser seleccionada e arrastada para cima e para abaixo na legenda para alterar a ordena o z A Ordena o Z significa que as camadas listadas perto do topo da legenda s o desenhadas
15. incluida sem o termo modifica o Cada licen a endere ada como tu Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you dis
16. o reclamar direitos ou contestar os seus direitos do trabalho escrito inteiramente por voc serve mais para exercer o direito de controlo da distribui o de derivados ou trabalhos colectivos baseados no Programa Em adi o a mera agrega o de outro trabalho que n o est baseado no Programa dentro do Programa ou com o trabalho baseado no Programa ou num volume de armazenamento ou numa m dia distribui o n o traz o outro trabalho ao alcance desta Licen a 3 Pode copiar e distribuir o Programa ou basear o seu trabalho nele segundo a Sec o 2 no c digo do objecto ou na forma execut vel nos termos da Sec o 1 e 2 acima fornecidos desde que fa a um dos seguintes casos a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be dis tributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software inter change or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or 298 Cap tulo 21 Ap ndice 21 1 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternati
17. A vista do mapa pode ser movida mudando o foco da tela do mapa para outra regi o e ampliada ou afastada Outras variadas opera es podem ser efectuadas no mapa com descrito na descri o da barra de ferramenta acima A vista de mapa e a legenda est o estritamente ligadas uma a outra os mapas na vista reflectem altera es que fa a na rea da legenda Tip Aumentado o Mapa com a roda do Rato Pode usar a roda do rato para ampliar ou afastar o mapa Posicione o cursos do rato dentro da rea do mapa e rode a roda para a frente longe de si para ampliar e para tr s perto de si para afastar A posi o do cursor do mapa 7 4 Vista do Mapa 38 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 centrada onde a amplia o ocorre Pode personalizar o comportamento de amplia o da roda do rato usando o separador Ferramentas de mapa no menu Configura es Op es Tip Movendo o Mapa com as Setas de Direc o e Barra de Espa o Pode usar as teclas de direc o para mover o mapa Coloque o cursor do mapa dentro da rea do mapa e clique na tecla direita de direc o para mover para este tecla esquerda de direc o para mover para oeste tecla para cima para mover para norte e a tecla de direc o para baixo para mover para sul Pode tamb m mover o mapa usando a barra de espa o ou clicando na roda do rato apenas mova o rato enquanto segura a barra de espa o ou clica a roda do rato 7 5 Barra de Estado A barra de estado mostra a
18. C bica Cubico Suavizado Lanczos Definindo as configuracoes de transformacao Existe v rias op es que necessitam ser definidos para a sa da do matricial georeferenciado A caixa de verifica o 4 Criar world file est apenas dispon vel se decidir usar o tipo de transforma o linear pois significa que a sua imagem raster actualmente n o ser transformada Nesse caso o campo guilabel Raster de Sa da nao est activo porque apenas ser criado um novo world file Para outro tipo de transforma o necessita de definir um Raster de Sa da Por defeito um novo ficheiro filename modified ser criado na mesma pasta junto da imagem raster original Como pr ximo passo necessita de definir SRC de Destino Sistema de Refer ncia Espacial para o matricial georeferenciado veja Trabalhando com Projec es Se quiser pode gerar um mapa em pdf e tamb m um relat rio em pdf O relat rio inclui informa o acerca dos parametros de transforma o usados Uma imagem com os res duos e a lista com todos os pontos de controlo e os seus EMQ Al m disso pode activar a caixa de verifica o guilabel Definir a Resolu o do Alvo e definir a res olu o do pixel do raster de sa da A resolu o horizontal e vertical por defeito de 1 Ed guilabel Usar O para a transpar ncia quando necess rio pode ser activado se os pixeis com o valor O ser visualizado como transparente No nosso exemplo todas as
19. Database data Dropbox Trabalho QGIS Plugins Layer name Alaska Geometry column geometry Type O Point Line O Polygon O MultiPoint Multiline Multipolygon EPSG 4326 W05 84 Specify CRS Create an autoincrementing primary key New attribute Name area Type Decimal number E dm Add to attributes list Attributes list Name text Remove attribute Figura 12 38 Janela de cria o de uma nova camada SpatialLite 118 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 12 3 7 Trabalhando com a Tabela de Atributos The attribute table displays features of a selected layer Each row in the table represents one map feature and each column contains a particular piece of information about the feature Features in the table can be searched selected moved or even edited To open the attribute table for a vector layer make the layer active by clicking on it in the map legend area Then from the main Layer menu choose Open Attribute Table It is also possible to right click on the layer and choose Open Attribute Table from the drop down menu and to click on the Open Attribute Table button in the Attributes toolbar This will open a new window that displays the feature attributes for the layer figure attributes 1 The number of features and the number of selected features are shown 1n the attribute table title Attribute table regions Feat
20. Edit devices Port local gpsd Refresh Feature type Waypoints Layer name downloaded points Output file data Dropbox Trabalho downloaded_points gpx Save As Help Cancel OK Figura 15 2 A ferramenta de transfer ncia e No Windows COM1 ou COM2 Quando clica em OK os dados ser o transferidos a partir do dispositivo e aparecer como uma camada no QGIS 15 1 6 Uploading os dados GPS para o dispositivo Pode tamb m fazer upload dos dados directamente de uma camada vectorial no QGIS para um dispositivo GPS usando o separador Upload to GPS da janela de Ferramentas GPS Para fazer isto necessita simplesmente de seleccione a camada que quer fazer o upload que tem de ser uma camada GPX o seu tipo de dispositivo GPS e a porta ou usb a que est ligado Como a ferramenta de transfer ncia pode especificar o novo tipo de dispositivo se n o estiver na lista de dispositivos Esta ferramenta muito til na combina o com as capacidades de edi o vectorial do QGIS Permite nos carregar um mapa criar s tios de interesse e rotas e de seguida fazer um upload e us los no seus dispositivo GPS 15 1 7 Definindo novos tipos de dispositivos Existem v rios diferentes tipos de dispositivos GPS Os programadores QGIS n o podem test los todos portanto se tiver um que n o funciona com nenhum tipo de dispositivo da lista das ferramentas Transferir do GPS e Upload do GPS voc pode definir o se
21. Figura 12 18 Using expressions for labeling 92 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 label based on two fields name and place with a name 1 r 1 place gt John Smith Paris label based on two fields name and place with a descriptive text My name is name and I live in place gt My name is John Smith and I live in Paris label based on two fields name and place with a descriptive text and a line break n My name is name nI live in place gt My name is John Smith I live in Paris create a multi line label based on a field and the Sarea function to show the place name and its area size based on unit meter The area of place nas a size of Sarea m gt The area of Paris has a size of 105000000 m2 create a CASE ELSE condition If the population value in field population is lt 50000 it is a town otherwise a city This place is a CASE WHEN population lt 50000 THEN town ELSE city END gt This place is a town As you can see in the expression builder you have hundreds if functions available to create simple and very complex expressions to label your data in QGIS Using data defined override for labeling With the data defined override functions the settings for the labeling are overridden by entr
22. Metadata Preview Attributes airports shp 5 alaska shp General builtups shp CS grassland shp Storage type of this layer lakes shp a ESRI Shapefile landice shp p 4 majrivers shp Source for this layer 4 pipelines sh ca o do P home alexandre Dropbox Trabalho QOGIS qgis sample data 99 railroads shp shapefiles airports shp regions shp Geometry type of the features in this layer C rivers shp No storagep shp Point ii swamp shp The number of features in this layer trails shp trees shp 16 oo Editing capabilities of this layer V WES Add Features Delete Features Change Attribute Values Add B MSSQL Attributes Delete Attributes Create Spatial Index Fast F a Mafii Figura 11 1 QGIS browser as a stand alone application Use the QGIS Browser to preview your data The drag and drop function makes it easy to get your data into the map view and the map legend 1 Activate the QGIS Browser Right click on the toolbar and check Bowser or select it from Settings Panels Drag the panel into the legend window and release it Clique no separador Pesquisar Browse in your filesystem and choose the shapefile folder from qgis sample data directory Press the Shi ft key and select the airport s shp and alaska shp files ok de one Press the left mouse button then drag and drop the files into the map canvas 65 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 Clique com o direito do raro na camada e escolha De
23. Seleccionar localiza o veja figure grass location 2 e clique Pr ximo 6 Enter the name text for the new MAPSET Below in the wizard you see a list of existing MAPSETs and corresponding owners 172 Capitulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 Clique Seguinte e verifique o sum rio para ter a certeza que est tudo correcto e clique em Conclu do 16 4 Importando dados para uma LOCALIZA O GRASS This section gives an example of how to import raster and vector data into the alaska GRASS LOCATION provided by the QGIS Alaska dataset Therefore we use the landcover raster map landcover img and the vector GML file lakes gm1 from the QGIS Alaska dataset see Amostra de Dados 1 Start QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded 2 Na barra de ferramentas GRASS clique no cone x lo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS para trazer o assistente de 3 Select as GRASS database the folder gras sdata in the QGIS Alaska dataset as LOCATION alaska as MAPSET demo and click OK 4 Agora clique no fcone A Abrir ferramentas GRASS O di logo da Caixa de Ferramentas GRASS veja sec o The GRASS Toolbox aparece 5 To import the raster map Landcover img click the module r in gdal in the Modules Tree tab This GRASS module allows you to import GDAL supported raster files into a GRASS LOCATION The module dialog for r in gdal appears 6 Browse to the folder raster in the QGIS
24. button Once the file is selected QGIS attempts to parse the file with the most recently used delimiter To enable QGIS to properly parse the file it is important to select the correct delimiter You can specify a delimiter by activating Custom delimiters or by activating Regular expression delimiter and entering text into the Expression field For example to change the delimiter to tab use t this is a regular expression for the tab character Once the file is parsed set Geometry definition to Point coordinates and choose the X and Y fields from the dropdown lists If the coordinates are defined as degrees minutes seconds activate the A DMS coordinates checkbox Finally enter a layer name e g ele vp as shown in figure delimited text 1 To add the layer to the map click OK The delimited text file now behaves as any other map layer in QGIS There is also a helper option that allows you to trim leading and trailing spaces from fields Ed Trim fields Also it 1s possible to A Discard empty fields If necessary you can force a comma to be the decimal separator by activating 4 Decimal separator is comma 121 Supported Data Formats A QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Create a Layer from a Delimited Text File File Name data Dropbox Trabalho QGIS qgis_sample_data csv elevp csv Browse Layer name elevp Encoding UTF 8 m File format CSV comma separated values Custom delimiters Regular expression delimite
25. cbacRdylGn cbacSpectral i o Bt garish14 B B Cancel OK Figura 12 11 cpt city dialog with hundreds of color ramps 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 85 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties majrivers Style DS Seamer v Layer rendering Layer transparency 0 a style y P cy Layer blending mode Normal Feature blending mode Normal E Labels ae EE Fields Graduated A E Column LENGTH Es Rendering LE l Symbol Change Classes 5 a Display y aM Color ramp E Rdyicn C Invert Mode Equal Interval O Actions E ar Symbol Value Label Joins Es 0 0000 0 0000 15240 8438 115240 8 15240 8438 30481 6876 IEE Diagrams war 30481 6 30481 6876 45722 5314 retad 445722 5 45722 5314 60963 3752 E Metadata 60963 3 60963 3752 76204 2190 classify Addclass Delete Delete all Advanced 7 Load Style Save AsDefault Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Figura 12 12 Op es da Simboliza o Graduada 4b Also analogous to the Categorized Renderer the Style tab allows you to select The attribute using the Column listbox or the Set column expression function e O s mbolo usando o bot o das Propriedades do S mbolo e The colors using the Color Ramp list Additionally you can specify the number of classes and also the mode for classifying features within the classes using the
26. cone Estado SC abrir automaticamente o separador SC 10 4 Sistema de Coordenadas personalizado Se o QGIS n o fornece o sistema de coordenadas que necessita pode definir um SC personalizado Para definir um SC seleccione a SC personalizado a partir do menu Defini es SCs personalizados s o guardados na sua base de dados de utilizador QGIS Al m dos seus SCs esta base de dados tamb m contem os seus marcadores espaciais e outros dados personalizados Definir um SC personalizado no QGIS exige uma boa compreens o da biblioteca de projec o PROJ 4 Para come ar veja o Cartographic Projection Procedures for the UNIX Environment A User s Man ual de Gerald I Evenden U S Geologica Survey Open File Report 90 284 1990 dispon vel em ftp ftp remotesensing org proj OF90 284 pdf Este manual descreve 0 uso do proj 4 e utilidades de linha de comando relacionados Os parametros cartogra ficos usados com o proj 4 s o descritos no manual do utilizador e s o os mesmo que os usados pelo QGIS A janela Defini o de Sistema de Coordenadas personalizado exige apenas dois par metros para definir um SC do utilizador 1 Um nome descritivo 2 Os par metros cartogr ficos no formato PROJ 4 Para criar um novo SC clique no bot o KX Adicionar novo SC e introduza um nome descritivo e os par metros do SC 62 Cap tulo 10 Trabalhando com Projec es QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Custom Coordinate Reference Syste
27. if the geometry is forest or lake For now it can be only a number In the future GRASS will also support names as fields in the user interface Attributes can be stored inside the GRASS LOCATION as dBase or SQLite3 or in external database tables for example PostgreSQL MySQL Oracle etc Os atributos nas tabelas das base de dados estao ligados aos elementos de geometria usando o valor categoria Categoria chave ID um inteiro anexado s primitivas da geometria e usado como liga o a uma coluna de chave na tabela da base de dados Tip Aprendendo o Modelo Vectorial GRASS The best way to learn the GRASS vector model and 1ts capabilities 1s to download one of the many GRASS tutorials where the vector model is described more deeply See http grass osgeo org documentation manuals for more information books and tutorials in several languages 16 6 Criando uma nova camada vectorial GRASS To create a new GRASS vector layer with the GRASS plugin click the Ni Create new GRASS vector toolbar icon Enter a name in the text box and you can start digitizing point line or polygon geometries following the procedure described in section Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS In GRASS it is possible to organize all sorts of geometry types point line and area in one layer because GRASS uses a topological vector model so you don t need to select the geometry type when creating a new GRASS vector Th
28. o da Base de Dados Separador para abrir a janela Liga o Base de Dados fra fra Consulta SQL Separador para abrir a janela da Consulta SQL fred NO Help Displays the online help fred Oo OK Fecha a janela principal da Liga o a Base de Dados Correndo consultas SQL SQL queries are used to extract information from a database or ODBC resource In eVis the output from these queries is a vector layer added to the QGIS map window Click on the SQL Query tab to display the SQL query interface SQL commands can be entered in this text window A helpful tutorial on SQL commands is available at 19 6 Modulo eVis 261 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Database Connection Predefined Queries d Database Connection O Database Type SQLITE JO Database Name tialite_db sqlite MN Connect Connection Status connected SQL Query 3 Output Console gt Spatiallndex gt polygons gt idx_polygons_geometry gt idx_polygons_geometry_node gt idx polygons geometry rowid gt idx polygons geometry parent gt regions Help E M OK Figura 19 12 A janela de liga o da Base de Dados eVis http www w3schools com sql For example to extract all of the data from a worksheet in an Excel file select x from sheet1 where sheet1 is the name of the worksheet Click on the Run Query button to execute the command If the quer
29. 980 _ Min 0 996094 1 Min max IRES Histogram iii 10 Mean ER m s Max 229 1 02 D E ri Metadata standard deviationx 100 Contrast a enhancement Extent Accuracy Full Estimate faste 3 Current O Actual slower Figura 13 4 Renderiza o Raster Banda simples cinza With the Load min max values section scaling of the color table is possible Outliers can be eliminated using the Cumulative count cut setting The standard data range is set from 2 to 98 of the data values and can be adapted manually With this setting the gray character of the 1 image can disappear Further settings can be made with Min max and Mean standard deviation x While the first one creates a color table with all of the data included in the original image the second creates a color table that only considers values within 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto 135 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 the standard deviation or within multiple standard deviations This is useful when you have one or two cells with abnormally high values in a raster grid that are having a negative impact on the rendering of the raster Banda de cor falsa simples Esta uma op o de representa o para arquivos de uma banda que incluem um mapa de cores continuo Aqui tamb m se pode criar mapas de cores individuais para uma banda Tr s tipos de interpola o de cores est o Layer Properties cascais map copy Style
30. Clique no menu Ac es 4 Introduza um nome para a ac o por exemplo Google Search 5 For the action we need to provide the name of the external program to run In this case we can use Firefox If the program is not in your path you need to provide the full path 6 Following the name of the external application add the URL used for doing a Google search up to but not including the search term http google com search g 7 The text in the Action field should now look like this firefox http google com search q 8 Click on the drop down box containing the field names for the lakes layer It s located just to the left of the Insert Field button 9 From the drop down box select NAMES and click Insert Field 10 O seu texto da ac o ser algo como isto firefox http google com search gq SNAMES 11 Para finalizar a ac o clique no bot o Adicionar lista de ac es This completes the action and it is ready to use The final text of the action should look like this firefox http google com search q NAMES We can now use the action Close the Layer Properties dialog and zoom in to an area of interest Make sure the lakes layer is active and identify a lake In the result box you ll now see that our action is visible When we click on the action it brings up Firefox and navigates to the URL http www google com search q Tustumena It is also possible to add further attribute fields to the ac tion The
31. Note Not all of the listed formats may work in QGIS for various reasons For example some require external commercial libraries or the GDAL installation of your OS may not have been built to support the format you want to use Only those formats that have been well tested will appear in the list of file types when loading a raster into QGIS Other untested formats can be loaded by selecting the GDAL All files x filter A utiliza o de dados raster com GRASS est descrita na sec o Integra o GRASS SIG 13 1 1 O que s o dados raster Raster data in GIS are matrices of discrete cells that represent features on above or below the earth s surface Each cell in the raster grid is the same size and cells are usually rectangular in QGIS they will always be rectangular Typical raster datasets include remote sensing data such as aerial photography or satellite imagery and modelled data such as an elevation matrix Unlike vector data raster data typically do not have an associated database record for each cell They are geocoded by pixel resolution and the x y coordinate of a corner pixel of the raster layer This allows QGIS to position the data correctly in the map canvas QGIS makes use of georeference information inside the raster layer e g GeoTiff or in an appropriate world file to properly display the data 13 1 2 Carregar dados raster no QGIS Raster layers are loaded either by clicking on the i Add Raster Layer ico
32. Position Options E Fields amp Fixedsize 18 00000 r TER Es 7 Display Size units mm RO PATE Scale linearly between 0 and the following attribute value diagram size 4 Attribute ID E amp E Find maximum value Size 50 Scale Joins Increase size of small diagrams Diagrams Minimum size 0 00 Metadata Attributes Available attributes Assigned attributes Attribute Attribute Color ID TF JAN STATION Eu TF JUL TF JAN TF MEAN TF Jur LO T F MEAN Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel OK Figura 12 30 Vector properties dialog with diagram menu We will demonstrate an example and overlay on the Alaska boundary layer a text diagram showing temperature data from a climate vector layer Both vector layers are part of the QGIS sample dataset see section Amostra de Dados 10 First click on the Load Vector icon browse to the QGIS sample dataset folder and load the two vector shape layers alaska shp and climate shp Fa a duplo clique na camada climate na legenda do mapa para abrir a janela das Propriedades da Camada Click on the Diagrams menu activate E Display diagrams and from the Diagram type combo box select Text diagram In the Appearance tab we choose a light blue as background color and in the Size tab we set a fixed size to 18 mm In the Position tab placement could be set to Arou
33. commands you do not have to worry about adding those commands to your description file QGIS will do it and they are stored as Spatial DataFrame objects Table fields are stored as strings containing the name of the selected field Tables are opened using the read csv command If a table entered by the user is not in CSV format it will be converted prior to importing it into R Additionally raster files can be read using the readGDAL command instead of brick by using the usereadgdal If you are an advanced user and do not want QGIS to create the object representing the layer you can use the passfilename tag to indicate that you prefer a string with the filename instead In this case it is up to you to open the file before performing any operation on the data it contains Com a informa o em cima podemos agora perceber a primeira linha do nosso primeiro script exemplo a primeira linha que n o come a com o coment rio Python pts spsample polyg numpoints type random A vari vel polygon ja cont m o objecto SpatialPolygonsDataFrame portanto pode ser usado para chamar o m todo spsample tal como o numpoints que indica o n mero de pontos a ser adicionados grelha de amostra criada Since we have declared an output of type vector named out we have to create a variable named out and store a SpatialxDataFrame object in it in this case a SpatialPointsDataFrame You can use any name for your intermediate v
34. dulo assim como Reinstalar m dulo se o m dulo est instalado Se o m dulo est instalado pode ser activado desactivado usando a caixa de verifica o E Instalado Neste menu s encontra apenas os m dulos instalados Os m dulos externos podem ser desinstalados e re instalados usanso os bot es Desinstalar m dulo and Reinstalar m dulo Pode tamb m Actualizar Tudo J N o instalado Este menu lista todas os m dulos dispon veis que n o est o instalados Pode usar o bot o Instalar m dulo para implementar o m dulo no QGIS Actualizar m dulo Se activar O 4 Mostrar m dulos experimentais no menu c33 Configura es pode usar este menu para ver vers es mais recentes do m dulo Isto pode ser feito com o bot o Actualizar m dulo ou com o Actualizar tudo cg Configura es Neste menu pode usar as seguintes op es g Verificar actualiza es ao iniciar Quando existe um novo m dulo ou est dispon vel uma actualiza o de um m dulo o QGIS ir inform lo todas as vez que o QGIS iniciar uma vez por dia a cada 3 dias a cada semana a cada 2 semanas ou a cada m s 249 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Plugins All 215 Search Affine Transformations dE AniMove For QGIS dE Arrows E AutoTrace i Azimuth and Distance Plugir dE Buffer by Percentage dE cadastre W Cadinput W CadTools Color Ramp Manager W Contour plugin W Contrast h
35. e WMS Servi o de Mapas Web Cliente WMS WMTS e WMTS Servi o de Mosaicos de Mapa Web Cliente WMS WMTS e WES Servi os de Elementos Web WFS e WFS T Cliente e WES T Servi os de Elementos Web Transacionais WFS e WFS T Cliente e WCS Servi os de Cobertura Web WCS Cliente e SFS Elementos Simples para SQL PostGIS Layers e GML Linguagem de Marcadores Geogr fico Os servi os OGC est o a ser crescentemente usados para troca de dados geoespaciais de diferentes implemen ta es SIG e armazenamento de dados O QGIS consegue lidar com as especifica es em baixo como cliente sendo SFS atrav s do suporte do fornecedor PostgreSQL PostGIS veja Sec o PostGIS Layers 14 1 1 Cliente WMS WMTS Visao Global do Suporte WMS O QGIS actualmente pode funcionar como cliente WMS que entende servidores WMS 1 1 1 1 1 e 1 3 Foi particularmente testado contra servi os p blicos de acesso como os DEMIS Os servidores WMS funcionam atrav s de pedidos pelo cliente ex QGIS para mapas matriciais com uma dada extens o conjunto de camadas estilos de simboliza o e transpar ncia O servidor WMS de seguida consulta as suas fontes de dados locais matricializa num mapa e manda de volta ao cliente em formato matricial Para o QGIS isto tipicamente vem em JPEG ou PNG WMS um servi o REST gen rico Estado de Transfer ncia Representativo mais que um Servi o Web comple tamente fundido Como tal pode realmente o
36. es de espa o apenas para a resolu o maxima Cache o modo de pr visualiza o padr o para novos mapas adicionados no Compositor de Impress o Pode redimensionar o elemento mapa clicando no bot o P Seleccionar Mover tem seleccionado o elemento e ar rastando um dos manipuladores azuis do canto do mapa Com o mapa seleccionado pode agora adaptar mais propriedades no mapa no separador Propriedades do Item To move layers within the map element select the map element click the LE Move item content icon and move the layers within the map element frame with the left mouse button After you have found the right place for an element you can lock the element position within the Print Composer canvas Select the map element and click on the right mouse button to Lock the element position and again to unlock the element You can also lock the map element by activating the Ed Lock layers for map item checkbox in the Map dialog of the Item Properties tab Propriedades principais The Main properties dialog of the map Item Properies tab provides the following functionalities see fig ure_composer_4 e A rea de Pr visualiza o permite que defina modos de pr visualiza o Rect ngulo Cache e Desen har como descrito em cima Se mudar a vista do enquadramento do mapa QGIS ampliando ou movendo ou alterando o vector ou alterando as propriedades do raster pode actualizar a vista do Compositor de Impress o selec
37. features and then press the Route Feature s icon The centroid of the feature s appears and will be the rotation anchor point If you selected multiple features the rotation anchor point will be the common center of the features Press and drag the left mouse button in the desired direction to rotate the selected features It s also possible to create a user defined rotation anchor point around which the selected feature will rotate Select the features to rotate and activate the Rone Feature s too Press and hold the Ct r1 button and move the mouse pointer without pressing the mouse button to the place where you want the rotation anchor to be moved Release the Ct r1 button when the desired rotation anchor point is reached Now press and drag the left mouse button in the desired direction to rotate the selected feature s Simplificar elemento z i The D Simplify Feature too allows you to reduce the number of vertices of a feature as long as the geometry doesn t change First select a feature It will be highlighted by a red rubber band and a slider will appear Moving the slider the red rubber band will change its shape to show how the feature is being simplified Click OK to store the new simplified geometry If a feature cannot be simplified e g multi polygons a message will appear Adicionar An l You can create ring polygons using the Add Ring icon in the toolbar This means that inside an existing area it is possi
38. gt saga addpolygonattributestopoints DO EC 6 Se a a M gt saga taggregate Aggregate Point Observations gt S gt saga aggregatepointobservations 206 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Agoregataion Lndex 53 45332S53sss 5553 se5 gt saga aggregationindex Analytical Hierarchy Process iate sito gt saga analyticalhierarchyprocess Analytical Hillshading es gt saga analyticalhillshading Average With Mask sis a sis ais nie gt saga averagewithmaskl Average With Mask 2a SeS 36 6 s36S5 2556 gt saga averagewithmask2 Average With Thereshold 5a esto mae gt Saga averagewiththeresholdl Average With Thereshold 2a 2 lt 3s ss s gt saga averagewiththereshold2 Average With Thereshola 3 gt ice sas gt saga averagewiththereshold3 B Splin Abproximali on gt os mo sad gt saga b splineapproximation Esta a lista de todos os algoritmos dispon veis ordenados alfabeticamente juntamente com os seus nomes da linha de comandos correspondentes You can use a string as a parameter for this method Instead of returning the full list of algorithms it will only display those that include that string If for instance you are looking for an algorithm to calculate slope from a DEM type alglist slope to get the following result DIM Filter slope based 3 5
39. indice de rugosidade do terreno indice de posi o topogr fica e mapas de irregularidades a partir de matricias GDAL suportados Para mais informa o poder ler em http www gdal org gdaldem html 19 8 M dulo de Ferramentas GDAL 271 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Diversos Construir Este programa constr i um VRT Conjunto de Dados Virtual que um mosaico da Matricial Virtual lista dos conjuntos de dados do GDAL Veja tamb m Cat logo http www gdal org gdalbuildvrt html mis Juntar Este utilit rio ira criar mosaicos de imagem a partir de um conjunto Todas as imagens devem ter o mesmo sistema de coordenadas e ter o mesmo n mero de bandas correspondentes mas podem ser sobrepostas e em diferentes resolu es Nas reas de sobreposi o a ltima imagem ser copiada sobre as mais recentes O utilit rio tamb m descrito em http www gdal org gdal_merge html my Informa o Este utilit rio cria uma lista com v rias informa es sobre o conjunto de dados raster GDAL suportado Pode encontrar mais informa o em http www gdal org gdalinfo html F Construir O utilitario gdaladdo pode ser usado para construir ou reconstruir imagem de Redu es visualiza o para a maioria dos formatos suportados com um dos algoritmos de redu o de escala Para mais informa o veja http www gdal org gdaladdo html ndice de Este utilit rio constroi uma shapefile com o registo de cada ficheiro raster de entrada
40. line or polygon and the CRS coordinate reference system Note that QGIS does not yet support creation of 2 5D features 1 e features with X Y Z coordinates To complete the creation of the new shapefile layer add the desired attributes by clicking on the Add to attributes list button and specifying a name and type for the attribute A first id column is added as default but can be removed 1f not wanted Only Type real ai Type integer a Type string and Type date Tr attributes are supported Additionally and according to the attribute type you can also define the width and precision of the new attribute column Once you are happy with the attributes click OK and provide a name for the shapefile QGIS will automatically add a shp extension to the name you specify Once the layer has been created it will be added to the map and you can edit it in the same way as described in section Digitalizar uma camada existente above QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 New Vector Layer Type Point Line Polygon EPSG 4326 WGS 84 Specify CRS New attribute Type Decimal number a Width 20 Precision Attributes list Name Type Width Precision id Integer 10 name String 80 elevation Real 20 Help Cancel pr Figura 12 37 Janela de cria o de uma nova camada Shapefile Criando uma nova camada SpatialLite Para criar uma nova camada SpatialLite para edi o e
41. o de rede a velocidade de resposta depende da qualidade da liga o da sua rede ao servidor WMS Enquanto faz a transfer ncia de dados do servidor WMS o progresso da transfer ncia visualizada no canto inferior esquerdo da janela do WMS O seu ecr ira ficar parecido um pouco como figure OGR 1 que mostra a resposta fornecida pelo servidor WMS do DM Solutions Group Codifica o da Imagem 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC 145 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Add Layer s from a Server Layers Layer Order Tilesets Server Search DM Solutions GMap J Connect New Edit Delete Load Save Add default servers ID 7 Name Title Abstract A 70 DEMO GMap WMS This demonstration server was setup by DM Solutions Gr 1 bathymetry Elevation B e2 land_fn Foreign Lands gt 4 park Parks e 6 drain_fn Water gt 8 drainage Drainage 10 prov_bound Province gt 12 Fedlimit Federal Limit fe IM rail Dailraade tak Image encoding O PNG PNG24 JPEG GIF O TIFF Options 0 coordinate reference systems available Layer name Tile size Feature limit for GetFeatureinfo 10 Change Help Add Close Select layer s Figura 14 2 Janela para adicionar servidores WMS mostra as camadas disponiveis 146 Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 A sec o Codifica o de Imagem agora apresenta uma lista de formatos suportados pelo clien
42. queremo nos certificar de que todos percebem que n o h garantia para este software livre Se o software modificado por outra pessoa e passado pretendemos que os detinatario saibam que essa n o a vers o original Assim quaisquer problemas introduzidos por outras pessoas n o ir o interferir com a reputa o dos autores originais Por fim qualquer programa livre amea ado em perman ncia por patentes de software Pretendemos evitar o perigo de que os redistribuidores de um programa livre ir o obter licen as de pantentes individualmnete tornando se propriet rios do programa Para evitar isto tornamos claro que qualquer patente dever ser licenciada para o uso livre de qualquer um ou n o licenciada The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 297 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 O A Licen a aplica se a qualquer programa ou outro trabalho que contrenha uma nota colocada pelo detentor dos direitos a referir que pode ser distribu do segundo os termos desta General Public License O Pro grama abaixo refere se a qualquer propragama ou trabalho e a trabalho baseado no Programa refere se tanto ao programa ou qualquer trabalho derivado sob o direitos de autor o que significa um trabalho com o Programa ou parte dele tanto copiado como com modifica es e ou traduzido para outra l ngua Desta forma a tradu o
43. several formats via the documentation area of the QGIS project as well For more information about contributing to this document and about translating it please visit http www qgis org wiki Liga es neste Documento Este documento contem liga es internas e externas Ao clicar numa liga o interna este move dentro do docu mento enquanto se clicar numa liga o externa abre um endere o de internet No formato de PDF as liga es internas e externas s o exibidas a azul e s o gerida pelo pesquisador do sistema No formato HTML o pesquisador exibe e gere ambas igualmente Utiliza o Instala o e Autores e Editores do Guia de C digo Copyright c 2004 2014 QGIS Development Team Internet http www qgis org Licen a deste documento concedida a permiss o para copiar distribuir e ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licen a de Documenta o Livre GNU Vers o 1 3 ou qualquer vers o posterior publicada pela Funda o de Software Livre sem Sec es Invariantes sem textos de Capa e sem contra capa A c pia da licen a inclu da no Ap ndice Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 Capitulo 1 Preambulo CAPITULO 2 Convencoes Esta sec o descreve uma colec o de estilos uniformizados ao longo do manual 2 1 Conven es GUI Os estilos da conven o GUI destinam se a copiar a apar ncia do GUI Geralmente o objectivo usar a apar ncia para que o u
44. situated next to the drop down menus You can define the text style in the Text menu see Figure labels 1 Use the Type case option to influence the text rendering You have the possibility to render the text All uppercase All lowercase or Capitalize first letter Use the blend modes to create effects known from graphics programs see blend_modes In the Formatting menu you can define a character for a line break in the labels with the Wrap on character function Use the A Formatted numbers option to format the numbers in an attribute table Here decimal places may be inserted If you enable this option three decimal places are initially set by default To create a buffer just activate the 4 Draw text buffer checkbox in the Buffer menu The buffer color is variable Here you can also use blend modes see blend modes If the Ed Color buffer s fill checkbox is activated it will interact with partially transparent text and give mixed color transparency results Turning off the buffer fill fixes that issue except where the interior aspect of the buffer s stroke intersects with the text s fill and also allows you to make outlined text In the Background menu you can define with Size X and Size Y the shape of your background Use Size type to insert an additional Buffer into your background The buffer size is set by default here The background then consists of the buffer plus the background in Size X and
45. vel Definir o Tamanho do cone hd Definir a Fonte Escolha entre OT padr o e uma fonte definida pelo utilizador Altera o Tempo limite para mensagens temporizadas ou di logos al Ed Esconder o ecr inicial no arranque Ed Mostrar dicas ao iniciar Ed T tulos da caixa de grupos a negrito 4 guilabel Caixas de grupo em estilo QGIS 4 Use di logos selectores de cor com actualiza es ao vivo Ficheiros de projecto 9 3 Abrir o projecto no arranque escolha entre Novo Mais recente e Espec fico Quando escolher Espec fico use para definir um projecto C Create new project from default project Tem a possibilidade de carregar em Set current project as default ou em Reset default Pode navegar atrav s dos seus ficheiros e definir uma directoria onde encontrar os modelos de projecto definidos pelo utilizador Isto ser adicionado a Project New From Template Primeiro active C Create new project from default project e a seguir salve o projecto dentro da pasta de modelos de projecto C Avisar para salvar projecto e altera es de fontes de dados quando necess rio C Avisar quando abrir um projecto guardado com uma vers o antiga do qgl Enable macros Esta op o foi criada para lidar com as macros que s o escritas para executar uma ac o nos eventos do projecto Pode escolher entre Never Ask For this session only e Always not recomme
46. you will see a dialog that allows you to enter a mathematical expression so you can use it as a handy calculator Some useful variables related to data loaded into QGIS can be added to your expression so you can select a value derived from any of these variables such as the cell size of a layer or the northernmost coordinate of another one t Enter number or expression Enter expression in the text field Double click on elements in the tree to add their values to the expression EF dempart E dempart1 Et dem EF points H Min X 252846 525725 Max X 277871 525725 H Min 4454025 0 He Max v 4464275 0 i Cellsize 25 0 o A lines E Scuencas J Values from raster layers statistics 2 x Figura 17 9 Seleccionador de N meros e Um intervalo com valores min e max para serem introduzidos em duas caixas de texto Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Uma cadeia de texto a ser introduzida na caixa de texto Um campo para escolher a partir de uma tabela de atributos de uma camada vectorial ou uma tabela nica de outro par metro e A coordinate reference system You can type the EPSG code directly in the text box or select it from the CRS selection dialog that appears when you click on the button on the right hand side e An extent to be entered by four numbers representing its xmin xmax ymin ymax limits Clicking on the button on the rig
47. you can indicate that the bottom left corner of the image should coincide with the position of the feature You can also use the data defined properties to have this property set at render time based on an attribute in the data table for that layer or an arbitrary expression Thematic maps based on expressions Categorized and graduated thematic maps can now be created using the result of an expression In the Properties dialog for vector layers the attribute chooser has been augmented with an expression builder So now you no longer need to write the classification attribute to QGIS Server 15 5 6 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 a new column in your attribute table if you want the classification attribute to be a composite of multiple fields or a formula of some sort Expression support in symbol diagrams for size and attributes You can now use an expression to define the size and attributes when using the diagramming capabilities of QGIS Else rule in rule based renderer The rule based renderer now supports an Else rule that will be run if none of the other rules on that level match Else rules can be nested just like any other rules An example might be type water style grey ELSE style red Inner stroke support for polygons Support has been added for polygon strokes to be limited to the interior of the polygon so as not to overflow into a neighbouring polygon 5 8 User Interface 16 Improved properties dialo
48. 1 majrivers v amp lakes LJ 7 amp A alaska LJ gt landcover Coordinate 6761566 5287365 Scale 22240717 94 EB Render eEpsa 2964 O Figura 19 24 Aeroportos do Alaska 1 Seleccione o bot o da ferramenta lhetmapl Mapa de Densidade para abrir a janela do m dulo Mapas de Densidades veja Figure_heatmap_2 19 14 M dulo de Mapa de Densidade 283 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 No campo Introduzir camada de pontos Y seleccione aeroportos da lista de camadas de pontos carregadas no projecto actual Especifique um ficheiro de sa da clicando o bot o perto do campo Raster de sa da Introduza o nome do ficheiro heatmap airports n o necess rio extens o Deixe o Formato de Sa da o formato GeoTIFF como padr o Altere o Raio para 1000000 metros Clique em OK e carregue o mapa de temperatura dos aeroportos veja Figure Heatmap 3 ai Heatmap Plugin io Input point layer airports Output raster sample_data raster heatmap_airport Output format GeoTIFF Radius 1000000 meters Advanced Figura 19 25 Janela do Mapa de Densidade 6 O QGIS ira gerar o mapa de densidade e adicionar os resultados sua janela do mapa Por defeito o mapa de densidade sombreado a cinzento com as reas mais brilhantes concentradas nos aeroportos O mapa de densidade pode ser personalizado no QGIS para melhorar a apar ncia L 6 Abra a janela de propriedades da camada do heatmap
49. 1 Usando o m dulo Inicie o QGIS e carregue uma camada de pontos vectorial ex elevp csv Load the Interpolation plugin in the Plugin Manager see The Plugins Menus and click on the Raster gt Interpolation yi Interpolation which appears in the QGIS menu bar The Interpolation plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure_interpolation_1 Seleccione uma camada de entrada ex elevp hd e a coluna ex ELEV para interpola o 19 10 M dulo de interpola o 277 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 Select an interpolation method e g Triangulated Irregular Network TINY and specify a cell size of 5000 as well as the raster output filename e g elevation_tin 5 Clique OK 19 11 M dulo Edi o Offiline For data collection it is a common situation to work with a laptop or a cell phone offline in the field Upon return ing to the network the changes need to be synchronized with the master datasource e g a PostGIS database If several persons are working simultaneously on the same datasets it is difficult to merge the edits by hand even if people don t change the same features O m dulo Edi o Offfine automatiza a sincroniza o pela c pia do conte do da fonte de dados usualmente Post GIS ou WFS T para uma base de dados SpatiaLite e armazena as edi es the offline em tabelas dedicadas Depois de estarem ligadas outra vez rede poss vel aplicar edi es offline no conjunto de dados pr
50. 2 2 The Item properties of a scale bar item tab provides the following functionalities see figure composer 17 Main properties Units Segments Display Fonts and colors Position and size Frame amp Background Item ID T FY F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 Tr F YF Rendering Figura 18 17 Separador das propriedades da Escala Gr fica r6 Propriedades principais The Main properties dialog of the scale bar Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see fig ure_composer_18 w Main properties Map Map 0 F Style Line Ticks Up Figura 18 18 Janela de Propriedades principais da Escala Grafica e Primeiro escolha o mapa a que a barra de escala ser ligada e De seguida escolha o estilo da sua escala gr fica Est o dispon veis seis estilos Os estilos Caixa simples e Caixa dupla que cont m uma ou duas linhas de caixas de cores alternadas Espessura de linhas do Meio Acima ou Abaixo Num rica o r cio de escala imprimida ex 1 50000 Unidades e Segmentos The Units and Segments dialogs of the scale bar Item Properties tab provide the following functionalities see figure_composer_19 Nestas duas janelas pode configurar como a escala grafica sera representada e Select the map units used There are three possible choices Map Units is the automated unit selection Meters or Feet force unit conversions e O campo Etiqueta define o texto usado para descrever a unidade da escal
51. CAD programs It is possible to simply select multiple vertices at once and to move add or delete them altogether The node tool also works with on the fly projection turned on and it supports the topological editing feature This tool is unlike other tools in QGIS persistent so when some operation is done selection stays active for this feature and tool If the node tool is unable to find any features a warning will be displayed It is important to set the property Settings gt Options Digitizing Search Radius 109 to a number greater than zero 1 e 10 Otherwise QGIS will not be able to tell which vertex is being edited Tip Marcadores de V rtice The current version of QGIS supports three kinds of vertex markers Semi transparent circle Cross and None To change the marker style choose Options from the Settings menu click on the Digitizing tab and select the appropriate entry Operacoes Basicas E A Comece por activar a Ferramenta de N s amp seleccione um elemento clicando em cima de um As caixas vermelhos ir o aparecer em cada v rtice deste elemento e Selecting vertices You can select vertices by clicking on them one at a time by clicking on an edge to select the vertices at both ends or by clicking and dragging a rectangle around some vertices When a vertex is selected its color changes to blue To add more vertices to the current selection hold down the Ctrl
52. CODE Airport Airfield IKO PABT NAME BETTLES E USE Other image data Dropbox Trabalho QGIS gais sample data photos PABT jpg TT Copyright by E Seibert Airport Debacom close Figura 19 9 A janela de exibi o eVis 1 Janela de exibi o A janela onde a fotografia ira aparecer 2 Bot o Aproximar Aproxima para ver com mais detalhe Se a imagem inteira n o for poss vel de exibir na janela de exibi o uma barra de deslocamento aparecer no lado esquerdo e no fundo da janela para que possa mover volta da imagem 3 Bot o Afastar Afastar para visualizar mais rea 19 6 M dulo eVis 257 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 Zoom to full extent button Displays the full extent of the photograph 5 Attribute information window All of the attribute information for the point associated with the photo graph being viewed is displayed here If the file type being referenced in the displayed record is not an image but is of a file type defined in the Configure External Applications tab then when you double click on the value of the field containing the path to the file the application to open the file will be launched to view or hear the contents of the file If the file extension is recognized the attribute data will be displayed in green 6 Bot es de Navega o Use o bot o Anterior e Seguinte para carregar o elemento anterior e seguinte quando mais que um elemento seleccionado Entendendo a
53. Camac Gerir Camac QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 6 Configuracoes Menu de Op es Atalho Refer ncia Barra de Ferramentas Pain is veja Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas Barra de Ferramentas veja Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas Activar Modo de Ecr Completo A Propriedades do Ctrl Shi ft P veja Projectos Projecto E SRC Personalizado veja Sistema de Coordenadas personalizado Gestor de Estilo veja vector style manager Configurar atalhos R Personaliza o veja Personaliza o aN Op es veja Op es Op es de Ressalto 7 1 7 M dulos Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas S Gerir e Instalar M dulos veja The Plugins Menus Consola Python O come o do QGIS pela primeira vez n o carrega todos os m dulos core 7 1 8 Vector Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas Open Street Map veja Loading OpenStreetMap Vectors Ferramentas de An lise veja M dulo flools wy Ferramentas de Investiga o veja M dulo flools Ferramentas de Geoprocessamento veja M dulo flools Z Ferramentas de Geometria veja M dulo fTools Ferramenta de Gest o de Dados veja M dulo flools O come o do QGIS pela primeira vez n o carrega todos os m dulos core 7 1 9 Matricial Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas Calculadora Raster Do veja Calculadora Matricial Po O come o do QGIS pela primeira vez n o carrega todos os
54. ChE RE RSS BDH EDR EHR ED RRR ESSE E 140 Trabalhando com dados OGC 143 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC 0 00 00 00 000 0 eee eee 143 14 2 QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC a eh Bbw Ke HEE EERE EAE EEE EEE HSER OM 152 Trabalhando com dados GPS 159 Il Modulo GPS s sere sdsd tdrt BSG EERE DOSER ES RES ES EE BER 159 Ls Live GPS BACO ps tbe hw eee he bdo hs eee rhe Rb we ori sda 163 Integracao GRASS SIG 169 16 1 Iniciando o m dulo GRASS 664444 das DARE a 169 16 2 Carregando as camadas raster e vectoriais GRASS 00002 eee eee eee 170 16 3 LOCALIZA O GRASS e CONJUNTO DE MAPAS 02 00000004 170 16 4 Importando dados para uma LOCALIZA O GRASS oaaao aaa 173 16 5 O modelo de dados vectoriais do GRASS 1 0 0 0 0 00 cc 173 16 6 Criando uma nova camada vectorial GRASS 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 0 2 eee eee 174 16 7 Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS 2 0500000 e 174 16 8 A ferramenta da regi o GRASS lt e464 EG oe 4H He eRE SRE SRE SEED ERE RE HS 177 169 The GRASS Tools ox oe oss Kee oe BOOSH Oe CEA REST dA amp GSS 177 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS 17 1 Introdu o 24264564 amp 4 wae a 17 2 Acaixadeferramentas 17 3 O modelador gr fico 17 4 A interface do processamento em lote 17 5 Usando os algoritmos do processamento a partir da consola 005080 000 17 6 Gestaodohistorico 17 7 Configurando as aplica
55. Clique OK Repare que algumas das ferramentas na barra de ferramentas GRASS que est o desactivadas agora est o activas a Adicionar camada raster GRASS 8 Clique no escolha o nome do mapa gt opo30 e cliquem em OK A camada de eleva o ira ser visualizada 9 Click on Vik Add GRASS vector layer Choose the map name alaska and click OK The Alaska boundary vector layer will be overlayed on top of the gtopo30 map You can now adapt the layer properties as described in chapter Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial e g change opacity fill and outline color 10 Also load the other two vector layers rivers and airports and adapt their properties As you see it is very simple to load GRASS raster and vector layers in QGIS See the following sections for editing GRASS data and creating a new LOCATION More sample GRASS LOCATIONs are available at the GRASS website at http grass osgeo org download sample data Tip Carregamento de Dados GRASS If you have problems loading data or QGIS terminates abnormally check to make sure you have loaded the GRASS plugin properly as described in section sec_starting_grass 16 3 LOCALIZACAO GRASS e CONJUNTO DE MAPAS GRASS data are stored in a directory referred to as GISDBASE This directory often called grassdata must be created before you start working with the GRASS plugin in QGIS Within this directory the GRASS GIS data are organized by projects stored in subdirectories call
56. Consola A janela da consola onde as mensagens relacionadas com o processamento s o ex Help Displays the online help OK Fecha a janela principal da Liga o a Base de Dados XML format for eVis predefined queries The XML tags read by eVis 264 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 consulta Define o inicio e o fim da instru o da consulta descri o A short description of the query that appears in the eVis drop down menu curta descri o Uma descri o detalhada da consulta exibida na janela de texto da Consulta Pr Definida database The database type defined in the Database Type drop down menu in the Database Connection type tab database The port as defined in the Port text box in the Database Connection tab port database The database name as defined in the Database Name text box in the Database Connection tab name databaseuser The database username as defined in the Username text box in the Database Connection tab name databasep The database password as defined in the Password text box in the Database Connection tab assword sqlstate O comando SQL ment liga o A flag true or false to specify if the above tags should be used to automatically connect to au the database without running the database connection routine in the Database Connection tab tom tica A complete sample XML file with three queries 1s displayed below lt xml version
57. Elementos Split Parts Es Juntar Elementos Seleccionados Juntar Atributos dos Elementos Seleccionados Rodar S mbolos de Pontos Tabela de edi o avan ada Barra de ferramentas de edi o avan ada de camadas vectoriais Retroceder e Retomar The D Undo and Redo tools allows you to undo or redo vector editing operations There is also a dockable widget which shows all operations in the undo redo history see Figure_edit_3 This widget is not displayed by default it can be displayed by right clicking on the toolbar and activating the Undo Redo checkbox Undo Redo is however active even if the widget is not displayed Undo Redo Ed lt empty gt Feature added Feature moved Features deleted 2 Undo Figura 12 35 Refazer e desfazer passos de digitaliza o When Undo is hit the state of all features and attributes are reverted to the state before the reverted operation happened Changes other than normal vector editing operations for example changes done by a plugin may or may not be reverted depending on how the changes were performed To use the undo redo history widget simply click to select an operation in the history list All features will be reverted to the state they were in after the selected operation 12 3 Editando 113 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Rodar Elemento s EN Use otate Feature s to rotate one or multiple selected features in the map canvas You first need to select the
58. Integra o das Ferramentas GDAL no QGIS Georeferencer GDAL Add projection information to rasters using GDAL GPS Tools Load and import GPS data GRASS Integrate GRASS GIS O WON A On A WO N pm fk O Heatmap Generate raster heatmaps from point data pr NO Interpolation Plugin Interpolate based on vertices of a vector layer pd Oo Offline Editing Allow offline editing and synchronizing with databases p lt AK Oracle GeoRaster Espacial pd Nn Processamento anteriomente designado de SEXTANTE pd ON Raster Terrain Analysis Analyze raster based terrain fd J Road Graph Plugin Analyze a shortest path network pd CO M dulo de Consulta Espacial SPIT Import shapefiles to PostgreSQL PostGIS N o No M dulo SQL Anywhere Armazena camadas vectoriais dentro de base de dados SQL Anywhere NO pd Topology Checker Find topological errors in vector layers NO NO Zonal Statistics Plugin Calculate count sum and mean of a raster for each polygon of a vector layer 4 6 2 Modulos Externos Python QGIS offers a growing number of external Python plugins that are provided by the community These plugins reside in the official Plugins Repository and can be easily installed using the Python Plugin Installer See Section The Plugins Menus 4 7 Consola Python For scripting it is possible to take advantage of an integrated Python console which can be opene
59. Main properties URL Resize mode Use existing frames 4 Position and size gt Frame b amp Background b Item ID b Rendering Figura 18 26 HTML frame Item properties Tab 6 18 4 Manage items 18 4 1 Size and position Each item inside the Composer can be moved resized to create a perfect layout For both operations the first step is to activate the Select Move item too and to click on the item you can then move it using the mouse while holding the left button If you need to constrain the movements to the horizontal or the vertical axis just hold the Shi ft while moving the mouse If you need a better precision you can move a selected item using the Arrow keys on the keyboard if the movement is too slow you can speed up it by holding Shift A selected item will show squares on its boundaries moving one of them with the mouse will resize the item in the corresponding direction While resizing holding Shift will maintain the aspect ratio Holding Ctr1 will resize from the item center The correct position for an item can be obtained using snapping to grid or smart guides If you need to disable the snap on the fly just hold Ct r1 while moving the mouse gt Et Select Move item You can choose multiple items with the button Just hold the Shift button and click on all the items you need You can then resize move this group just like a single item Once you have found the correct position for an it
60. Mapa Ajustar Mapa Selec o Navega o no Mapa ge Aproximar CELF Navega o no Mapa 87 Afastar Chrlds Navega o no Mapa Seleccionar veja Selecionar e desselecionar Atributos elementos Q Identificar Elementos Cir is hit ett Atributos Medi o veja Medindo Atributos Ea 4 Ver Tudo CErilrshitet Navega o no Mapa po Aproximar Camada Navega o no Mapa n Aproximar Selec o Ctri g Navega o no Mapa ME Ultima Vista Navega o no Mapa E Proxima Vista Navega o no Mapa a ii 4 1 E Aproximar Resolu o Navega o no Natural Mapa Decora es veja Decora es a Dicas de Mapa Atributos E3 Novo Marcador Ctrl B veja Marcadores espaciais Atributos s Mostrar Marcadores Ctrl Shift Bveja Marcadores espaciais Atributos Pas Actualizar Cri Navega o no Mapa 71 BarradeMenus 27 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 5 Camada Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de F Novo Incorporar Camadas e Grupos Adicionar Camada Vectorial E Adicionar Camada Matricial Adicionar Camada PostGIS fa Adicionar Camada SpatiaLite Adicionar Camada Espacial MSSOL o Adicionar camada Oracle GeoRaster F Adicionar camada SQL Anywhere Adicionar Camada WMS WMTS SS Adicionar Camada WCS Va Adicionar Camada WFS Copiar estilo Adicionar Camada de Texto Delimitado Colar Estilo Abrir Tabela de Atributos y Op es de Ressalto Guardar
61. Mode list The available modes are e Equal Interval e Quantis e Natural Breaks Jenks e Standard Deviation e Pretty Breaks A caixa da lista no centro do menu Estilo lista as classes juntas com os seus intervalos etiquetas e s mbolos que ser o renderizados The example in figure symbology 4 shows the graduated rendering dialog for the rivers layer of the QGIS sample dataset Tip Mapas tem ticos usando uma express o Categorized and graduated thematic maps can now be created using the result of an expression In the properties dialog for vector layers the attribute chooser has been augmented with a Set column expression function So now you no longer need to write the classification attribute to a new column in your attribute table if you want the classification attribute to be a composite of multiple fields or a formula of some sort Renderiza o baseada em regras The Rule based Renderer 1s used to render all the features from a layer using rule based symbols whose color reflects the assignment of a selected feature s attribute to a class The rules are based on SQL statements The 86 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 dialog allows rule grouping by filter or scale and you can decide if you want to enable symbol levels or use only the first matched rule O exemplo na figure_symbology_5 mostra a janela de di logo da renderiza o baseada em regras para a camada
62. Point data for example can be from a vector file that can be input 256 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 using QGIS or it can be from the result of a database query The vector feature must have attribute information associated with it to describe the location and name of the file containing the photograph and optionally the compass direction the camera was pointed when the image was acquired Your vector layer must be loaded into QGIS before running the Event Browser Iniciar o m dulo de Pesquisa de Eventos To launch the Event Browser module click on Database eVis eVis Event Browser This will open the Generic Event Browser window The Event Browser window has three tabs displayed at the top of the window The Display tab is used to view the photograph and its associated attribute data The Options tab provides a number of settings that can be adjusted to control the behavior of the eVis plugin Lastly the Configure External Applications tab 1s used to maintain a table of file extensions and their associated application to allow eVis to display documents other than images Percebendo a janela de Exibi o To see the Display window click on the Display tab in the Event Browser window The Display window is used to view geocoded photographs and their associated attribute data Event Browser Displaying records 03 of 76 Display Options Configure External Applications Q Previous Next Field Value F
63. QGIS Se quiser trabalhar nos materi ais de educa o esta lista boa para come ar a fazer perguntas Pode subscrever nesta lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis edu 20 1 10 qgis psc A lista usado para discutir assuntos do Comit de Direc o relacionados com a boa gest o e direccad do QGIS Pode subscrever nesta lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis psc bem vindo para subscrever em qualquer lista Por favor lembre se que a contribui o na lista feita pela resposta de quest es e partilhar as suas experi ncias Note que o qgis commit e qgis trac est o desenhados para notificar e n o para publica es de utilizadores 20 2 IRC N s tamb m mantemos um IRC visite nos ao juntar se no canal qgis no irc freenode net Por favor espere por uma resposta para a sua quest o porque as outras pessoas do canal podem estar a fazer outras coisas que podem demorar um pouco a repararem na sua quest o Se perder a discuss o no IRC n o problema N s registamos toda a discuss o portanto f cil estar actualizado V a http qgis org irclogs and read the IRC logs Suporte comercial para o QGIS est tamb m dispon vel Verifique o sitio na internet http ggis org en commercial support html for more information 20 3 BugTracker Enquanto que a lista de discuss o do qgis users til para as t picas quest es como eu fa o o XYZ no QGIS pode notificar nos sobre erros existentes
64. Quadriculas um atributo contendo um nome do ficheiro e a geometria do poligono do limite do raster Veja tamb m http www gdal org gdaltindex html configuracoes das Ferramentas GDAL Use este di logo para embeber vari veis GDAL 19 9 M dulo Georeferenciador O m dulo Georeferenciador uma ferramenta para gerar world files para rasters Permite a possibilidade de referenciar rasters para sistemas de coordenadas projectadas ou geogr ficas atrav s da cria o de um novo Geo ff ou adicionando um world file imagem existente A georreferencia o do raster passa por uma abordagem simples de localiza o de pontos no raster para que possa com precis o determinar as suas coordenadas Caracter sticas 272 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Finalidade Finalidade Abrir matricial Iniciar Georeferenciamento Gerar Script GDAL Carregar pontos GCP Salvar pontos GCP como Configura es da transforma o Adicionar Ponto Apagar Ponto Mover ponto GCP Movimentar Aproximar Afastar Aproximar a Camada ltima Visualiza o Pr xima Visualiza o Ligar Georeferenciador ao QGIS Ligar QGIS ao Georeferenciador Esticar totalmente o histograma Esticar localmente o histograma Tabela 1 Georeferenciador Ferramentas do Georeferenciador 19 9 1 Procedimento comum Dois procedimentos alternativos podem ser usados como coordenadas X e Y DMS dd mm ss ss DD dd dd ou coordenadas project
65. Rendering Mode 18 2 Modo de Renderiza o O QGIS permite agora renderiza o avan ada para os itens do Compositor como para as camadas vectoriais e rasters A p 2 e Transpar ncia pode sublinhar o item no compositor vis vel com esta ferramenta Use a barra de deslizamento para adaptar a visibilidade do seu item sua necessidade Pode tamb m definir com precis o a percentagem de visibilidade no menu ao lado da barra de deslizamento 18 2 Modo de Renderiza o 225 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 v Rendering Blending mode Lighten Transparency 0 Figura 18 3 Modo de Renderiza o l e Modo de mistura pode alcan ar efeitos especiais de renderiza o com estas ferramentas que anteriormente s era conhecido de programas gr ficos Os pixeis dos itens sobrejacente e subjacente s o misturados atrav s das configura es descritas em baixo 18 3 Normal Este o modo padr o de renderiza o que usa o canal alfa do pixel superior para renderizar com o pixel abaixo dele as cores n o est o misturadas Mais claro Selecciona o m ximo de cada componente dos pixeis de primeiro plano e de fundo Tenha 66 Z aten o que os resultados tendem a ser irregulares e spero Ecr Os pixeis claros da fonte s o pintados sobre o destino e os pixeis escuros n o s o Este modo muito til pata misturar texturas de uma camada com outra camada Ex pode usar o mapa de sombras como textura no
66. Size Y You can set a Rotation where you can choose between Sync with label Offset of label and Fixed Using Offset of label and Fixed you can rotate the background Define an Offset X Y with X and Y values and the background will be shifted When applying Radius X Y the background gets rounded corners Again it is possible to mix the background with the underlying layers in the map canvas using the Blend mode see blend_modes Use the Shadow menu for a user defined Drop shadow The drawing of the background 1s very variable Choose between Lowest label component Text Buffer and Background The Offset angle depends on the orienta tion of the label If you choose the 4 Use global shadow checkbox then the zero point of the angle is always oriented to the north and doesn t depend on the orientation of the label You can influence the appearance of the shadow with the Blur radius The higher the number the softer the shadows The appearance of the drop shadow can also be altered by choosing a blend mode see blend_modes Choose the Placement menu for the label placement and the labeling priority Using the Offset from point setting you now have the option to use Quadrants to place your label Additionally you can alter the angle of the label placement with the Rotation setting Thus a placement in a certain quadrant with a certain rotation is possible In the Rendering menu you can de
67. T 8 6 2 Etiqueta de Direitos de autor G Copyright label adds a copyright label using the text you prefer to the map 1 Seleccione a partir do menu Ver Decora es Etiqueta Copyright O di logo iniciar veja fig ure_decorations_2 2 Enter the text you want to place on the map You can use HTML as shown in the example 3 Choose the placement of the label from the Placement T combo box 4 Make sure the C Enable Copyright Label checkbox is checked 5 Clique OK In the example above which is the default QGIS places a copyright symbol followed by the date in the lower right hand corner of the map canvas 8 6 3 Seta do Norte A North Arrow laces a simple north arrow on the map canvas At present there is only one style available You can adjust the angle of the arrow or let QGIS set the direction automatically If you choose to let QGIS determine the direction it makes its best guess as to how the arrow should be oriented For placement of the arrow you have four options corresponding to the four corners of the map canvas North Arrow Decoration Angle l 0 N Placement Bottom Left x Enable North Arrow Set direction automatically Help Cancel n Figura 8 8 Di logo da Seta do Norte 6 8 6 Decora es 41 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 8 6 4 Barra de Escala oo Scale Bar adds a simple scale bar to the map canvas You can control the style and placement as well as the
68. WMTS com a mesma finalidade mas trabalham ligeiramente diferente Pode geri los da mesma forma que faz nos servi os WMTS Apenas adicione tiled true no final do url Veja http wiki osgeo org wiki Tile Map Service Specification para mais informa es sobre esta especifica o Quando l o WMTS pode muitas vezes pensar em WMS C Seleccionando os Servidores WMS WMTS Na primeira vez que usa o elemento WMS no QGIS n o existem servidores definidos Comece clicando no bot o Adicionar camada WMS na barra de ferramentas ou atrav s do menu Camada Adi cionar Camada WMS A janela Adicionar Camada s do Servidor para adicionar camadas dos servidores WMS aparecem Pode adicionar alguns servidores para brincar clicando no botaO Adicionar servidores padr es Isto ira adicionar dois servidores WMS demonstra o para que possa usar os servidores WMS do DM Solutions Group e Lizardtech Para definir uma novo servidor WMS no separador Camadas seleccione o bot o Novo De seguida introduza os par metros de liga o que deseja para o Servidor WMS como est listado na table OGC 1 Nome Um nome para esta liga o Este nome ser usado para a lista de Liga es do Servidor para que possa distingui la de outros Servidores WMS URL URL do servidor que fornece os dados Isto dever ser um nome de alojamento v lido o mesmo formato que ira usar para abrir a liga o telnet ou o ping a um alojamento Utilizador Nome de Utilizador par
69. You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents unmodified and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers The combined work need only contain one copy of this License and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it in parentheses the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known or else a unique number Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work In the combination you must combine any sections Entitled History in the various original documents forming one section Entitled History likewise combine any sections Entitled Acknowledgements and any sections Entitled Dedications You must delete all sections Entitled Endorsements 6 COLECCOES DE DOCUMENTOS 21 2 Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU 303 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License and replace
70. a Renderiza o do Mapa A renderiza o do mapa pode ser controlada de v rias maneiras como descrito em baixo Suspendendo a Renderiza o To suspend rendering click the A Render checkbox in the lower right corner of the status bar When the Render checkbox is not checked QGIS does not redraw the canvas in response to any of the events described in section Renderizacdo Examples of when you might want to suspend rendering include e Adding many layers and symbolizing them prior to drawing e Adding one or more large layers and setting scale dependency before drawing e Adding one or more large layers and zooming to a specific view before drawing e Qualquer combina o acima A activa o da caixa de verifica o Ed Renderiza o permite a renderiza o e actualiza o imediata do enquadra mento do mapa Setting Layer Add Option You can set an option to always load new layers without drawing them This means the layer will be added to the map but its visibility checkbox in the legend will be unchecked by default To set this option choose menu option Settings Options and click on the Rendering tab Uncheck the Ed By default new layers added to the map should be displayed checkbox Any layer subsequently added to the map will be off invisible by default Terminando Renderiza o To stop the map drawing press the ESC key This will halt the refresh of the map canvas and leave the map partially drawn It may take a
71. a carta militar aqui http grass osgeo org sampledata spearfish toposheet tar gz Introduzindo pontos de controlo GCPs 1 Para iniciar o georeferenciamento de um raster sem georeferencia o necessitamos de carreg lo usando Eh o bot o 3 O raster ser mostrado na janela principal da rea de trabalho Uma vez carregado o raster podemos come ar a introduzir pontos de refer ncia 7 2 O botao Adicionar Ponto usado para adicionar pontos na rea de trabalho principal e introduzir as suas coordenadas veja Figura figura do georeferenciador 2 Para este procedimento tem tr s op es e Clique num ponto na imagem matricial e introduza as coordenadas X e Y manualmente 19 9 M dulo Georeferenciador 273 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Georeferencer spearfish_topo24 tif gt Z gt iz rae pes a et 2 ge o ae ERA x E Elis vom he ee wee naar i 7 E Mi RE T 369596 1 P O aA l a a he S RR ae Ce qd id Fy ai aa sa GCP table El on off id SICK srcY dst dsty dx pixels dY pixels residual pixels Ej O 594324 70 4925379 62 594323 07 4925378 72 0 07 0 66 0 67 Ej 1 00163 35 4925580 09 600162 18 4925582 35 0 16 0 90 0 92 Ej a 608468 69 4924874 29 608468 40 4924874 14 0 17 0 27 0 32 ZAST AA Tri AMA FTF SS AA Miri AAA Pee h Ari la dA a Ari n Linear Translation 589998 4 928e 06 Scale 2 00019 2 00019 Rotation O Mean error t 98113 492324 Figura 19 16 J
72. and Record groups provide several functions In Operators you find mathematical operators Look in Math for mathematical functions The Conversions group contains functions that convert one data type to another The String group provides functions for data strings In the Geometry group you find functions for geometry objects With Record group functions you can add a numeration to your data set To add a function to the Field calculator Expression box click on the gt and then double click the function 12 5 Calculadora de Campos 125 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Field calculator Only update selected Features Create a new field Update existing Field Output Field name Output field type Decimal number real lt Output field width 10 Precision 3 m Function list Selected Function help Slength function Y Geometry xat yat Sarea Slength length Sperimeter Returns the length of the current feature Syntax Arguments w Operators Expression Slength 1000 Output preview 177 3929555120818 _ Help Cancel OK Figura 12 45 Calculadora de Campos Um pequeno exemplo ilustra como a calculadora de campos funciona N s queremos calcular o comprimento em km na camada rai lroads do conjunto de dados amostra do QGIS ma 1 Carregue a Shapefile railroads shp no QGIS e pressione E Abrir Tabela de Atributos Alternar o modo de edi o Calculadora de Campos 2 Clique no
73. appropriate region extent and reso lution for your raster analysis You can use these parameters with the GRASS Toolbox described in section The GRASS Toolbox 16 9 The GRASS Toolbox The fi Open GRASS Tools pox provides GRASS module functionalities to work with data inside a selected GRASS LOCATION and MAPSET To use the GRASS Toolbox you need to open a LOCATION and MAPSET that you have write permission for usually granted if you created the MAP SET This is necessary because new raster or vector layers created during analysis need to be written to the currently selected LOCATION and MAPSET 16 8 A ferramenta da regi o GRASS 177 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser 7 GRASS MODULES EF shell GRASS shell gt Create new GRASS location and transfer data into it File management Import into GRASS Import raster into GRASS Import vector into GRASS d y v in ogr qgis Import loaded vector y v in ogr Import OGR vector v in ogr loc Import OGR vector and creat et yt i y v in ogr all Import OGR vectors in a given W v in ogr all loc Import all OGR PostGIS ve Figura 16 8 rvore de M dulos e Caixa de Ferramentas GRASS 4b 16 9 1 Trabalhando com os m dulos do GRASS The GRASS shell inside the GRASS Toolbox provides access to almost all more than 300 GRASS modules in a command line interface To offer a more user friendly working enviro
74. armazenar os dados em diferentes sistemas de coordenadas Quando feita a transfer ncia do ficheiro GPX a partir do seu dispositivo GPS ou de um s tio na internet e de seguida carregado no QGIS tenha aten o que os dados armazenados no ficheiro GPX usa WGS 84 latitude longitude O QGIS tem em conta isso e a especifica o oficia do GPX Veja http www topografix com GPX 1 1 15 1 3 GPSBabel Uma vez que o QGIS usa ficheiros GPX voc necessita de uma forma de converter os outros formatos de ficheiros GPS para GPX Isto pode ser feito para v rios formatos usando o programa gratuito GPSBabel que est dispon vel em http www gpsbabel org Este programa tamb m transfere os dados GPS entre o seu computador e o disposi tivo GPS O QGIS usa o GPSBabel para este tipo de coisas portanto recomendado que voc o instale Contudo se apenas quer carregar dados GPS a partir de ficheiros GPX n o ir necessita dele A vers o 1 2 3 do GPSBabel conhecido por trabalhar com o QGIS mas dever conseguir usar vers o mais recentes sem problemas 15 1 4 Importando dados GOS Para importar dados GPS a partir de um ficheiro que n o ficheiro GPX pode usar a ferramenta Importar outro ficheiro na janela das Ferramentas GPS Aqui selecciona o ficheiro que que importar e o tipo de ficheiro que tipo de elemento quer importar onde quer armazenar o ficheiro GPX convertido e que nome da nova camada ira ter Tenha aten o que nem todos os
75. as you are The last person to save their edits wins 106 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties regions Metadata Description General b Attribution Style b Metadataurl rt w Properties Fields Geometry type of the features in this layer Rendering Polygon Display The number of features in this layer O nc G Actions F Editing capabilities of this layer Joins Add Features Delete Features Change Attribute Values Add Attributes Create Spatial Index EF pi agrams Fast Access to Features at ID Change Geometries Extents i Metadata In layer spatial reference system units Min vMin 7117451 RA 19357479 1A xMax vMax 18764422 09 9981531 AN Load Style SaveAs Default Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Help Apply Cancel ok Figura 12 32 Janela de di logo do menu de metadados das propriedades das camadas vectoriais 12 3 1 Configurando a Toler ncia de Atrac o e Raio de Pesquisa Antes de podermos editar os v rtices necessitamos de configurar a toler ncia e o raio de pesquisa para um valor que nos permita uma edi o ideal das geometrias da camada vectorial Toler ncia de Atrac o Snapping tolerance is the distance QGIS uses to search for the closest vertex and or segment you are trying to connect to when you set a new vertex or move an existing vertex If you aren t within the snapping tolerance QGIS will
76. bit of time between pressing ESC and the time the map drawing is halted Note Itis currently not possible to stop rendering this was disabled in the Qt4 port because of User Interface UI problems and crashes 36 Capitulo 8 Ferramentas gerais QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Atualizando a Visualiza o do Mapa Durante a Renderiza o You can set an option to update the map display as features are drawn By default QGIS does not display any features for a layer until the entire layer has been rendered To update the display as features are read from the datastore choose menu option Settings Options and click on the Rendering tab Set the feature count to an appropriate value to update the display during rendering Setting a value of O disables update during drawing this is the default Setting a value too low will result in poor performance as the map canvas is continually updated during the reading of the features A suggested value to start with is 500 Influ ncia da Qualidade de Renderiza o To influence the rendering quality of the map you have two options Choose menu option Settings Options click on the Rendering tab and select or deselect following checkboxes E Make lines appear less jagged at the expense of some drawing performance Fix problems with incorrectly filled polygons Acelerar a renderiza o There are two settings that allow you to improve rendering speed Open the QGIS options dialog usin
77. build Configure your build with the command CXX mpicxx cmake DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX usr local e de seguida compile make Finally to install TauDEM into usr local bin run sudo make install 218 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 17 8 The SEXTANTE Commander SEXTANTE includes a practical tool that allows you to run algorithms without having to use the toolbox but just by typing the name of the algorithm you want to run This tool is known as the SEXTANTE Commander and it is just a simple text box with autocompletion where you type the command you want to run Edo 7 7 Wp o x NI Ed abel a F SEXTANTE algorithm Slope length SEXTANTE algorithm Slope aspect curvature SEXTANTE algorithm Downslope distance gradient SEXTANTE algorithm Relative heights and slope positions SEXTANTE algorithm Upslope Area SEXTANTE algorithm Dtm filter slope based SEXTANTE algorithm Vegetation index slope based SEXTANTE algorithm r slope aspect Generates raster layers of slope aspect cu SEXTANTE algorithm r flow Construction of slope curves flowlines flowpath le Figura 17 30 The SEXTANTE Commander The Commander is started from the Analysis menu or more practically by pressing Shift Ctrl M you can change that default keyboard shortcut in the QGIS configuration if you prefer a different one Apart from executing SEXTANT
78. de sombras como textura noutra camada Subexposi o A subexposi o ira clarear e saturar os pixeis subjacentes baseados na luminosidade do pixel superior A maior claridade do pixel superior causa o aumento da satura o e brilho dos pixeis subjacentes Isto funciona melhor nos pixeis superiores que n o brilham muito caso contr rio o efeito muito extremo Adi o Este modo de renderiza o simplesmente adiciona os valores dos pixeis de uma camada noutra Nos casos que os valores s o acima de 1 no caso do RGB o branco exibido Este modo adequado para destacar elementos Escurecido Cria um pixel resultante que ret m os componentes mais pequenos dos pixeis do primeiro plano e do fundo Como o mais claro o resulto tende a ser irregular e spero Multiplicar Multiplica o n mero para cada pixel superior da camada com o pixel correspondente da camada abaixo Os resultados s o imagens mais escuras Queimar As cores escuras da camada superior torna mais escuro as camadas subjacentes Pode ser usado para ajustar e colorizar camadas subjacentes Sobreposi o E uma combina o entre os modos de renderiza o de multiplicar e ecr Como resul tado as partes claras da imagem tornam se mais claras e as partes escuras ficam mais escuras Pouca luz Muito semelhante sobreposi o mas em vez de usar multiplicar ecr usa o queimar subexposi o Neste modo suposto imitar brilhar
79. de An lise fTools 266 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 7 2 Ferramentas de investiga o _IconeFerramenta Finalidade Selec o aleat ria Selecciona aleatoriamente n n meros de elementos ou n percentagem de elementos Selec o aleat ria Selecciona aleatoriamente elementos dentro de subconjuntos baseando se dentro de num campo ID nico subconjuntos Pontos aleat rios Gera pontos pseudo aleat rios sobre uma camada vectorial Pontos regulares Gera uma grelha de pontos regulares sobre uma regi o espec fica ou enquadramento e exporta os para uma shapefile de pontos Grelha vectorial Gera uma grelha de linhas ou pol gonos baseada num espa amento espec fico dado pelo utilizador Seleccionar por Seleccione elementos baseados na sua localiza o relativa a outra camada localiza o para formar uma nova selec o ou adicionar ou subtrair da selec o actual Pol gono a partir da Cria uma camada do tipo pol gono com um rect ngulo nico a partir da extens o da camada extens o de uma camada matricial ou vectorial Tabela Ftools 2 Ferramentas de investiga o fTools 19 7 3 Ferramentas de geoprocessamento icone Ferramenta Finalidade Formas Cria forma convexa s m nimas para uma camada ou baseada num campo ID convexa s Buffer s Cria buffer s volta dos elementos baseando se na dist ncia ou num campo de dist ncia Cruzar Sobrep e camadas e obt m como resultado
80. de ferramentas s o scripts simples In this section we will see how to use processing algorithms from the QGIS Python console and also how to write algorithms using Python 17 5 1 Chamando os algoritmos a partir da consola Python A primeira coisa que tem de fazer importar as fun es do processamento com a seguinte linha gt gt gt import processing Now there is basically just one interesting thing you can do with that from the console execute an algorithm That is done using the runalg method which takes the name of the algorithm to execute as its first parameter and then a variable number of additional parameters depending on the requirements of the algorithm So the first thing you need to know is the name of the algorithm to execute That is not the name you see in the toolbox but rather a unique command line name To find the right name for your algorithm you can use the algslist method Type the following line in your console gt gt gt processing alglist Ir ver algo como isto Acoumulated Cost Anisoerepi ec gt saga accumulatedcost anisotropic Acoum lated Cost LSoOLro pic gt saga accumulatedcost isotropic Ada Coordinates to pOLNTo gt gt inss gt saga addcoordinatestopoints Ada Grid Values to POLO css gt saga addgridvaluestopoints Adda Grid Values Lo Shape unta date gt saga addgridvaluestoshapes Add Polygon Ateributes to Polhncs
81. de rios do cojuntos de dados amostra do QGIS To create a rule activate an existing row by double clicking on it or click on and click on the new rule In the Rule properties dialog you can define a label for the rule Press the _ button to open the expression string builder In the Function List click on Fields and Values to view all attributes of the attribute table to be searched To add an attribute to the field calculator Expression field double click its name in the Fields and Values list Generally you can use the various fields values and functions to construct the calculation expression or you can just type it into the box see Calculadora de Campos Since QGIS 2 2 you can create a new rule by copying and pasting an existing rule with the right mouse button Also since QGIS 2 2 you can use the ELSE rule that will be run if none of the other rules on that level match Layer Properties majrivers Style v Layer rendering General Layer transparency 0 Layer blending mode Normal Feature blending mode Normal E Rule based Label Rule Min scale Max scale Count Duplicate count Rendering LENGTH lt 2000 2466 2466 OD display LENGTH gt 2000 2888 2888 ELSE 5354 5354 Actions a l f Joins gt ER Diagrams Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style timido Help Apply I Cancel OK Figura 12 13 Op es de Simboliz
82. digitizing 1 explains the available functionalities 174 Cap tulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG Novo Ponto Nova Linha Novo Limite Novo Centr ide Mover v rtice Adicionar v rtice Apagar v rtice Mover elemento Dividir linha Apagar elemento Editar atributos Fechar QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 E oc DD O e a e O E e ES Figura 16 3 Barra de Ferramentas Digitaliza o GRASS Icone Ferramenta Finalidade Digitalizar um novo ponto Digitalizar nova linha Digitalizar novo limite finalizar seleccionando uma nova ferramenta Digitalizar um novo centr ide r tulo com a rea existente Mover um v rtice de uma linha existente ou limite e identificar nova posi o Adicionar um novo v rtice a uma linha existente Apagar v rtice de uma linha existente confirme o v rtice seleccionado clicando com outro clique Mover o limite seleccionado linha ponto ou centr ide e clique na nova posi o Split an existing line into two parts Apagar um limite existente linha ponto ou centr ide confirme o elemento seleccionado com outro clique Editar os atributos do elemento seleccionado note que um elemento pode representar mais elementos veja acima Feche a sess o e guarde o estado actual reconstru o da topologia depois Tabela GRASS Digitaliza o 1 Ferramentas de Digitaliza o GRASS Separador Categoria O separador Categoria permite definir a forma de como os valores ca
83. duas reas adjacentes digitalizada apenas uma vez e partilhada por ambas as reas Os limites devem estar ligados e fechados sem buracos Uma rea identificada e rotulada pelo centr ide da rea Besides boundaries and centroids a vector map can also contain points and lines All these geometry elements can be mixed in one vector and will be represented in different so called layers inside one GRASS vector map So in GRASS a layer is not a vector or raster map but a level inside a vector layer This is important to distinguish carefully Although it is possible to mix geometry elements it is unusual and even in GRASS only used in special cases such as vector network analysis Normally you should prefer to store different geometry elements in different layers 16 4 Importando dados para uma LOCALIZACAO GRASS 173 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 It is possible to store several layers in one vector dataset For example fields forests and lakes can be stored in one vector An adjacent forest and lake can share the same boundary but they have separate attribute tables It is also possible to attach attributes to boundaries An example might be the case where the boundary between a lake and a forest is a road so it can have a different attribute table The layer of the feature is defined by the layer inside GRASS Layer is the number which defines if there is more than one layer inside the dataset e g
84. e Definir SRC da Camada e Definir SRC do projecto a partir da Camada e Guardar como e Propriedades e Renomear 7 3 Legenda do Mapa 31 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Copiar Estilo Add New Group Expand all Collapse all Update Drawing Order Adicionalmente de acordo com a posi o da camada e selec o Fa a Item de Topo Agrupar Seleccionados Right mouse button menu for vector layers Aproximar Extens o da Camada Adicionar ao Enquadramento Remover Duplicar Definir SRC da Camada Definir SRC do projecto a partir da Camada Abrir Tabela de Atributos Alternar Edi o n o est dispon vel para camadas GRASS Guardar Como Save Selection As Filtrar Exibir Contagem de Elementos Propriedades Renomear Copiar Estilo Add New Group Expand all Collapse all Update Drawing Order Adicionalmente de acordo com a posi o da camada e selec o Fa a Item de Topo Agrupar Seleccionados Op es do bot o direito do rato para grupos de camadas 32 Amplia o ao Grupo Remover Definir SRC do Grupo Renomear Add New Group Expand all Collapse all 3200 Cap tulo 7 QGIS GUI QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Update Drawing Order E poss vel seleccionar mais de uma camada ou grupo ao mesmo tempo segurando a tecla Ctr 1 enquanto selec ciona as camadas com o bot o esquerdo do rato Pode mover todas as camadas seleccionadas para um novo grupo ao mesmo tempo Poder tamb m apagar mai
85. e abra a janela da 3 Selecciona a caixa de verifica o 4 Criar novo campo para guardar os c lculos no novo campo 4 Adicione comprimento como campo de sa da do nome real como o tipo de campo de sa da e defina o campo de comprimento de sa da de 10 com Precis o 3 5 agora fa a duplo clique na fun o length no grupo guilabel Geometria para adicionar caixa de ex press es da Calculadora de campos 6 Complete a express o introduzindo 1000 na caixa de express es da Calculadora de campos e clique OK 7 You can now find a new column length in the attribute table The available functions are listed below The field calculator Function list with the Selected Function Help Operators and Expression menu are also available through the rule based rendering in the Style menu of the Layer properties and the expression based labeling inthe Labelins core application Operators This group contains operators e g a b a plus b a D a minus b ax b a multiplied by b a b a divided by b 126 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 a b a modulo b for example 7 3 2 1 or 2 fits into 7 three times with remainder 1 ee a power b for example 2 2 4 or 2 3 8 a b a and b are equal a b a is larger than b a lt b a is smaller than b a lt gt b a and b are not equal a b a and b are not equal a lt b a is less than or equal to b a
86. elementos WMS XML Lat LonBoundingBox EX GeographicBoundingBox ou CRS 84 BoundingBox SRC dispon veis As projec es desta camada podem ser renderizadas pelo servidor WMS Os mesmos est o listados num formato nativo WMS Dispon vel em estilo Os estilos da imagem desta camada podem ser renderizadas pelo o servidor WMS Mostra a legenda gr fica do WMS no tabela de conte dos e compositor O fornecedor de dados WMS do QGIS permite exibir o gr fico da legenda na tabela de conte dos da lista da camada e no compositor do mapa A legenda WMS ira ser exibida apenas se o servidor WMS tiver a capacidade GetLegendGraphic e a camada tiver um url getCapability especificado portanto adicionalmente ter de seleccionar um estilo para a camada Se a legendaGraphic estiver dispon vel exibido em baixo da camada pequeno e tem de clicar nele para este ser aberto na sua dimens o real devido limita o da arquitectura do QgsLegendInterface Ao clicar na legenda da camada ira ser aberto uma moldura com a legenda na sua resolu o completa No compositor de impress o a legenda ira ser integrada na sua dimens o original transferida A resolu o do gr fico da legenda pode ser configurado nas propriedades do item em Legenda gt WMS LegendGraphic para coincidir com os seus requisitos de impress o A legenda ira exibir informa o de contexto baseada na sua escala actual A legenda WMS ser exibida apenas seo WMS tiver
87. em modo alargado 9 3 4 Menu de Renderiza o Comportamento da renderiza o C By default new layers added to the map should be displayed C Enable back buffer Ed Use render caching where possible to speed up redraws Ed Enable feature simplication by default for newly added layers Ed Simplify on provider side if possible Qualidade de renderiza o Ed Fazer com que as linhas apare am menos irregulares em detrimento de algum desempenho do desenho C Fix problems with incorrectly filled polygons 9 3 Op es 51 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Matriciais Com a Selec o de banda RGB pode definir o n mero para a banda Vermelha Verde e Azul Contrast enhancement Banda cinzenta nica Uma banda cinzenta nica pode ter Sem esticar Esticar para MinMax Esticar e Cortar para MinMax e tamb m Cortar para MinMax Multi band color byte band ee Options are No stretch Stretch to MinMax Stretch and Clip to MinMax and Clip to MinMax Multi band color gt byte band e Options are No stretch Stretch to MinMax Stretch and Clip to MinMax and Clip to MinMax Limits minimum maximum J Options are Cumulative pixel count cut Minimum Maximum Mean standard deviation Limites de contagem cumulativa de pixeis de corte Multiplicador do desvio padr o Corrigindo Erros 4 Map canvas refresh 9 3 5 Menu de Janela e Lege
88. encontrados no separador Entradas no lado esquerdo da janela do modelador e Camada matricial e Camada vectorial e Cadeia de texto e Campo da tabela e Tabela e Extens o e N mero e Booleano e Ficheiro Fa a duplo clique em qualquer um e ser exibida uma janela de di logo para definir as suas caracter sticas Dependendo do par metro o di logo ir conter apenas um elemento b sico a descri o que ser o que o utilizador ir ver quando executar o modelo ou outros mais Por exemplo quando adiciona um valor num rico como aparece na pr xima figura al m da descri o do par metro necess rio definir o valor por defeito e o intervalo de valores v lidos Para cada entrada adicionada um novo elemento adicionado ao enquadramento do modelador 198 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 tt Parameter definition x pecans ane Min Max values Default value 0 Py Figura 17 17 Parametros do Modelo cP cp oF Paint DEM Landsat Ry a Figura 17 18 Par metros do Modelo amp 17 3 2 Defini o do fluxo de trabalho Uma vez as entradas definidas tempo de definir os algoritmos que vamos aplicar Os algoritmos podem ser encontrados no separador Algoritmos agrupados na mesma forma que est o na caixa de ferramentas A apar ncia da caixa de ferramentas tem dois modos simplificado e avan ado Contudo n o existe nenhum ele mento para trocar en
89. forever On most Linux systems resource limits are set on login by the pam_limits module according to the settings contained in etc security limits conf or etc security limits d conf You should be able to edit those files if you have root privilege also via sudo but you will need to log in again before any changes take effect More info http www cyberciti biz faq linux increase the maximum number of open files http linuxaria com article open files in linux lang en 12 Capitulo 4 Caracteristicas CAPITULO 5 What s new in QGIS 2 2 Please note that this is a release in our cutting edge release series As such it contains new features and extends the programmatic interface over QGIS 2 0 We recommend that you use this version over previous releases This release includes hundreds of bug fixes and many new features and enhancements that will be described in this manual You may also review the visual changelog at http changelog linfiniti com qgis version 21 5 1 Application and Project Options e Support for measurement in nautical miles You can now measure distances using nautical miles To enable this use the Settings Options Map Tools option panel 5 2 Data Providers e One to many relations support This release supports the ability to define 1 n relations The relations are defined in the project properties dialog Once relations exist for a layer a new user interface element in the form view e
90. given on the Title Page If there is no section Entitled History in the Document create one stating the title year authors and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence 10 Preserve the network location if any given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on These may be placed in the History section You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission 11 For any section Entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications Preserve the Title of the section and pre serve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and or dedica tions given therein 12 Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document unaltered in their text and in their titles Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles 13 Delete any section Entitled Endorsements Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version 14 Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section 15 Preserve qualquer Clausula de Garantias If the Modified Version inc
91. gt b a is larger than or equal to b a Db a matches the regular expression b a positive sign a negative value of a joins two values together into a string Heklo world LIKE returns 1 if the string matches the supplied pattern ILIKE returns 1 if the string matches case insensitive the supplied pattern ILIKE can be used instead of LIKE to make the match case insensitive LS returns 1 if a is the same as b OR returns 1 when condition a or b is true AND returns 1 when condition a and b are true NOT returns 1 if a is not the same as b column name column name value of the field column name SS ean a string value NULL null value a IS NULL a has no value a IS NOT NULL a IN value value a NOT IN value value Conditionals a has a value a 1s below the values listed ais not below the values listed This group contains functions to handle conditional checks in expressions CASE evaluates multiple expressions and returns a result CASE ELSE evaluates multiple expressions and returns a result coalesce returns the first non NULL value from the expression list regexp_match Mathematical Functions This group contains math functions e g returns true if any part of a string matches the supplied regular expression Square root sin and cos sqrt a square root of a abs returns the absolute value of a number sin a sine of a cos a cosine of a tan a tangent of a asin a arcsin of a acos a a
92. in screen pixels The threshold defines at what distance new points or line ends are snapped to existing nodes This helps to prevent gaps or dangles between boundaries The default is set to 10 pixels PO crassedt o O O B38 false GEO Category Settings Symbology Table Snapping in screen pixels 10 Figura 16 5 Separador de Configura es de Digitaliza o GRASS Separador da Simbologia The Symbology tab allows you to view and set symbology and color settings for various geometry types and their topological status e g closed opened boundary GRASS Edit oo ES 3m BBatkan a RREO Category Settings Symbology Table Line width 1 Marker size 9 m Disp Color Type Index G Boundary no area 5 G Boundary 1 area 6 y Boundary 2 areas 7 W Centroid in area 8 Figura 16 6 GRASS Digitizing Symbology Tab 176 Capitulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Separador Tabela The Table tab provides information about the database table for a given layer Here you can add new columns to an existing attribute table or create a new database table for a new GRASS vector layer see section Criando uma nova camada vectorial GRASS dc GRASS Edit aia 1a e e yl go a B fo fo la o BE O Category Settings Symbology Table Layer ol Column Type Length Add Column Create Alter Table Figura 16 7 Separador de Digitaliza o
93. in the text window under the drop down menu Select the query you want to run from the drop down menu and then click on the SQL Query tab to see that the query has been loaded into the query window If it is the first time you are running a predefined query or are switching databases you need to be sure to connect to the database Click on the Run Query button in the SQL Query tab to execute the command If the query is successful a Database File Selection window will be displayed If the query is not successful an error message will appear in the Output Console window 1 Open File Launches the Open File file browser to search for the XML file holding the predefined queries 2 Predefined Queries A drop down list with all of the queries defined by the predefined queries XML file 3 Query description A short description of the query This description is from the predefined queries XML file 19 6 M dulo eVis 263 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Database Connection Predefined Queries al ia DADOS1 Alexandre Dropbox Trabalho QGIS qgis si This command will import all of the data in the SQLite database to O Database Connection SQL Query Output Console gt polygons gt idx polygons geometry gt idx polygons geometry node gt idx polygons geometry rowid O gt idx polygons geometry parent A gt regions gt airports Help E CF OK Figura 19 14 The eVis Predefined Queries tab Janela da
94. informa o sobre o seu sistema de coordenadas ou voc s dever definir um sistema global para temas ou para o projecto Para temas PostGIS o QGIS usa o identificador de refer ncia espacial que foi especificado aquando da cria o do tema Para dados suportados pelo OGR o QGIS recorre presen a de um meio reconhec vel para especificar o SC No caso de shapefiles isto significa um ficheiro contendo um texto bem conhecido WKT especificando o SC Este ficheiro de projec o tem o mesmo nome base que o shapefile e uma extens o prj Por exemplo um shapefile chamado alaska shp teria um ficheiro de projec o correspondente chamado alaska prj Sempre que selecionar um novo SC as unidades do temas ser o mudadas automaticamente no separador Geral das Im ActionsOptionsl na janela de Propriedades do Projecto no menu Projecto Gnome OSX ou Defini es KDE Windows 10 2 Especifica o Geral da Projec o O QGIS inicia cada novo projecto usando a projec o global pr definida O SC global por omiss o o EPSG 4326 WGS 84 proj longlat ellps WGS84 datum WGS84 no defs e vem pr definido no QGIS Este valor pode ser alterado via o bot o Seleccionar na primeira sec o que usada para definir o sistema de coordenadas por omiss o para novos projectos como mostrado na figure projection 1 Este op o pode ser gravada para uso em sess es subsequentes do QGIS Quando usa temas que n o t m um SC tem de definir co
95. install those missing libraries manually before you can run the algorithm GRASS Configurar o GRASS n o muito diferente de configurar o SAGA Primeiro o caminho para a pasta GRASS tem de ser definida mas apenas se estiver a correr o Windows Adicionalmente um interpretador shell normalmente o msys exe que pode ser encontrado na maioria das distribui es do GRASS para o Windows tem de ser definido e o seu caminho configurado By default the processing framework tries to configure its GRASS connector to use the GRASS distribution that ships along with QGIS This should work without problems in most systems but 1f you experience problems you might have to configure the GRASS connector manually Also 1f you want to use a different GRASS installation you can change that setting and point to the folder where the other version is installed GRASS 6 4 is needed for algorithms to work correctly Se est a trabalhar em Linux s necessita de ter a certeza que o GRASS est correctamente instalado e pode ser executado sem problema a partir da consola GRASS algorithms use a region for calculations This region can be defined manually using values similar to the ones found in the SAGA configuration or automatically taking the minimum extent that covers all the input layers used to execute the algorithm each time If the latter approach 1s the behaviour you prefer just check the Use min covering region option in the GRASS configuration pa
96. key while clicking Hold down Ct rl or Shift when clicking to toggle the selection state of vertices vertices that are currently unselected will be selected as usual but also vertices that are already selected will become unselected e Adding vertices To add a vertex simply double click near an edge and a new vertex will appear on the edge near to the cursor Note that the vertex will appear on the edge not at the cursor position therefore it should be moved if necessary e Eliminar v rtices Depois de selecionar os v rtices para eliminar clique na tecla Delete Note se que n o P pode usar a amp Node Tool para eliminar um elemento completo QGIS vais assegurar que mant m o n mero m nimo de v rtices necess rios para o tipo de elemento que est a trabalhar Para eliminar um elemente completo utilize a ferramenta i Delete Selected e Mover v rtices Selecione todos os v rtices que pretende mover Clique num v rtice selecionado ou na extreminade e arraste na dire o que pretende mover Todos os v rtices selecionados ser o movidos em conjunto Se a ferramenta snapping est ativa toda a sele o pode saltar para o v rtice ou linha mais pr ximos Each change made with the node tool is stored as a separate entry in the Undo dialog Remember that all operations support topological editing when this is turned on On the fly projection is also supported and the node tool provides tooltips to identify a vertex by hoverin
97. many complex features at small scales This feature can be enabled or disabled in the layer settings using the 4 Simplify geometry option There is also a new global setting that enables generalisation by default for newly added layers see section Op es Note Feature generalisation may introduce artefacts into your rendered output in some cases These may include slivers between polygons and inaccurate rendering when using offset based symbol layers 12 2 6 Menu Mostrar This menu is specifically created for Map Tips It includes a new feature Map Tip display text in HTML While you can still choose a Field to be displayed when hovering over a feature on the map it is now possible to insert HTML code that creates a complex display when hovering over a feature To activate Map Tips select the menu option View MapTips Figure Display 1 shows an example of HTML code 12 2 7 Acoes QGIS provides the ability to perform an action based on the attributes of a feature This can be used to perform any number of actions for example running a program with arguments built from the attributes of a feature or passing parameters to a web reporting tool Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or view a web page based on one or more values in your vector layer They are divided into six types and can be used like this 98 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2
98. modify the path to the SVG image in a way that it represents a valid relative path Os parametros extra suportados pelo pedido WMS GetMap In the WMS GetMap request QGIS Server accepts a couple of extra parameters in addition to the standard parameters according to the OCG WMS 1 3 0 specification e Par metro MAPA Semelhante ao MapServer o par metro MAPA pode ser usado para especificar o caminho para o ficheiro de projecto QGIS Pode especificar um caminho absoluto ou relativo para a localiza o do execut vel do servidor ggis mapserv fcgi Se n o estiver especificado o Servidor QGIS procura por ficheiros qgs no direct rio onde o execut vel do servidor est localizado Exemplo 156 Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 http localhost cgi bin qgis mapsetrv fegi N REQUEST GetMap amp MAP home gqgis mymap gqgs amp e Par metro DPI O par metro DPI pode ser usado para especificar o pedido de sa da da resolu o Exemplo http localhost cgi bin gqgis_mapserv fcgi REQUEST GetMap amp DPI 3006 e Par metro OPACIDADE A opacidade pode se definida numa camada ou ao nivel do grupo O intervalo de valores permitido vai de O totalmente trasnaprente a 255 totalmente opaco Exemplo http localhost cgi bin ggis_mapserv fcgi REQUEST GetMap amp LAYERS mylayerl mylayer2 amp OPACITIES 125 2008 14 2 QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC 157 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 158 Cap
99. mostra a janela da renderiza o por categorias usada para a camada rios da amostra do conjunto de dados do QGIS Layer Properties rivers Style A w Layer rendering General Layer transparency 0 a Style y parency Layer blending mode Normal Feature blending mode Normal Labels i E Fields Categorized a Col pr in aera Column NAM 7 Gu ni ni Symbol Change Color ramp color Brewer Accents C Invert isplay O A e i o Symbol Value Label A rd a AGASHASHOK RIVER AGASHASHOK RIVER d pe AGIAPUK RIVER AGIAPUK RIVER aks AKLUMAYUAK CREEK AKLUMAYUAK CREEK a o Diacrams ALAGNAK RIVER ALAGNAK RIVER _ 9 ALATNA RIVER ALATNA RIVER i Metadata AMBLER RIVER AMBLER RIVER AMERICAN RIVER AMERICAN RIVER Classify Add Delete Delete all Join Advanced 7 Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style Y Help Apply Cancel OK Figura 12 9 Op es de Simboliza o de categorias ra You can create a custom color ramp choosing New color ramp from the Color ramp drop down menu A dialog will prompt for the ramp type Gradient Random ColorBrewer or cpt city The first three have options for number of steps and or multiple stops in the color ramp You can use the A Invert option while classifying the data with a color ramp See figure_symbology_3 for an example of custom color ramp and figure_symbology_3a for the cpt city di
100. new dialog Build an ex pression by clicking the functions available in the left side of the panel On the right side of the Insert an expression dialog the help file associated with the function selected is displayed Two special categories can be useful particularly associated with the atlas functionality geometry functions and records functions At the bottom a preview of the expression is shown e Define font and font color by clicking on the Font and Font color buttons Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 w Main properties Qals Render as HTML Insert an expression Font Font color Figura 18 9 Label Main properties Dialog Alinhamentos e Exibi o The Alignment and Display dialogs of the label Item Properties tab provide the following functionalities see Figure_composer_10 v Alignment Horizontal Left Center Right Vertical Top Middle Bottom v Display Margin 1 00 mm Rotation 0 00 Figura 18 10 Label Alignment and Display Dialogs e Pode definir o alinhamento horizontal e vertical na zona de Alinhamento e In the Display tag you can define a margin in mm and or a rotation angle in degrees for the text 18 3 3 Adding an Image item to the Print Composer DX Para adicionar uma imagem clique no cone posicione o elemento com o bot o esquerdo do rato no enquadramento do Compositor de Impress o e posicione e pe
101. no QGIS Pode submeter erros usando o rastreio de erros QGIS em http hub qgis org projects quantum gis issues Quando cria uma nova notifica o para erro por favor forne a um endere o email onde poderemos pedir informa o adicional 294 Cap tulo 20 Ajuda e Suporte QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Por favor tenha em aten o que o seu erro pode nem sempre ter a prioridade que deseja vai depender da severi dade Alguns erros podem requer esfor os significativos de programadores para remediar e a m o de obra nem sempre est dispon vel para isso Os pedidos de novas caracteristicas tamb m podem ser submetidos usando 0 mesmo sistema de senhas que usado para os erros Por favor certifique se que selecciona 0 tipo Feature Se encontrou um erro e corrigiu o pode submeter esse patch Mais uma vez o ador vel sistema de avisos red mine em http hub ggis org wiki quantum gis issues tem tamb m disto Active a caixa de verifica o Patch fornecido e anexe o seu patch antes de submeter o erro Algu m dos programadores ira rev lo e aplic lo no QGIS Por favor n o fique alarmado se o seu patch n o for logo aplicado os programadores podem estar ocupados com outros compremissos 20 4 Blogue A comunidade QGIS tamb m possui um blogue em http planet qgis org planet que tem alguns artigos interes santes para utilizadores e programadores assim como outros blogs da comunidade Est convidado para contribuir com o seu blogue QG
102. o 4 Activar transforma o din mica de a SC O cone E Estado SC deixar de estar desactivado cinzento e todos os temas ser o dinamicamente reprojec tados para o SC mostrado junto ao cone O separador SC na janela Propriedades do Projecto contem cinco componentes importantes como mostrado na Figure projections 2 e descritos abaixo 1 Acivar transform o din mica de SC Esta caixa de selec o usada para activar ou desactivar a projec o din mica Quando desligada cada tema desenhado usando as coordenadas lidas dos seus da dos e os componentes descritos abaixo est o inactivos Quando ligada as coordenadas de cada tema s o projectadas para o sistema de coordenadas definido para o mapa 2 Filtro Se conhece o c digo EPSG o identificador ou o nome para um sistema de coordenadas pode usar a fun o de pesquisa para o encontrar Introduza o c digo EPSG o identificador ou o nome 3 Sistemas de coordenadas usados recentemente Se tem certos SCs que usa frequentemente no seu trabalho SIG di rio estes ser o mostrados nesta lista Clique num destes itens para selecionar o SC corre spondente 4 Sistemas de coordenadas do mundo Esta a lista de todos os SCs suportados pelo QGIS incluindo sistemas de coordenadas Geogr ficas Projectadas e Personalizados Para definir um SC seleccione o na lista expandindo o n apropriado e seleccionado o SC O SC activo est pr seleccionado 5 Tex
103. otb bin package and enter C OSGeo4W apps orfeotoolbox applications as OTB applications folder and 17 7 Configurando as aplica es externas 217 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 C OSGeo4W bin as OTB command line tools folder These values should be configured by de fault but if you have a different OTB installation configure them to the corresponding values in your system TauDEM To use this provider you need to install TauDEM command line tools 17 7 8 Windows Please visit the TauDEM homepage for installation instructions and precompiled binaries for 32 bit and 64 bit systems IMPORTANT You need TauDEM 5 0 6 executables Version 5 2 is currently not supported 17 7 9 Linux There are no packages for most Linux distributions so you should compile TauDEM by yourself As TauDEM uses MPICH2 first install it using your favorite package manager Alternatively TauDEM works fine with Open MPI so you can use it instead of MPICH2 Download TauDEM 5 0 6 source code and extract the files in some folder Open the linearpart h file and after line include mpi h add a new line with include lt stdint N gt e ir obter include mpi h include lt stdint h gt Save the changes and close the file Now open tiff 10O h find line include stdint h and replace quotes with lt gt so you ll get jinclide lt stdint h gt Save the changes and close the file Create a build directory and cd into it mkdir build cd
104. output variables is always a string with a file path It will correspond to a temporary file path in case the user has not entered any output filename When you declare an output the algorithm will try to add it to QGIS once it is finished That is why although the runalg method does not load the layers it produces the final TWI layer will be loaded using the case of our previous example since it is saved to the file entered by the user which is the value of the corresponding output Do not use the 1oad method in your script algorithms just when working with the console line If a layer is created as output of an algorithm it should be declared as such Otherwise you will not be able to properly use the algorithm in the modeler since its syntax as defined by the tags explained above will not match what the algorithm really creates Hidden outputs numbers and strings do not have a value Instead you have to assign a value to them To do so just set the value of a variable with the name you used to declare that output For instance if you have used this declaration average output number a linha seguinte ira configurar o valor de saida para 5 average 5 Em adi o s etiquetas para os par metros e ficheiros de sa da pode tamb m definir o grupo onde o algoritmo ser exibido usando a etiqueta group If your algorithm takes a long time to process it is a good idea to inform the user You have a global named progre
105. pages see Table evis examples 19 6 4 Usando a Pesquisa de Eventos When the Event Browser window opens a photograph will appear in the display window if the document refer enced in the vector file attribute table is an image and if the file location information in the Options window is properly set If a photograph is expected and it does not appear it will be necessary to adjust the parameters in the Options window If a supporting document or an image that does not have a file extension recognized by eVis is referenced in the attribute table the field containing the file path will be highlighted in green in the attribute information window if that file extension is defined in the file reference table located in the Configure External Applications window To open the document double click on the green highlighted line in the attribute information window If a supporting document is referenced in the attribute information window and the file path is not highlighted in green then it will be necessary to add an entry for the file s filename extension in the Configure External Applications window If the file path is highlighted in green but does not open when double clicked it will be necessary to adjust the parameters in the Options window so the file can be located by eVis If no compass bearing is provided in the Options window a red asterisk will be displayed on top of the vector feature that is associated with the photograph being disp
106. pan west up arrow key to pan north and down arrow key to pan south You can also use the space bar to temporarily cause mouse movements to pan the map The PgUp and PgDown keys on your keyboard will cause the map display to zoom in or out without interrupting your digitizing session 108 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 12 3 3 Edi o Topologica Besides layer based snapping options you can also define topological functionalities in the Snapping options dialog in the Settings or File menu Here you can define Ed Enable topological editing and or for polygon layers you can activate the column Ed Avoid Int which avoids intersection of new polygons Activar edi o topologica The option 4 Enable topological editing 1s for editing and maintaining common boundaries in polygon mosaics QGIS detects a shared boundary in a polygon mosaic so you only have to move the vertex once and QGIS will take care of updating the other boundary Evitar intersec es de novos pol gonos The second topological option in the 4 Avoid Int column called Avoid intersections of new polygons avoids overlaps in polygon mosaics It is for quicker digitizing of adjacent polygons If you already have one polygon it is possible with this option to digitize the second one such that both intersect and QGIS then cuts the second polygon to the common boundary The advantage is that you don t have to d
107. que ja esta adicionada no modelo A validade de um campo seleccionado ira ser verificado no seu processo de execu o Em todos os casos ira encontrar um par metro adicional denominado de Algoritmos Parent que n o est dispon vel quando chamado o algoritmo a partir da caixa de ferramentas Este par metro permite que possa definir a ordem de como os algoritmos s o executados definindo explicitamente um algoritmo como parent do actual que ira for a lo a execut lo antes Quando usa um ficheiro de sa da de um algoritmo pr vio como ficheiro de entrada do seu algoritmo isso implica definir o antigo como parent do actual e posiciona a seta correspondente no enquadramento do modelador Contudo em alguns casos o algoritmo pode depender de outro mesmo que n o use um objecto de sa da a partir dele por exemplo um algoritmo que executa uma inst ncia SQL numa base de dados PostGIS e outra que importa uma camada para a mesma base de dados Nesse caso apenas seleccione no par metro Algoritmos Parent e eles ir o ser executados na ordem correcta Uma vez todos os par metros estiver relacionados a valores v lidos clique no bot o OK e o algoritmo ir ser adicionado ao enquadramento Ser ligado a todos os outros elementos do enquadramento sejam eles algorit mos ou ficheiros de entrada o que ir fornecer objectos que foram usados como ficheiros de entrado para esse algoritmo Elements can be dragged to a different position within
108. reas onde ambas as camadas intersectam Unir Sobrep e camadas e obt m como resultado reas com e sem intersec o Diferen a Sobrep e camadas e obt m como resultado reas de diferen as de camadas que sim trica n o intersectam Cortar Sobrep e camadas e obt m como resultado reas que intersectam a camada de corte Diferen a Sobrep e camadas e obt m como resultado reas que n o intersectam a camada de corte Dissolver Junta elementos baseados num campo de entrada Todos os elementos com valores id nticos s o combinados de forma a obter um elemento nico Eliminar Une elementos seleccionados com os pol gonos vizinhos com a maior rea ou o fragmento de limite comum maior pol gonos Tabela Ftools 3 Ferramentas de geoprocessamento fTools 19 7 M dulo fTools 267 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 7 4 Ferramentas de geometria eonlFerramenta Finalidade Verificar a validade da geometria Exportar Adicionar geometrias de colunas Centr ides de pol gonos Triangula o Delaunay Pol gonos de Voronoi Simplificar geometrias Adensar geometrias Multipartes para partes simples Partes simples para multipartes Poligonos para linhas Linhas para poligonos Extrair Nos Verifica os pol gonos para intersec es buracos fechados e corrige ordena o de n s Adiciona a informa o da camada vectorial para camadas de pontos XCOORD YCOORD linha LENGTH ou pol gono AREA PER
109. resulting vector will load faster This process is useful when you have a highly detailed vector but you are creating a very small scale map so the detail is unnecessary Tip A ferramenta de simplifica o Note that the QGIS fTools plugin has a Simplify geometries tool that works just like the GRASS v generalize Douglas Peuker algorithm However the purpose of this example is different The contour lines created by r contour have sharp angles that should be smoothed Among the v generalize algorithms there is Chaiken s which does just that also Hermite splines Be aware that these algorithms can add additional vertices to the vector causing it to load even more slowly Open the GRASS Toolbox and double click the categories Vector Develop map Generalization then click on the v generalize module to open its options window Check that the ctour 100 vector appears as the Name of input vector From the list of algorithms choose Chaiken s Leave all other options at their default and scroll down to the last row to enter in the field Name for output vector map ctour_100_smooth and click Run The process takes several moments Once Successfully finished appears in the output windows click View output and then Close You may change the color of the vector to display it clearly on the raster background and to contrast with the original contour lines You will notice that the new contour lines have smooth
110. see that the algorithm is represented now with a red label under its name indicating that it is not active Catchment Area Parallel deactivated Figura 17 23 Deactivate All algorithms depending directly or indirectly on that algorithm will also appear as inactive since they cannot be executed now To activate an algorithm just right click on its icon and select the Activate option 202 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 17 3 6 Editando os ficheiros de ajuda do modelo e a meta informa o Pode documentar os seus modelos a partir do pr prio modelador Basta apenas clicar no bot o Editar ajuda do modelo e o di logo como aquele que ira aparecer Help editor 2 x Algorithm description E a Algorithm description H Elevation Algorithm created by Input parameters Algorithm help written by Elevation Select elements on the tree and fill their description in the textbox below The elevation layer Values must be expressed in meters Clipping layer Clipping layer An optional dipping layer Outputs Figura 17 24 Edi o da Ajuda No lado direito ir ver uma p gina simples HTML criada usando a descri o dos par metros de entrada e de sa da do algoritmo juntamente com itens adicionais como uma descri o geral do modelo ou o seu autor A primeira vez que abre o editor da ajuda todas as ajudas e
111. sobre as camadas listadas mais abaixo na legenda Note Este comportamentos pode ser reescrito pelo painel Ordem da Camada As camadas da legenda da janela podem ser organizadas por grupos Existem duas maneiras de o fazer 1 Right click in the legend window and choose Add New Group Type in a name for the group and press Enter Now click on an existing layer and drag it onto the group 2 Seleccione algumas camadas e clique com o bot o direito do rato na legenda da janela e escolha Agrupar Seleccionados As camadas seleccionadas ir o automaticamente incorporar o novo grupo Para trazer a camada para fora do grupo pode arrastar para fora ou clicar no bot o direito do rato em cima e escolha Fa a item de topo Os grupos podem ser tamb m agrupados dentro de outros grupos A caixa de verifica o para o grupo ir mostrar ou esconder todas as camadas do grupo com um clique O conte do do menu contexto do bot o do direito do rato varia no tipo de item de legenda seleccionada seja uma camada matricial ou vector Para camadas vectoriais GRASS J Alternar Edi o n o est dispon vel Veja a sec o Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS para informa o sobre como editar camadas vectoriais GRASS Op es do bot o direito do rato para camadas matriciais e Aproximar extens o da camada e Ampliar Melhor Escala 100 e Esticar Usando o Enquadramento Actual e Adicionar ao enquadramento e Remover e Duplicar
112. sta e abe Layers 7 O id group1 Lorem Ipsum 9 vf i dic ape Text Placement ab v airports lt c Formatting offset from centroid Horizontal slow A abe Buffer i E a O Back d Around centroid Free slow VU storagep ackgroun k i J Shadow Using perimeter gt V trails ys Placement centroid visible polygon whole polygon gt W rivers 4 Renderin z railroads Quadrant I E v Boundaries Group eal a lt ebol gt O regions f Becharof Lake v amp alaska i o Offset X Y 0 0000 0 0000 v E water Group bd b gt Ti VA majrivers Ugashik Lake mm iD a we VM lakes Rotation 0 00 E gt amp swamp Lay Brow Browser w Nata defined M d Apply Cancel OK SCae TI FT REU eee reg eens Coordinate 671139 3203444 Figura 12 17 Smart labeling of vector polygon layers Expression based label Function list Selected function help Search re r Geometry Arguments a None val Example Slength l 7 Sperimeter farea 42 E Operators a st o Lo i Lo ao ui ad Expression Region NAME 2 nArea format number Sarea 1000000 3 km Region Aleutians East t jew Output preview area 192 708 710 km Cancel D
113. the A Open GRASS el button In the list of tool categories double click Raster Surface Management Generate vector contour lines e Now a single click on the tool r contour will open the tool dialog as explained above see Trabalhando com os m dulos do GRASS The gt opo30 raster should appear as the Name of input raster Type into the Increment between Contour levels the value 100 This will create contour lines at intervals of 100 meters Type into the Name for output vector map the name ctour_100 180 Capitulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Click Run to start the process Wait for several moments until the message Successfully finished appears in the output window Then click View Output and Close Since this is a large region it will take a while to display After it finishes rendering you can open the layer properties window to change the line color so that the contours appear clearly over the elevation raster as in Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial Next zoom in to a small mountainous area in the center of Alaska Zooming in close you will notice that the contours have sharp corners GRASS offers the v generalize tool to slightly alter vector maps while keeping their overall shape The tool uses several different algorithms with different purposes Some of the algorithms 1 e Douglas Peuker and Vertex Reduction simplify the line by removing some of the vertices The
114. the canvas to change the way the module structure is displayed and make it more clear and intuitive Links between elements are updated automatically Pode correr o seu algoritmo em qualquer altura clicando no bot o Executar Contudo se quiser us lo a partir da caixa de ferramentas necess rio guarda lo e fechar o di logo do modelador para permitir que a caixa de ferramentas actualize os seus conte dos 17 3 3 Guardando e e carregando os modelos Use o bot o Guardar para guardar o modelo actual e o Abrir para abrir qualquer modelo anteriormente guardado Os modelos s o guardados com a extens o model Se o modelo for previamente guardado da janela do modelador n o lhe ira ser solicitado por um nome de ficheiro uma vez que j existe um ficheiro associado ao modelo e ser usado Antes de guardar o modelo necessita de introduzir o nome e o grupo do modelo usando as caixas de texto para parte superior da janela Os modelos guardados na pasta modelos a pasta padr o quando pedido o nome do ficheiro para guardar o mod elo ir aparecer na caixa de ferramentas na liga o correspondente Quando a caixa de ferramentas chamada ele procura na pasta modelos por ficheiros com a extens o file model e carrega os modelos guardados Uma vez que o modelo um pr prio algoritmo este pode ser adicionado na caixa de ferramentas como qualquer outro algoritmo A pasta de modelos pode ser configurada a partir do di log
115. the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects You may extract a single document from such a collection and distribute it individually under this License provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document 7 AGGREGA O COM TRABALHADORES INDEPENDENTES A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium is called an aggregate if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation s users beyond what the individual works permit When the Document is included in an aggregate this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate the Document s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whol
116. there is no way to specify a file to write settings to therefore you can create a copy of the original settings file and rename it Op o da linha de comandos configpath This option is similar to the one above but furthermore overrides the default path for user configuration ggis2 and forces QSettings to use this directory too This allows users to for instance carry a QGIS installation on a flash drive together with all plugins and settings 6 6 Projectos The state of your QGIS session is considered a project QGIS works on one project at a time Settings are considered as being either per project or as a default for new projects see section Op es QGIS can save the state of your workspace into a project file using the menu options Project gt Save or Project ti Save AS aos Load saved projects into a QGIS session using Project 5 Open Project New from template or Project Open Recent A If you wish to clear your session and start fresh choose Project New Either of these menu options will prompt you to save the existing project if changes have been made since it was opened or last saved O tipo de informa o guardado num ficheiro de projecto inclui e Camadas adicionadas e Propriedades da Camada incluindo a simboliza o e Projec o para a vista do mapa e ltima extens o visualizada The project file is saved in XML format so it is possible to edit the file o
117. til se tiver um n mero elevado de m dulos instalados que nunca usa e que est o a encher o ecra Customization E A ExpandAll Collapse All Select All Enable customization Object name Label Descriptior amp mToggleExtentsViewButton Y KZ Toolbars gt amp mAdvancedDigitizeToolBar Advanced D gt mattributesToolBar Attributes k F mL L Toin a x k Reset Apply Cancel amaa Figura 9 5 A janela de Personaliza o QGIS A Personaliza o est dividida em cinco grupos No Ed Menus pode esconder as entradas na Barra Menu No Ed Painel pode encontrar o painel de janelas As janelas do Painel s o aplica es que pode ser iniciadas e usadas como flutuantes janelas de topo de n vel ou embebidas na janela principal do QGIS como um widget 56 Cap tulo 9 Configura o QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 ancorado veja also Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas Na Cd Barra de Estado caracter sticas como a informa o das coordenadas podem ser desactivadas Na C Caixa de Ferramentas pode des activar os cones da barraa de ferramentas do QGIS e em Ed Widgets pode des activatar janelas assim como os seus bot es With E Switch to catching widgets in main application yoy can click on elements in QGIS that you want to be hidden and find the corresponding entry in Customization see figure customization You can also save your various setups for different use cases as well Before your ch
118. to use QGIS objects layers tables in them The first thing you have to do as we saw in the case of SAGA is to tell QGIS where your R binaries are located You can do this using the R folder entry in the processing configuration dialog Once you have set that parameter you can start creating and executing your own R scripts Uma vez mais isto diferente no Linux e s tem de ter certeza que a pasta do R est inclu da na vari vel de ambiente PATH Se conseguir iniciar o R apenas introduza R na consola e estar pronto a come ar To add a new algorithm that calls an R function or a more complex R script that you have developed and you would like to have available from QGIS you have to create a script file that tells the processing framework how to perform that operation and the corresponding R commands to do so R script files have the extension rsx and creating them is pretty easy if you just have a basic knowledge of R syntax and R scripting They should be stored in the R scripts folder You can set this folder in the R settings group available from the processing settings dialog just like you do with the folder for regular processing scripts Let s have a look at a very simple script file which calls the R method spsample to create a random grid within the boundary of the polygons in a given polygon layer This method belongs to the maptools package Since almost all the algorithms that you might like to incorporate into QG
119. tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC CAPITULO 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS 15 1 Modulo GPS 15 1 1 O que o GPS GPS Sistema de Posicionamento Global um sistema baseado em sat lites que permite qualquer um com um receptor GPS encontrar a sua posi o exacta em qualquer parte do mundo usado para auxiliar a navega o por exemplo avi es barcas e por caminhantes O receptor GPS usa sinais a partir dos sat lites para calcular a latitude e longitude e por vezes a eleva o A maioria dos receptores tamb m t m a capacidade de armazenar localiza es conhecidos como s tios de interesses sequ ncias de localiza es que faz uma rota planeada e um registo de trilho ou trilho dos movimentos do receptores ao longo do tempo Os s tios de interesse rotas e trilhos s o tr s tipos b sicos de elementos dos dados GPS O QGIS exibe s tios de interesse em camadas do tipo ponto enquanto que as rotas e trilhos s o exibidos em camadas do tipo linha 15 1 2 Carregando dados GPS a partir de um ficheiro Existem dezenas de diferentes formatos de ficheiro para armazenar dados GPS O formato que o QGIS usa chamado de GPX GPS eXchange format que um formado padr o de interc mbio que pode conter um n mero variado de s tios de interesse rotas e trilhos no mesmo ficheiro Para carregar um ficheiro GPX primeiro necessita de carregar o m dulo M dulos Edo Gestor de M dulos abre a janela do Gestor de M dulos Active a
120. uma luz suave em uma imagem Muita luz Este modo muito semelhante ao modo de sobreposi o E suposto simular a projec o de uma luz muito intensa numa imagem Diferen a A diferen a subtrair o pixel superior com pixel de baixo e vice versa para obter sempre o valor positivo A mistura com pretos n o produz altera o como valor todas as cores s o zero Subtrac o Este modo de renderiza o simplesmente subtrair os valores do pixel de uma camada outra Em caso de valores negativos o preto exibido Renderizadores The renderer 1s responsible for drawing a feature together with the correct symbol There are four types of renderers single symbol categorized graduated and rule based There is no continuous color renderer because it is in fact only a special case of the graduated renderer The categorized and graduated renderers can be created by specifying a symbol and a color ramp they will set the colors for symbols appropriately For point layers there is a point displacement renderer available For each data type points lines and polygons vector symbol layer types are available Depending on the chosen renderer the Style menu provides different additional sections On the bottom right of the symbology dialog there is a Symbol button which gives access to the Style Manager see section vector_style_manager The Style Manager allows you to edit and remove existing symbols and add new ones 12 2
121. v Band rendering General Render type si amp Style YP Singleband pseudocolor Pe Transparency Band Band 1 Red lt Generate new color map Color i i We Blues Invert gy Pyramids Color interpolation Linear sJ TES Mode Equalinterval Classes 5 r F i ERA e IE Histo gram 66 PF Re A Lz l A pr Walig aiia Min 0 996094 Max 229 102 58 0224571 58 0224571 Mi ae 115 049 115 049047 altar o 172 075 172 075524 Estimated cumulative cut of full extent 229 102 229 102000 Load min max values Cumulative A Man T e count cut 20 7 98 0 O Min max Mean standard deviation x 1100 Extent Accuracy e Full Estimate Faster Current Actual slower Load clip Figura 13 5 Renderiza o Raster Banda simples pseudocor 4 disponiveis 1 Discreto 2 Linear 3 Exacto In the left block the button co Add values manually addg a value to the individual color table The button EE Remove selected row deletes a value from the individual color table and the SH Sort colormap items button sorts the color table according to the pixel values in the value column Double clicking on the value column lets you insert a specific value Double clicking on the color column opens the dialog Change color where you can select a color to apply on that value Further you can also add labels for each color but this value won t be displayed when you
122. vector layer There are several options available Informa o da camada e Muda o nome de exibi o da camada em exibir como e Define a Fonte da camada da camada vectorial e Define the Data source encoding to define provider specific options and to be able to read the file Sistema de Refer ncia de Coordenadas e Specify the coordinate reference system Here you can view or change the projection of the specific vector layer e Criar ndice Espacial apenas para formatos OGR suportados e Actualizar Extens es da camada e Veja ou altere a projec o de uma camada vectorial espec fica clicando em guilabel Especificar E Scale dependent visibility 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 97 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Attributes lakes main Fields cal 14 NAMES Becharof Lake AREA MI 456 025 Label control xlabel 509083 ylabel 2920397 rotation Cancel OR Figura 12 23 Resulting built in form in a data entry session e You can set the Maximum inclusive and Minimum exclusive scale The scale can also be set by the Current buttons Subconjunto de elementos e With the Query Builder button you can create a subset of the features in the layer that will be visualized also refer to section Save selected features as new layer 12 2 5 Menu Renderizacao QGIS 2 2 introduces support for on the fly feature generalisation This can improve rendering times when drawing
123. veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada a veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada Digitaliza o Avan ada pit lo F Gals GUI Waca Digitaliza o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ap s activar o 4 Modo de edi o Para uma camada ir encontrar o cone Adicionar Elemento no menu Editar dependendo do tipo de camada ponto linha ou pol gono 7 1 3 Editar extra Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas a oO 3 Adicionar Elemento veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Digitaliza o Adicionar Elemento veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Digitaliza o Adicionar Elemento veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Digitaliza o 7 1 4 Ver Menu de Op es Atalho Refer ncia Barra de Ferramentas Alm U Mover Mapa Navega o no
124. visibilidade dependente da escala pode ser vista neste guia Voc ter que verificar a caixa de sele o e definir uma escala adequada onde seus dados ser o exibidos na tela do mapa Na parte inferior pode ver uma miniatura da camada a simbologia da legenda e a palete 13 2 2 Estilos Renderizar banda QGIS Oferece quatro diferentes guilabel Tipos de renderiza o A renderiza o a escolher depende do tipo de dados 1 Multibanda cor se o arquivo vem como multibanda com v rias bandas e g usado para imagens de satelite com v rias bandas 2 Palete se o ficheiro de banda simples vem com a palete indexada e g usado em mapas topogr ficos digitais 3 A banda simples cinza one band of a imagem ser processada como cinza QGIS vai escolher esse representante se o arquivo n o tem nem multibandas nem uma palete indexada nem uma paleta cont nua por exemplo usado no mapa de relevo sombreado 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto 133 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 Banda Simples de Pseudocor poss vel a renderiza o de ficheiros com uma palete continua ou de cor e g usada num mapa de altitude Cor multibanda Com o renderizador da cor multibanda as tr s bandas da imagem pode ser renderizada pela banda que representa o componente vermelho verde ou azul que ser usado para criar uma imagem colorida Pode escolher v rios Contrast enhancement methods No enhancement Stretch to MinMax
125. which matches a supplied regular expression substr rar from Len returns a part of a string concat concatenates several strings to one strpos returns the index of a regular expression in a string left returns a substring that contains the n leftmost characters of the string right returns a substring that contains the n rightmost characters of the string rpad returns a string with supplied width padded using the fill character lpad returns a string with supplied width padded using the fill character format formats a string using supplied arguments format_number returns a number formatted with the locale separator for thousands also truncates the number to the number of supplied places format_date formats a date type or string into a custom string format Color Functions This group contains functions for manipulating colors 128 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial color_rgb color_rgba ramp_color color_hsl color_hsla color_hsv color_hsva color_cmyk color_cmyka QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 returns a string representation of a color and blue components returns a string representation of a color blue and alpha transparency components returns a string representing a color from returns a string representation of a color Saturation and lightness attributes returns a string representation of a color based on its red based on its red a color ramp based on its hue based on its hue l
126. will be deleted once you exit QGIS take care with that in case you save your project and it contains temporary layers You can set a default folder for output data objects Go to the configuration dialog you can open it from the Processing menu and in the General group you will find a parameter named Output folder This output folder is used as the default path in case you type just a filename with no path 1 e myfile shp when executing an algorithm When running an algorithm that uses a vector layer in iterative mode the entered file path is used as the base path for all generated files which are named using the base name and appending a number representing the index of the iteration The file extension and format is used for all such generated files Apart from raster layers and tables algorithms also generate graphics and text as HTML files These results are shown at the end of the algorithm execution in a new dialog This dialog will keep the results produced by any algorithm during the current session and can be shown at any time by selecting Processing Results viewer from the QGIS main menu Some external applications might have files with no particular extension restrictions as output but they do not belong to any of the categories above Those output files will not be processed by QGIS opened or included into the current QGIS project since most of the time they correspond to file formats or elements not supported by
127. with generic text editors or for images composed of pixels generic paint programs or for drawings some widely available drawing editor and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup or ab sence of markup has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup Texinfo input format LaTeX input format SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD and standard conforming simple HTML PostScript or PDF designed for human modification Examples of transparent image formats include PNG XCF and JPG Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word pro cessors SGML or XML for which the DTD and or processing tools are not generally available and the machine generated HTML PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only The Title Page means for a printed book the title page itself plus such following pages as are needed to hold legibly the material this License requires to appear in the title page For works in formats which do not have any title page a
128. you type the number of algorithms in the toolbox is reduced to just those that contain the text you have entered in their names In the lower part you will find a box that allows you to switch between the simplified algorithm list the one explained above and the advanced list If you change to the advanced mode the toolbox will look like this 188 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Oct 10 2013 13 07 46 GRASS execution commands ition console output 10 2013 13 07 29 SAGA execution commands E Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 46 processing runalg grass v voronoi C Users Wolaya qgis2 python plugins proces 2 i ES Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 29 processing runalg saga polygoncentroids C WUsers volaya qgis2 python plugins Hl ERROR C UsersWolaya Desktop gt saga cmd shapes_polygons Polygon Centroids POLYGONS C Wsers Wolaya qais2 python plugins processing tests data polygons shp CENTROIDS C Wsers Wolaya AppData Local Temp processing 6e25336e9644496 5b4442c5ecicdaf651 CENTROIDS shp Frere FF FFF FF FFF FFF Fe FFF fff F FFF Frere Ss FFP FERFE FS SPSS HHRHH F FF Fees FF c saga 1 modules shapes_polygons dll library name Shapes Polygons module name Polygon Centroids author c 2003 by O Conrad Figura 17 3 Hist rico do Processamento Batch Processing Gaussian Filter JE a Figura 17 4 Inte
129. 1 0 gt lt doc gt lt query gt lt shortdescription gt Import all photograph points lt shortdescription gt lt description gt This command will import all of the data in the SQLite database to QGIS lt description gt lt databasetype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt lt databasename gt C textbackslash Workshop textbackslash eVis _Data textbackslash PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sgqlstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec id Attributes point ID lt sqlstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt lt query gt lt shortdescription gt Import photograph points looking across Valley lt shortdescription gt lt description gt This command will import only points that have photographs looking across a valley to QGIS lt description gt lt databasetype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt lt databasename gt C Workshop eVis_Data PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sglstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec_id Attributes point_ID where COMMENTS Looking across valley lt sglstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt lt query gt lt shortdescriptio
130. 2 WCS Cliente O Servi o Web de Cobertura WCS fornecem acesso aos dados matriciais de forma a serem teis a renderiza o cliente como entrada a modelos cient ficos e para outros clientes O WCS pode ser comprado ao WFS e ao WMS Como as inst ncias WMS e WES o WCS permite aos clientes escolher por es de informa o guardada de servidores baseaados condicionantes espaciais e outros crit rios de consulta O QGIS tem um fornecedor WCS nativo e suporta a vers o 1 0 e 1 1 que s o significativamente diferentes mas actualmente d se prefer ncia ao 1 0 porque o 1 1 tem v rios problemas ex cada servidor implementa de formas diferentes com v rias particularidades O fornecedor WCS nativo gere todos pedidos de rede e usa as configura es padr es de rede do QGIS especial mente o proxy E tamb m poss vel seleccionar o modo de cache sempre cache preferir cache preferir rede sempre rede e fornece tamb m suporte selec o de posi o do tempo se o dom nio temporal oferecido pelo servidor 14 1 3 WFS e WFS T Cliente No QGIS a camada WFS comporta se de forma semelhante a uma camada vectorial Pode identificar e seleccionar elementos e ver a tabela de atributos Desde o QGIS 1 6 a edi o WFS T tamb m suportada De uma forma geral adicionar uma camada WFS muito semlehante ao procedimento usado com o WMS A diferen a que n o existe servidores padr es definidos portanto n s te
131. 3 3 or to switch it off GEOS geometry validation is much faster but the disadvantage is that only the first geometry problem will be reported El stico e Define a Borracha Espessura da linha e Cor da linha Ajuste 9 3 Op es 53 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 E Abrir op es de atrac o na janela principal necess rio reiniciar o QGIS e Define o Modo de atrac o padr o ki Ao v rtice Ao segmento Ao v rtice e segmento Desli gado e Define Toler ncia de atrac o pr definida em unidades de mapa ou pixeis e Define o Raio de pesquisa para editar v rtices em unidades de mapa ou pixeis Marcadores de V rtices E Mostrar marcadores apenas para elementos seleccionados Define o v rtice do Estilo do Marcador Cruz padr o Circulo semi transparente ou Nenhum Definir o v rtice Tamanho do Marcador Ferramenta de curva de afastamento The next 3 options refer to the Offset Curve tool in Digitaliza o Avan ada Through the various settings it is possible to influence the shape of the line offset These options are possible starting from GEOS 3 3 e Join style e Quadrant segments e Miter limit 9 3 9 Menu GDAL GDAL is a data exchange library for raster files In this tab you can Edit create options and Edit Pyramids Options of the raster formats Define which GDAL driver is to be used for a raster format as in some cases more than one GDAL driver i
132. 4s3sS4ss4 ss gt saga dtmfilter slope based Downs lope Distance Gradient S 4 eia mimos gt saga downslopedistancegradient Relative Heights and Slope Positions gt saga relativeheightsandslopepositions Slope Leng do 36 SS See gt saga slopelength Slope Aspect Curvature gt saga slopeaspectcurvature Upslope Area SS eae SSS Ses Sp aaa gt saga upslopearea Vegetation Index slop based gt sa gt saga vegetationindex slopebased Este resultado pode mudar dependendo dos algoritmos que est o dispon veis Agora mais f cil encontrar o algoritmo que procura e o seu nome da linha de comandos neste caso saga slopeaspectcurvature Once you know the command line name of the algorithm the next thing to do is to determine the right syntax to execute it That means knowing which parameters are needed and the order in which they have to be passed when calling the runalg method There is a method to describe an algorithm in detail which can be used to get a list of the parameters that an algorithm requires and the outputs that it will generate To get this information you can use the alghelp name_of_the_algorithm method Use the command line name of the algorithm not the full descriptive name Calling the method with saga slopeaspectcurvature as parameter you get the following description gt gt gt processing alghelp Saga slopeaspectcurvature
133. 8 3 Itens do Compositor 233 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Itens Legenda The Legend items dialog of the legend Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see fig ure_composer_15 v Legend items Update item Update all 1 2 airports Hidden popp Hidden majrivers Hidden regions Hidden gt alaska Hidden gt lakes Hidden gt swamp Hidden storagep Hidden Vos e As amp Auto Update Figura 18 15 Legenda da Janela dos itens da Legenda e The legend items window lists all legend items and allows you to change item order group layers remove and restore items in the list and edit layer names After changing the symbology in the QGIS main window you can click on Update to adapt the changes in the legend element of the Print Composer The item order can be changed using the Up and Down buttons or with drag and drop functionality e The feature count for each vector layer can be shown by enabling the Sigma button e The legend will be updated automatically if E Auto update is checked Fonts Columns Symbol and Spacing The Fonts Columns Symbol and Spacing dialogs of the legend Item Properties tab provide the following func tionalities see figure_composer_16 Pode mudar a fonte do t tulo grupo subgrupo e item camada no item legenda Clique no bot o da categoria para abrir a janela de Seleccionar fonte All these items will get the same Color Legend item
134. A work around is to transform the longitude values using PostGIS and the ST_Shift_Longitude function This function reads every point vertex in every component of every feature in a geometry and if the longitude coordi 76 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 nate is lt 0 it adds 360 to it The result is a 0 360 version of the data to be plotted in a 180 centric map Figura 12 6 Crossing 180 longitude applying the ST_Shift_Longitude function Usage e Import data into PostGIS Importing Data into PostgreSQL using for example the DB Manager plugin e Use the PostGIS command line interface to issue the following command in this example TABLE is the actual name of your PostGIS table gis_data update TABLE set the_geom ST_Shift_Longitude the_geom If everything went well you should receive a confirmation about the number of features that were updated Then you ll be able to load the map and see the difference Figure vector 5 12 1 9 SpatiaLite Layers fa The first time you load data from a SpatiaLite database begin by clicking on the fa Adu bpatiaLiteLayer toolbar button or by selecting the fa Add SpatiaLite Layer option from the Layer menu or by typing Ctrl Shift L This will bring up a window that will allow you either to connect to a SpatiaLite database already known to QGIS which you can choose from the drop down menu or to define a new connectio
135. AGA GRASS or R while others contain algorithms directly coded as part of the processing plugin not relying on any additional software This view is recommended to those users who have a certain knowledge of the applications that are backing the algorithms since they will be shown with their original names and groups Also some additional algorithms are available only in the advanced view such as LiDAR tools and scripts based on the R statistical computing software among others Independent QGIS plugins that add new algorithms to the toolbox will only be shown in the advanced view Particularmente a vista simplificada cont m algoritmo dos seguintes fornecedores e GRASS e SAGA e OTB e Algoritmos nativos QGIS In the case of running QGIS under Windows these algorithms are fully functional in a fresh installation of QGIS and they can be run without requiring any additional installation Also running them requires no prior knowledge of the external applications they use making them more accesible for first time users If you want to use an algorithm not provided by any of the above providers switch to the advanced mode by selecting the corresponding option at the bottom of the toolbox Para executar um algoritmo fa a duplo clique no seu nome na caixa de ferramentas 17 2 1 O di logo do algoritmo Once you double click on the name of the algorithm that you want to execute a dialog similar to that in the figure below is shown in
136. ALGORITHM Slope Aspect Curvature ELEVATION lt ParameterRaster gt METHOD lt ParameterSelection gt SLOPE lt OutputRaster gt ASPECT lt OutputRaster gt CURV lt OutputRaster gt HCURV lt OutputRaster gt VCURV lt OutputRaster gt Agora tem tudo o que necessita de correr qualquer algoritmo Como j t nhamos mencionado existe apenas um comando para executar algoritmos runalg A sua s ntaxe como est descrito a seguir gt gt gt processing runalg name_of_the_algorithm paraml param2 paramN Output1 Output2 ss OutputN A lista de par metros e ficheiros de sa da para adicionar dependem do algoritmo que quer correr e exactamente a lista que o m todo alghelp lhe d na mesma ordem que exibido Depending on the type of parameter values are introduced differently The next list gives a quick review of how to introduce values for each type of input parameter e Raster Layer Vector Layer or Table Simply use a string with the name that identifies the data object to use the name it has in the QGIS Table of Contents or a filename 1f the corresponding layer is not opened it will be opened but not added to the map canvas If you have an instance of a QGIS object representing the 17 5 Usando os algoritmos do processamento a partir da consola 207 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 layer you can also pass it as parameter If the input is optional and you do not want to use any data object use Non
137. DATE sdo_geor generatePyramid gr rlLevel 5 resampling NN UPDATE cities SET image gr WHERE id 1 COMMIT 19 13 Modulo de Analise do Terreno Matricial G O m dulo de An lises de Terreno Raster pode ser usado para calcular o declive exposi o ensobramento ndice de rugosidade e relevo para modelos digitais do terreno MDT E muito simples de lidar e fornece uma interface gr fica intuitiva para o utilizador para criar novas camadas raster veja Figure raster terram 1 Descri o das an lises Declive Calcula o ngulo de declive para cada c lula em graus baseado na primeira derivada de estima o Exposi es Exposi o come ando com o O para direc o norte em graus contra rel gio Ensombramento Cria um mapa de sombras usando a luz e sombra para fornecer uma apar ncia mais tridimensional para o mapa de relevo de sombras ndice de Rugosidade Medi o quantitativa da heterogeneidade do terreno como descrito por Riley et al 1999 calculado para cada localiza o pelo resumo da altera o da eleva o dentro de uma grelha de 3x3 pixeis Relevo Cria um mapa de relevo sombreado a partir de dados de eleva o digital Implementado um m todo para escolher as cores de eleva o analisando a frequ ncia de distribui o Elevation layer gtopo30 A Output layer eo Output format GeoTIFF Z Factor 1 0 amp Add result to project cancel GRE Figura 19 23
138. E algorithms the Commander gives you access to most of the functionality in QGIS which means that it gives you a practical and efficient way of running QGIS tasks and allows you to control QGIS with reduced usage of buttons and menus Moreover the Commander is configurable so you can add your custom commands and have them just a few keystrokes away making it a powerful tool to help you become more productive in your daily work with QGIS 17 8 1 Comandos disponiveis The commands available in the Commander fall in the following categories e SEXTANTE algorithms These are shown as SEXTANTE algorithm lt name of the algorithm e Menu items These are shown as Menu item lt menu entry text gt All menus items available from the QGIS interface are available even 1f they are included in a submenu e Python functions You can create short Python functions that will be then included in the list of available commands They are shown as Function lt function name gt To run any of the above just start typing and then select the corresponding element from the list of available commands that appears after filtering the whole list of commands with the text you have entered No caso de chamar uma fun o Python pode seleccionar uma entrada da lista que tem o prefixo de Fun o para a inst ncia Fun o removeall ou apenas escreva directamente o nome da fun o removeall no exemplo anterior N o existe necessidade de adicionar pa
139. GIS browser Escreva na linha de comandos qbrowser e Start the QGIS Browser using the Start menu or desktop shortcut X The QGIS Browser is available from your Applications folder In figure_browser_standalone_metadata you can see the enhanced functionality of the stand alone QGIS Browser The Param tab provides the details of your connection based datasets like PostGIS or MSSQL Spatial The Metadata tab contains general information about the file see Menu Metadados With the Preview tab you can have a look at your files without importing them into your QGIS project It s also possible to preview the attributes of your files in the Attributes tab 66 Cap tulo 11 QGIS Browser CAPITULO 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial 12 1 Supported Data Formats QGIS uses the OGR library to read and write vector data formats including ESRI shapefiles MapInfo and Mi croStation file formats AutoCAD DXF PostGIS SpatiaLite Oracle Spatial and MSSQL Spatial databases and many more GRASS vector and PostgreSQL support is supplied by native QGIS data provider plugins Vector data can also be loaded in read mode from zip and gzip archives into QGIS As of the date of this document 69 vector formats are supported by the OGR library see OGR SOFTWARE SUITE in Literatura e Refer ncias Web The complete list is available at http www gdal org ogr ogr formats html Note Not all of the listed formats may work in QGIS for va
140. IMETER Calcula os verdadeiros centr ides para cada pol gono numa camada do tipo pol gono Calcula e produz uma sa da baseada na triangula o de delaunay como pol gonos de uma camada de pontos vectorial Calcula pol gonos de voronoi de uma camada de pontos vectoriais Generaliza linhas ou pol gonos com o algoritmo modificado Douglas Peucker Adensa linhas ou pol gonos atrav s de adi o de v rtices Converte elementos multiparte para m ltiplos elementos de artes simples Cria pol gonos e linhas simples Junta elementos m ltiplos para um nico elemento multiparte baseado no campo ID nico Converte pol gonos para linhas pol gonos multiparte para m ltiplos partes simples de linhas Converte linhas para pol gonos linhas multiparte para m ltiplas partes simples de pol gonos Extrai n s de camadas de linhas e pol gonos e resulta numa camada de pontos Tabela Ftools 4 Ferramentas de Geometria fTools Note A ferramenta Simplificar geometrias pode ser usada para remover n s duplicados em geometrias de linhas e pol gonos fa a este truque definindo o par metro Toler ncia de generaliza o para 0 19 7 5 Ferramentas de Gerenciamento de dados Icon Ferramenta _ Finalidade Definir a Especifica o SRC para shapefiles que n o tenham SRC definidos projec o actual Junta atributos adicionais camada vectorial baseando se na rela o espacial Os atributos de uma camada vectorial s o acr
141. IS 20 5 M dulos A p gina web http plugins qgis org fornece o portal oficial de m dulos QGIS Aqui pode encontrar uma lista de todos os m dulos est veis e experimentais do QGIS atrav s do Reposit rio Oficial de M dulos QGIS 20 6 Wiki Finalmente n s mantemos uma p gina WIKI em http hub qgis org projects quantum gis wiki onde pode en contrar uma variedade de informa o til relacionada com o desenvolvimentos so QGIS planos de lan amento hiperliga es para s tios de transfer ncia mensagens de dicas de tradu o entre outros D uma vista de olhos tem l boas explica es 20 4 Blogue 295 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 296 Capitulo 20 Ajuda e Suporte CAPITULO 21 21 1 Licen a Geral P blica GNU Vers o 2 Junho de 1991 Direitos Reservados C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA E permitido a todos a c pia e distribui o de c pias escritas deste documento de licen a mas n o permitido alter lo Pre mbulo As licen as da maior parte do software s o criadas para limitar a sua liberdade de o partilhar e alterar Pelo contr rio a GNU General Public License tem o prop sito de garatir a sua liberdade de partilhar e modificar software livre para certificar que o software livre para todos os utilizador Esta Licen a Publica Geral aplica se maior parte dos software da Free Software Foundation e para outros programas c
142. IS will use or generate spatial data knowledge of spatial packages like maptools and especially sp is mandatory polyg vector numpoints number 10 output output vector Sp group pts spsample polyg numpoints type random output SpatialPointsDataFframe pts as data frame pts The first lines which start with a double Python comment sign tell QGIS the inputs of the algorithm de scribed in the file and the outputs that it will generate They work with exactly the same syntax as the SEXTANTE scripts that we have already seen so they will not be described here again Check the processing_scripts section for more information When you declare an input parameter QGIS uses that information for two things creating the user interface to ask the user for the value of that parameter and creating a corresponding R variable that can later be used as input for R commands In the above example we are declaring an input of type vector named polyg When executing the algorithm QGIS will open in R the layer selected by the user and store it in a variable also named polyg So the name of a parameter is also the name of the variable that we can use in R for accesing the value of that parameter thus you should avoid using reserved R words as parameter names 17 7 Configurando as aplica es externas 215 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Spatial elements such as vector and raster layers are read using the readOGR and brick
143. Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 81 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Tip Seleccionar e alterar multiplos simbolos A simbologia permite seleccionar m ltiplos s mbolos e com o clique do direito do rato alterar a cor trnaspar ncia tamanho ou largura das entradas seleccionadas Renderiza o por S mbolo nico The Single Symbol Renderer 1s used to render all features of the layer using a single user defined symbol The properties which can be adjusted in the Style menu depend partially on the type of layer but all types share the following dialog structure In the top left part of the menu there is a preview of the current symbol to be rendered On the right part of the menu there is a list of symbols already defined for the current style prepared to be used by selecting them from the list The current symbol can be modified using the menu on the right side If you click on the first level in the Symbol layers dialog on the left side it s possible to define basic parameters like Size Transparency Color and Rotation Here the layers are joined together Layer Properties rivers Style waa v Layer rendering Layer transparency A 0 Layer blending mode Normal Feature blending mode Normal Labels AT i EE Fields Single Symbol Rendering Unit Millimeter a Display s000000000000c Transparency 0 l Width 1 50000 o Color EE AE Actions amp Saved styles 4 Symbol layers Joi
144. Layer Properties regions General R ene v Layer info Layer name regions displayed as regions yte ES WB SS Layer source DOS1 Alexandre Dropbox Trabalho QGIS qgis sample data shapefiles regions shp Labels o Data source encoding System BALE RENE v Coordinate reference system o EPSG 2964 NAD27 Alaska Albers Specify Display F i l Create spatial index Update extents Actions a aj ofe pone v Scale dependent visibility Maximum 2 147 483 648 1 Minimum 4 100 000 000 IEF Diagrams inclusive lt exclusive F Current Current 7 Metadata dd dd w Feature subset Query Builder Load Style Save AsDefault Restore Default Style Save Style z Help Apply Cancel 0K Figura 12 24 Menu geral na janela de di logo das propriedades dos vectores Layer Properties regions Display General Map Tip display text Field NAME_1 Style HTML lt b gt Name of feature lt b gt NAME 2 lt br gt Labels lt b gt Is this place a Borough lt b gt lt br gt CASE WHEN TYPE_2 Borough THEN Yes ELSE No It is a TYPE_2 END f Fields Rendering GD Display RO Actions Joins ER fa Inse
145. M dulo Modela o Matricial do Terreno c lculo do declive 19 13 1 Usando o m dulo Inicie o QGIS e carregue a camada matricial gtopo30 da localiza o amostra do GRASS Carregue o m dulo de An lise do Terreno Raster no Gestor de M dulos veja The Plugins Menus Seleccione um m todo de an lise do menu ex Raster An lises do Terreno Declive A janela Declive aparece como mostrado na Figure raster terram 1 Especifique um caminho de sa da do ficheiro e o tipo de ficheiro Clique OK 19 13 M dulo de An lise do Terreno Matricial 281 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 14 Modulo de Mapa de Densidade O m dulo Mapa de Densidade usa a Estimativa de Densidade Kernel para criar um matricial de densidade mapa de temperatura a partir de uma camada de pontos vectorial A densidade calculada baseada no n mero de pontos numa localiza o com um conjunto largo de pontos agrupados resultando em valores altos Os mapas de temperatura permitem facilmente identificar pontos quentes e agrupar pontos 19 14 1 Activar o m dulo de Mapa de Densidade First this core plugin needs to be activated using the Plugin Manager see load core plugin After activation the O heatmap icon can be found in the Raster Toolbar and under the Raster gt Heatmap menu Seleccione o menu Ver Barra de Ferramentas Matricial para exibir a Barra de Ferramentas Matricial se n o estiver v sivel 19 14 2 Usando o m
146. M dulo de Convers o Dxf2Shp M dulo eVis M dulo flools M dulo GPS Integra o GRASS SIG M dulo de Ferramentas GDAL georeferenciar M dulo de Mapa de Densidade M dulo de Interpola o M dulo Edi o Offiline Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin The Plugins Menus M dulo de An lise do Terreno Matricial M dulo de C lculo de Rotas M dulo SOL Anywhere M dulo de Consulta Espacial M dulo SPIT M dulo de Estat stica Zonal 253 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 3 Modulo de Captura de Coordenadas O m dulo de captura de coordenadas de uso f cil e fornece a habilidade de exibir as coordenadas no enquadra mento do mapa em dois Sistema de Refer ncia de Coordenadas SRC seleccionados Coordinate Capture Ex E Copy to clipboard Start capture Figura 19 6 M dulo de Captura de Coordenadas ra Inicie o QGIS seleccione R Propriedades da Camada a partir do menu Configura es KDE Windows ou Ficheiro Gnome OSX e clique no separador Projec o Como alternativa pode tamb m clicar no cone Estado do SRC status ng canto inferior direito da barra de estado Clique na caixa de verifica o Ed Activar projec o on the fly e seleccione o sistema de coordenadas projectado sua escolha veja tamb m Trabalhando com Projec es Load the coordinate capture plugin in the Plugin Manager see load core plugin and ensure that the dialog is visible by goi
147. Pr definido 62 SC pr definido 59 Search Radius 107 Secured OGC Authentication 151 Selecionar usando Consulta 125 Servi o de Cobertura Web 151 SFS 143 Shapefile 67 Shapefile to Postgis Import Tool 288 Shared Polygon Boundaries 109 shp2pgsql 75 Simbologia 81 133 Single_Symbol_Renderer 82 Sistema_de_Coordenadas 59 SLD 152 SLD SE 152 Snapping On Intersections 109 Snapping Tolerance 106 Spatialite 77 Spatialite Manager 77 SPIT 288 Split_Features 115 SQLite 77 SRC 147 ST_Shift_Longitude 76 teclas de direc es para mover 34 Tiger_Format 70 Toggle Editing 109 Topological_Editing 108 Tr s_Bandas_Cor_Raster 133 Transpar ncia 137 UK National Transfer Format 70 US Census Bureau 70 V rtice 111 V rtices 111 visibilidade da camada 31 WCS 143 151 WES 143 151 WES T 151 WES_ Transactional 151 WKT 59 111 WMS 143 WMS C 148 Indice QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 WMS 1 3 0 151 WMS client 143 WMS identify 149 WMS layer transparency 147 WMS metadata 149 WMS properties 149 WMS tiles 148 WMITS 148 WMTS client 143 Work with Attribute Table 117 Zoom In Zoom Out 108 311
148. QGIS This is for instance the case with LAS files used for LiDAR data The files get created but you won t see anything new in your QGIS working session For all the other types of output you will find a checkbox that you can use to tell the algorithm whether to load the file once it is generated by the algorithm or not By default all files are opened Optional outputs are not supported That is all outputs are created However you can uncheck the corresponding checkbox if you are not interested in a given output which essentially makes it behave like an optional output in other words the layer is created anyway but if you leave the text box empty it will be saved to a temporary file and deleted once you exit QGIS 17 2 3 Configurando a infraestrutura do processamento Como foi mencionado o menu de configura o d acesso a um novo di logo onde pode configurar a forma como o algoritmo trabalha Os par metros de configura o s o estruturados em blocos separados que podem ser seleccionados no lado esquerdo do di logo Juntamente com o que j foi mencionada da entrada Pasta de sa da o bloco Geral contem par metros para configura o de estilos de renderiza o padr o para camadas de sa da ou seja camadas geradas pela utiliza o de algoritmo de qualquer componente da infraestrutura do GUI Basta criar um estilo que quer usar no QGIS guarda lo num ficheiro e de seguida introduzir um caminho para o ficheiro nas config
149. QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 QGIS Project December 04 2014 Conteudo Pre mbulo 3 Conven es 5 2A ComvencocsGUL 2c ae bh he bee eee hee abe oh te ho Oe eB eee ESA 5 2 2 Conven es de Texto ou Teclado 2 244640 64h e GRO ELLE REG RE REE RES 5 2 3 Instru es espec ficas da plataforma o 442k eee e dan TERESA ER E 6 Pref cio 7 Caracter sticas 9 At Visualza ao de dados lt s sc sasda a e de Ia ke ee CR RMS eee EKER OE SERES 9 4 2 Explora o de dados e compositores de mapas 1 a ee 9 4 3 Criar editar gerir e exportar dados 4 444 socie eres SRE gosod EERE Ewe ED 10 44 An lise de dados aoaaa 10 4 5 Publica o de mapas na internet a a aa a kde we ee SEA ee ad 10 4 6 Funcionalidades do QGIS expandida atrav s de m dulos 2 00000 10 ae Consola Python o sea ae nc Hoe Bo ee ek oe GE eae a a ee ae EE RE 1 AS Known ISSGGS 305 2 nce de Eek eRe ORES ERE OESE HAD Ew BEE ERG EE EAS 12 What s new in QGIS 2 2 13 5 1 Application and Project Options 2 464244b4e6b bbe e eke REO Eo REE ee ES 13 dz DAP ao As 6 oo bee resa oS Ee ee ee ee ee ES Ee Se Ea 13 39 DEUS os eee Lda bee a bee ee EEA CoE Eee be es 13 Sp Classes ee eee ee hE DEO EHR Re ES EB ERD Eee ee ES 14 5 9 ip Composer sss asanes dr Bee Bee ES eee ee Se Ree ea Bee GN 14 DO QOL SCIVen srs ea el eG PATO RE O a ee ee ee ee 15 Se SOO ccc whee chee Gee eat ee ee BAe oe eee eG oe ee eee a 15 30 CCD sesso nerens ee BEER
150. QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 15 2 6 Using GPSMAP 60cs MS Windows Easiest way to make it work is to use a middleware freeware not open called GPSGate Launch the program make it scan for GPS devices works for both USB and BT ones and then in QGIS just click Connect in the Live tracking panel using the Autodetect mode Ubuntu Mint GNU Linux As for Windows the easiest way is to use a server in the middle in this case GPSD so sudo apt get install gpsd Then load the garmin_gps kernel module sudo modprobe garmin_gps And then connect the unit Then check with dmesg the actual device being used bu the unit for example dev ttyUSBO Now you can launch gpsd gpsd dev ttyUSBO And finally connect with the QGIS live tracking tool 15 2 7 Using BTGP 38KM datalogger only Bluetooth Using GPSD under Linux or GPSGate under Windows is effortless 15 2 8 Using BlueMax GPS 4044 datalogger both BT and USB MS Windows The live tracking works for both USB and BT modes by using GPSGate or even without it just use the Autodetect mode or point the tool the right port Ubuntu Mint GNU Linux For USB The live tracking works both with GPSD gpsd dev ttyACM3 or without it by connecting the QGIS live tracking tool directly to the device for example dev tt yACM3 For Bluetooth The live tracking works both with GPSD gpsd dev rfcomm0 or without it by connecting the QGIS live tracking tool directly to the d
151. S 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC 147 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Pesquisa de servidor Dentro do QGIS pode pesquisar por servidores WMS Figure_OGC_2 mostra 0 separador Pesquisar Servidor com a janela Adicionar Camada s do Servidor Add Layer s From a Server Layers Layer Orde lesets Server Search Title Live Haiti OSM WMS via Mapnik live osm data via tile2 dbseo col Geofabrik Tools OSM Inspector Addresses OSM Inspector is a debugging ti OSM Latvia data OSM Latvia data OSM WMS OpenStreetMap WMS WMS Demo fur OSM Daten Ger OpenStreetMap WMS Graustufenvariante WMS Demo fur OSM Daten Ger OSM_Basic Open Street Map OSM_Basic Open Street Map UMN MapServer Landcover This is the UMN MapServer appl k Help Add Close Select layer s Figura 14 3 Janela de pesquisa de servidores WMS depois de algumas palavras chave Como pode ver poss vel introduzir uma cadeia de texto de pesquisa no campo de texto e pressionar o bot o Pesquisar Ap s pouco tempo o resultado da pesquisa ser preenchido na lista debaixo do campo de texto Procure a lista de resultados dentro da tabela Para visualizar os resultados seleccione uma entrada da tabela prima o bot o Adicionar a linha seleccionada a lista WMS e mude para o separador Camadas O QGIS automaticamente actualiza a sua lista de servidores e o resultado seleccionado da pesquisa est dispon vel na lista de servidores WMS guardados no separador Camadas Apenas
152. S Toolbox in future versions of QGIS This allows you to use the complete GRASS module options without the need to switch to the GRASS shell Ficheiro de Saida The Output tab provides information about the output status of the module When you click the Run button the module switches to the Output tab and you see information about the analysis process If all works well you will finally seea Successfully finished message Manual The Manual tab shows the HTML help page of the GRASS module You can use 1t to check further module parameters and flags or to get a deeper knowledge about the purpose of the module At the end of each module manual page you see further links to the Main Help index the Thematic index andthe Full index These links provide the same information as the module g manual 178 Cap tulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser gt Module v buffer Options Output Manual Name of input vector map rivers rivers demo 1 line Buffer distance along major axis in map units 200 Name for output vector map Run View output Close Figura 16 9 Op es dos M dulos da Caixa de Ferramentas do GRASS 4b GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List Browser gt Module v buffer Options Output Manual v buffer input rivers demo type line layer 1 distance 200
153. SED EERE OE HEE EEE SESE E 16 Iniciando 17 Gl MO sa tae bee Gee hehehe ee eee oe eee eo EE Se ee Ge eH 17 6 2 wAmosttadeDad0s c 6 444 44 0 he es bw de dbo ee bie eed oe BGG ASA Sds 17 DO SOON sec saadad e eaa SEES ERS REESE SER ERE BES BEES 18 6 4 Starting and Stopping QGIS 46 e465 444 CE GRD EY OR EO RODE SEEKERS 19 6 5 Opcoesdalimhade Comandos 2252s e040 oe eb BESS A eee ER Ow BE a Eds 19 DO Projectos oactabeecece heb be ent 6488666 ERES ERAS ERAS 21 O Pich rode SAMA segs oH E REE FE LLESDERE E HAYES DEE SEC SE EE A 21 QGIS GUI 23 Yok DBamade Ment 44540 5b a8 S48 a oe SEBEL e he Seed eo be eee eee sn ES 24 Jao Barade Ferramentas e so amp 6 s Ema 2 8 Oe bow eo OSES REE EEE EES 30 To Legendado Mapa 2c eya eeen eant SETE ALERTS PHASE eS GR Ee 31 7a Vista do Napa 4 662428 4 be ewe EEE EE ESR GEO DEDE DE 33 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 To BamadeEstadO 245 ce aca LA DPALTADALEC ANDRES DS ASA A 34 Ferramentas gerais 35 8 amp 1 Atalhos do teclado amp ss mia bo d Mi E SE TE SIE ARE SE ASE RE EE US 35 Oo Aj dade COMGNIO as sasedane da eS Sb 8 6 EOS SE SAS mes E 35 do OMC O cava E E SEE HEHE SEE ERS 35 So Mando ss erara aoe RAR Oe SESE EAE GS ORS ELES EDA RE 37 So Identificar elementos 46464 cemere DROS dd REE MARA ERR MERE ES 38 OO Decos 642 65 eee e866 eee ee ee ee RE ee ee Bs 40 8 7 Ferramentas de Anota o 54 44 44 8S dee DC ER ERR MERE E MEM OE ES 42 do Marcadofes spaci iSo sxs sssr
154. ULO 20 Ajuda e Suporte 20 1 Listas de Discussao O QGIS esta activo no seu desenvolvimento e como tal nao ira estar sempre a trabalhar como deseja A forma mais desej vel para obter ajuda ser juntar se na lista de discuss o qgis users As suas quest es ir o chegar a uma audi ncia mais ampla e as respostas ir o beneficiar outros 20 1 1 qgis users Esta lista de discuss o usada para uma discuss o geral do QGIS assim como as quest es espec ficas rela cionadas com a Instala o e o uso Pode subscrever na lista de discuss o do qgis users visitando o seguinte URL http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis user 20 1 2 fossgis talk liste Para os utilizadores de l ngua alem o FOSSGIS e V Alem o fornece uma lista de discuss o fossgis talk liste Esta lista de discuss o usada para a discuss o dos SIG de c digo aberto incluindo o QGIS Pode subscrever na lista de discuss o fossgis talk liste visitando o seguinte URL https lists fossgis de mailman listinfo fossgis talk liste 20 1 3 qgis developer Se n o for um programador que est a enfrentar problemas de natureza t cnica vai desejar juntar se lista de discuss o qgis developer aqui http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis developer 20 1 4 qgis commit Cada vez que um commit feito no reposit rio de c digo QGIS um email publicado nesta lista Se pretende estar ocorrente de todas as altera es ao c digo base actual pode subscrever se nesta
155. User Guide Release 2 2 QGIS 2 0 1 Dufour Project Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Raster Database Processing Help Te BARBARA VETAR SOS spp ane amp HR RGeSa gt Og OR UM MAMMANE Layers x v KZ V ctour100_smooth gt MZ gtopo30 Layers Browser 2 95 Coordinate 709731 4587246 Scale 1 90000 9 KZ Render EPSG 2964 O Figura 16 12 GRASS module v generalize to smooth a vector map e To view both the hillshading and the colors of the gtopo30 together move the hillshade map below the gtopo30 map in the table of contents then open the Properties window of gtopo30 switch to the Transparency tab and set its transparency level to about 25 You should now have the gtopo30 elevation with its colormap and transparency setting displayed above the grayscale hillshade map In order to see the visual effects of the hillshading turn off the gtopo30_shade map then turn it back on Usando a linha de comandos do GRASS The GRASS plugin in QGIS is designed for users who are new to GRASS and not familiar with all the modules and options As such some modules in the Toolbox do not show all the options available and some modules do not appear at all The GRASS shell or console gives the user access to those additional GRASS modules that do not appear in the Toolbox tree and also to some additional options to the modules that are in the Toolbox with the simplest default parameters This exa
156. WMS actual ligado Poder reparar que algumas camadas expans veis isto significa que a camada pode ser exibida na escolha dos estilos de imagem Pode seleccionar v rias camadas de uma s vez mas apenas um estilo de imagem por camada Quando v rias camadas s o seleccionadas elas ser o combinadas no Servidor WMS e transmitido ao QGIS de uma s vez Tip Ordena o das Camadas WMS As camadas WMS renderizadas por um servidor s o sobrepostas na ordem da lista da sec o de Camadas de cima para baixo da lista Se quiser alterar a ordem de sobreposi o pode usar o separador Ordem de camadas Transpar ncia Nesta vers o do QGIS a configura o Transpar ncia Global da Propriedades da Camada est codificado para estar sempre ligado quando dispon vel Tip Transpar ncia da Camada WMS Disponibilidade da transpar ncia da imagem do WMS depende da codifica o da imagem usada PNG e GIF suportam transpar ncia enquanto que o JPEG deixa como n o suportado Sistema de Coordenadas Refer ncia O Sistema de Coordenadas Refer ncia SRC a terminologia OGC para uma projec o QGIS Cada Camada WMS pode ser apresentada em m ltiplos SRC depedendo da capacidade do servidor WMS Para escolher o SRC seleccione Alterar e a janela semelhante da Figura Projec o 3 na Trabalhando com Projec es aparecer A diferen a principal com a vers o do WMS do ecr que neste apenas os SRC suportados apareceram no Servidor WM
157. _airports seleccione a camada heatmap_airports abre o menu de contexto com o bot o direito do rato e seleccione Propriedades Seleccione o separador Estilo Alterar o Tipo de Renderiza o IY para Banda nica pseudocor ES Seleccione um suitable mapa de cor adequado por exemplo Y1OrRed Clique no bot o Carregar para recolher os valores m nimos e m ximos para cada matricial de depois clique no bot o Classificar Pressione OK para actualizar a camada O resultado final demonstrado na Figure Heatmap 4 19 15 M dulo de C lculo de Rotas O m dulo de An lise de Redes um m dulo C para o QGIS que calcula o caminho mais curto entre dois pontos em qualquer camada poli linha e exibe esse caminho sobre a rede vi ria 284 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Quantum GI5 eb47 FFs Edit View Layer Settings Plugins E HE tab Mi E CE a gt fl E g gt oe po PUP DARA Rr WE Layers x amp airports amp Qy heatmap_airports RM 1 majrivers a lakes E A alaska L Si landcover S877403 18 Coordinate 2803800 7140758 Scale 22240717 v EB Render eEpsa 29 Figura 19 26 O mapa de densidade ap s ser carregado fica com uma surperficie cinzenta Quantum GI5 eb4TFFs Project Edit View ver Settings Plugins Vect SPARED MESA oOo DO PRHPRPARR Layers x MH airports a gt E heatmap airpo
158. a o Baseadas em Regras rs Deslocador de pontos The Point Displacement Renderer works to visualize all features of a point layer even if they have the same location To do this the symbols of the points are placed on a displacement circle around a center symbol Tip Exportar simbologia do vector You have the option to export vector symbology from QGIS into Google kml dxf and MapInfo tab files Just open the right mouse menu of the layer and click on Save selection as to specify the name of the output file and its format In the dialog use the Symbology export menu to save the symbology either as Feature symbology or as Symbol layer symbology If you have used symbol layers it is recommended to use the second setting 12 2 2 Menu Etiquetas The CRS Labels core application provides smart labeling for vector point line and polygon layers and 1t only requires a few parameters This new application also supports on the fly transformed layers The core functions of the application have been redesigned In QGIS there are a number of other features that improve the labeling The following menus have been created for labeling the vector layers e Texto e Formata o 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 87 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties airports copy Style De Gear v Layer rendering Layer transparency A 0 wy style y parency Layer blendi
159. a use the identify feature tool You can also click on the button Ms Load color map from band Which tries to load the table from the band if it has any And you can use the buttons a Or Hapon color mak tolei load an existing color table or to save the defined color table for other sessions In the right block Generate new color map allows you to create newly categorized color maps For the Classi fication mode E Equal interval you only need to select the number of classes 1 00 S and press the button Classify You can invert the colors of the color map by clicking the Ed Invert checkbox In the case of the Mode Eid Continous QGIS creates classes automatically depending on the Min and Max Defining Min Max values 136 Capitulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 can be done with the help of the Load min max values section A lot of images have a few very low and high data These outliers can be eliminated using the Cumulative count cut setting The standard data range is set from 2 to 98 of the data values and can be adapted manually With this setting the gray character of the image can disappear With the scaling option Min max QGIS creates a color table with all of the data included in the original image e g QGIS creates a color table with 256 values given the fact that you have 8 bit bands You can also calculate your color table using the Mean standard deviati
160. a MapInfo layer click on the Vo Add Vector Layer toolbar button or type Ctr1 Shi ft v change the file type filter Files of type EM to Mapinfo File OGR mif tab MIF TAB and select the MapInfo layer you want to load 12 1 3 Loading an Arcinfo Binary Coverage Vo To load an ArcInfo Binary Coverage click on the Vo Add Vector Layer toolbar button or press Ctr1 Shift V to open the Add Vector Layer dialog Select Directory as Source type Change the file type filter Files of type PI to Arc Info Binary Coverage Navigate to the directory that contains the coverage file and select it Similarly you can load directory based vector files in the UK National Transfer Format as well as the raw TIGER Format of the US Census Bureau 12 1 4 Delimited Text Files Tabular data is a very common and widely used format because of its simplicity and readability data can be viewed and edited even in a plain text editor A delimited text file is an attribute table with each column separated 70 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 by a defined character and each row separated by a line break The first row usually contains the column names A common type of delimited text file is aCSV Comma Separated Values with each column separated by a comma Such data files can also contain positional information in two main forms e As point coordinates in separate columns e As well kno
161. a aceder a um Servidor WMS protegido Este par metro opcional Palavra chave Palavra chave para autentica o b sica no Servidor WMS Este par metro opcional Ignorar Ed Ignorar GetMap URI reportado nas capacidades Use um URI dado em cima para o GetMap URI campo URL Ignorar C Ignorar GetMap URI reportado nas capacidades use um URI dado em cima para o GetFeatureInfo campo URL URI Tabela 1 OGC Par metros de Liga o do WMS Se precisar de configurar um servidor proxy para receber servi os WMS da internet pode adicionar o seu servidor proxy nas op es Escolha o menu Configura es Op es e clique no separador Rede amp Proxy De seguida pode adicionar as suas configura es de proxy e activ las configurando o Ed Use o proxy para acesso web Certifique se que seleccionou o tipo proxy correcto da lista de menu Tipo de Proxy j Uma vez a nova liga o do Servidor WMS for criada ser preservada para sess es futuras do QGIS Tip Ligar URLs dos Servidores WMS Certifique se que quando introduzir o URL do servidor WMS seja o URL base Por exemplo n o deve ter fragmentos como request GetCapabilities ou version 1 0 0noseu URL Carregando as camadas WMS WMTS Uma vez preenchido os par metros com sucesso pode usar o bot o Ligar para responder s capacidades do servidor seleccionado Isto inclui a codifica o da imagem Camadas Estilos de Camadas e Projec es Uma vez que isto uma opera
162. a as ferramentas de medida e Define Casas decimais E Manter unidade base e Preferred measurements units Meters Feet Nautical Miles or Degrees e Preferred angle units Degrees Radians or Gon Movendo e ampliando e Define a Ac o da roda do rato Visualizar Visualizar e Centrar Aproximar ao cursor do rato Nada e Define o factor de aproxima o afastamento para a roda do rato Escalas pr definidas Here you find a list of predefined scales With the and buttons you can add or remove your individual scales 9 3 7 Composer Menu Composition defaults You can define the Default font here Apar ncia da Grelha e Define the Grid style al ial Solid Dots Crosses e Define the Color Grid defaults e Define the Spacing 12 e Define the Grid offset 1 for x and y e Define the Snap tolerance Guide defaults e Define the Snap tolerance 9 3 8 Menu Digitalizar Criacao de elementos g Suprimir atributos de janelas pop up depois de cada elemento criado E Reutilizar ltimos valores de atributos inseridos e Validate geometries Editing complex lines and polygons with many nodes can result in very slow rendering This is because the default validation procedures in QGIS can take a lot of time To speed up rendering it is possible to select GEOS geometry validation starting from GEOS
163. a gr fica e As Unidades de Mapa por unidades de escala permitem fixar uma propor o entre as unidades de mapa e a sua representa o na escala gr fica e Pode definir quantos Segmentos ser o desenhados no lado esquerdo e direito da escala gr fica e qual o tamanho ter cada segmento campo Tamanho A Altura pode tamb m ser definida 236 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 v Units Meters m Label km Map units per bar unit 1000 00 7 v Segments Segments left 2 right 4 Size 500000 00 units z Height 3 mm m Figura 18 19 Janelas das Unidades da Escala Gr fica e Segmentos 6 Display Fonts and colors The Display and Fonts and colors dialogs of the scale bar Item Properties tab provide the following functionalities see figure composer 20 v Display Box margin 1 00 mm m Labels margin 3 00 mm Line width 1 00 mm bi Alignment Left Fonts and colors Font Font color Fill color Stroke color Figura 18 20 Scale Bar Display Fonts and colors Dialogs e You can define how the scale bar will be displayed in its frame Adjust the Box margin between text and frame borders Labels margin between text and scale bar drawing and the Line width of the scale bar drawing e The Alignment in the Display dialog only applies to Numeric styled scale bars and puts text on the left middle or right side of t
164. a new option to automatically centre an overview map which comes in handy when creating atlas based maps More context information is also now available so that you can adjust your symbology based on whether the feature is the current atlas feature or not Improved item selection You can now select more than one item by clicking and dragging a box to select multiple items and there are shortcuts for adding to a selection holding Shi ft while dragging subtracting from a selection holding Ct r1 while dragging and switching to within selection mode holding Alt while dragging Shift clicking an already selected item will remove it from the selection There are also shortcuts and menu items for selecting all items clearing a selection and inverting a selection It s also now possible to select items that are hidden below other items by Ctrl clicking an item or by using Select Next Item Above Below in the new composer Edit menu Better navigation of compositions QGIS 2 2 includes many improvements to help you navigate your compositions You can now zoom in or out from a composition by using the mouse scroll wheel A dedicated pan tool has been added which allows you to drag the composition around and you can also switch immediately to pan mode by holding the space bar or by holding the mouse scroll wheel There s also a new zoom tool which allows you to precisely zoom to a specific area of your composition You can Capitulo 5 W
165. adas mmmm mm que correspondem ao ponto seleccionado na imagem e O raster por si pr prio por vezes fornece cruzes com coordenadas escritas na imagem Neste caso pode introduzir as coordenadas manualmente e Usando camadas georeferenciadas Estes podem conter informa o vectorial ou raster que contenham os mesmos objectos elementos que esteja na imagem que queira georeferenciar e projectar e a projec o que quer que a imagem tenha Neste caso pode introduzir as coordenadas clicando no conjunto de dados referenciado carregado no enquadramento do mapa do QGIS O procedimento normal do georeferenciamento de uma imagem involve m ltiplos pontos seleccionados no matri cial especificando as suas coordenadas e escolhendo o tipo de transforma o mais relevante O m dulo baseado nos par metros de entrada e da informa o ir computar os par metros do world file Quanto mais coordenadas fornecer melhor o resultado que ira obter O primeiro passo iniciar o QGIS carregar o M dulo Georeferenciador veja The Plugins Menus e clique no cone Imselectionl Raster gt Georeferenciador que aparece no menu da barra de ferramentas do QGIS A janela do m dulo do Georeferenciador aparece como demonstra a Figura de georeferenciador 1 Para este exemplo estamos a usar uma carta militar do Sul de Dakota do SDGS Pode ser visualizada mais tarde juntamento com a informa o proveniente da localiza o do GRASS spearfish60 Pode transferir
166. adas vectoriais de entrada e campo Um campo da tabela de atributos de uma camada vectorial O nome da camada tem de ser adicionada depois da etiqueta campo Por exemplo se declarou um ficheiro de entrada vectorial com mylayer vector poder usar myfield field mylayer para adicionar o campo a partir dessa camada como par metro e folder A folder e file A filename O nome do par metro o nome que ser exibido ao utilizador quando executa o algoritmo e tamb m o nome da vari vel a usar no c digo do script O valor introduzido pelo utilizador para esse par metro ser atibu do vari vel com esse nome When showing the name of the parameter to the user the name will be edited to improve its appearance replacing low hyphens with spaces So for instance 1f you want the user to see a parameter named A numerical value you can use the variable name A numerical value Layers and table values are strings containing the file path of the corresponding object To turn them into a QGIS object you can use the processing getObjectFromUri function Multiple inputs also have a string value which contains the file paths to all selected object separated by semicolons Os ficheiros de sa da s o definidos numa maneira semelhante usando as seguintes etiquetas e raster de sa da e vector de sa da e tabela de sa da e html de sa da e ficheiro de sa da e numero de sa da e cadeia de texto de sa da The value assigned to the
167. aken from the parent feature 13 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 5 4 5 9 14 General Recent expressions saved The expression builder will now remember the last 20 used expressions Paste WKT from clipboard QGIS can now paste and create a new feature based on WKT that is found in the clipboard Simply copy some WKT and paste into an editable layer You can also create a new layer by selecting Edit gt Paste As New Memory Layer Map Composer Zebra map border improvements You can now set the colours of the Zebra border on the map element in the map composer Element rotation support Every type of element in the composer can now be rotated including scale bars tables and legends For example you can rotate a label on the composition so that it fits into your page layout better as illustrated Resizing of rotated elements has also been improved Composer scale added and ruler improvements The appearance of rulers has been improved by adjusting the scale logic and by adding smaller ruler divisions and by making vertical rulers use rotated text There is also anew composer action for hiding showing rulers You can now quickly zoom to 100 page scale using the new Zoom to 100 tool on the toolbar The composer window now lets you quickly switch the page scaling via a new scale combobox in the status bar In addition a new indicator has been added to show you the precise pixel position of your cursor The Close and Help b
168. al image formats such as PNG BPM TIF JPG e lo Export as PDF saves the defined Print Composer canvas directly as a PDF e The E Export as SVG icon saves the Print Composer canvas as an SVG Scalable Vector Graphic If you need to export your layout as a georeferenced image 1 e to load back inside QGIS you need to enable this feature under the Composition tab Check C World file on and choose the map item to use With this option the Export as image action will create also a world file Note Currently the SVG output is very basic This is not a QGIS problem but a problem with the underlying Qt library This will hopefully be sorted out in future versions Exporting big rasters can sometimes fail even if there seems to be enough memory This is also a problem with the underlying Qt management of rasters 18 8 Gerir o Compositor With the save as template and F Load from template icons you can save the current state of a Print Composer session as a qpt template and load the template again in another session The Ey Composer Manager button in the QGIS toolbar and in Composer Composer Manager allows you to add a new Composer template create a new composition based on a previously saved template or to manage already existing templates By default the Composer manager searches for user templates in qgis2 composer_template 246 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Compos
169. ally in a format not supported by the external application Only when no selection exists or the Use only selected features option is not enabled in the processing general configuration can a layer be directly passed to an external application Noutros casos exportando apenas os elementos seleccionados necess rio o que em alguns casos os tempos de execu o ser o mais longos SAGA SAGA algorithms can be run from QGIS if you have SAGA installed in your system and you configure the pro cessing framework properly so it can find SAGA executables In particular the SAGA command line executable is needed to run SAGA algorithms If you are running Windows both the stand alone installer and the OSGeo4W installer include SAGA along with QGIS and the path is automatically configured so there is no need to do anything else 17 7 Configurando as aplica es externas 213 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 If you have installed SAGA yourself remember you need version 2 1 the path to the SAGA executable must be configured To do this open the configuration dialog In the SAGA block you will find a setting named SAGA Folder Enter the path to the folder where SAGA is installed Close the configuration dialog and now you are ready to run SAGA algorithms from QGIS If you are running Linux SAGA binaries are not included with SEXTANTE so you have to download and install the software yourself Please check the SAGA website for more informatio
170. alog The cpt city option opens a new dialog with hundreds of themes included out of the box Renderizador Graduado The Graduated Renderer is used to render all the features from a layer using a single user defined symbol whose color reflects the assignment of a selected feature s attribute to a class Like the Categorized Renderer the Graduated Renderer allows you to define rotation and size scale from specified columns 84 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Gradient color ramp Color 1 Color 2 Type Color amp Multiple stops Preview Information WB 0000fF 25 MB assffoo 50 E HFfFrroO 75 change change Continuous q Offset Addstop Remove stop cne SKIN Figura 12 10 Example of custom gradient color ramp with multiple stops 6 cpt city color ramp Selections by theme Name All Ramps Bathymetry Blues Discord Diverging Greens Greys gt QGIS Precipitation gt Reds Temperature Topography Topography bathymetry Top of the cpt palettes Top of the svg palettes Transparency Selection and preview Information Palette Path All by author All Ramps 592 E E EE dkbluered summer cbacPiYG cbacPRGn cbacRdGy cbacRdYIBu i cbcBrBG cat License Save as standard gradient Help cbacBrBG cbacBrBG11 FATO cbacPuOr cbacRdBu Pati
171. also activate A Suppress attributes pop up windows after each created feature and Ed Reuse last entered attribute values Attributes rivers F CODEDESC NULL NAM MyNewRiver F CODE NewShinyCode here cancel OKI Figura 12 34 Introduza os Valores dos atributos na Janela ap s a digitaliza o do novo elemento vectorial With the e Move Feature s icon on the toolbar you can move existing features Tip Tipos de Valores de Atributo For editing the attribute types are validated during entry Because of this 1t 1s not possible to enter a number into a text column 1n the dialog Enter Attribute Values or vice versa If you need to do so you should edit the attributes in a second step within the Attribute table dialog Edi es Actuais This new feature allows the digitization of multiple layers Choose Save for Selected Layers to save all changes you made in multiple layers You also have the opportunity to Rollback for Selected Layers so that the digitization may be withdrawn for all selected layers If you want to stop editing the selected layers Cancel for Selected Layer s is an easy way The same functions are available for editing all layers of the project QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ferramenta de Nos For shapefile based layers as well as SpatialLite PostgreSQL PostGIS MSSQL Spatial and Oracle Spatial tables p the amp Node Tool provides manipulation capabilities of feature vertices similar to
172. amada fonte e airports como camada de elementos refer ncia 4 Seleccione Cont m como operador e clique Aplicar Agora obt m uma lista de elementos ID da consulta e tem v rias op es como mostrado na fig ure spatial query 1 e Cli que no My Criar camada com a lista de items e Seleccione um ID da lista e clique em i Cae umg gamada MO RR EICECONadO mee e Seleccione Remover da selec o actual no campo E uso resultado para aha E e Adicionalmente pode C Ampliar ao item ou exibir C Registo de mensagens DEBRRRA FEP V BR amp AReaeerV 82 EM Q N G amp OBS e 93 D P PSAf RPLPAA T Spatial Query E aj E em Select source features From Result feature ID s regions E Result query 22 selected geometries o 1 Where the Feature 2 Contains E 4 i Reference features of 5 men 6 airports 8 10 And use the result to 12 E Create new selection 22 of 26 identified ke Selected features ano ta em E 22 of 26 selected by Create new selection Hi a Log messages dose Coordinate 804368 5849853 Scale 10911976 9 E Render EPSG 2964 O ak Figura 19 30 An lise da Consulta Espacial regi es que cont em os aeroportos 19 17 M dulo SPIT O QGIS vem com um m dulo chamado SPIT Ferramenta de Importa o de Shapefile para PostGIS O SPIT pode ser usado para carregar m ltiplas shapefiles de uma s vez e inclui
173. amadas de entrada para essa extens o mesmo que n o se sobreponham e Setting it automatically from input layers To select this option just check the Use min covering grid system for resampling option All the other settings will be ignored and the minimum extent that covers all the input layers will be used The cell size of the target layer is the maximum of all cell sizes of the input layers Para algoritmos que n o usam camadas raster m ltiplas ou para aquelas que n o necessitam de um nico sistema de grelha de entrada n o ser feito uma reamostragem antes de chamar o SAGA e esses par metros n o ser o usados 17 7 5 Limita es para camadas multi banda Unlike QGIS SAGA has no support for multi band layers If you want to use a multiband layer such as an RGB or multispectral image you first have to split it into single banded images To do so you can use the SAGA Grid Tools Split RGB image algorithm which creates three images from an RGB image or the SAGA Grid Tools Extract band algorithm to extract a single band 17 7 6 Limitations in cell size SAGA assumes that raster layers have the same cell size in the X and Y axis If you are working with a layer with different values for horizontal and vertical cell size you might get unexpected results In this case a warning will be added to the processing log indicating that an input layer might not be suitable to be processed by SAGA 214 Capitulo 17 In
174. an is nao se podem intersectar a si mesmo nem mesmo tocar ou cruzar um no outro Os an is n o podem tocar outros an is excep o de um ponto Must not have multi part geometries Sometimes a geometry is actually a collection of simple single part geometries Such a geometry is called multi part geometry If it contains just one type of simple geometry we call it multi point multi linestring or multi polygon For example a country consisting of multiple islands can be represented as a multi polygon Must not overlap Adjacent polygons should not share common area Must not overlap with Adjacent polygons from one layer should not share common area with polygons from another layer 19 19 Modulo Verificador de Topologia 291 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 20 Modulo de Estatistica Zonal Fe Como gt M dulo de Estat stica Zonal node analisar os resultados de uma classifica o tem tica Permite calcular v rios valores de pixeis de um raster com ajuda de uma camada poligonal veja figure zonal statistics Pode calcular a soma valor m dio e contagem total dos pixeis que est o dentro do pol gono Este m dulo gera uma colnas de sa da na camada vectorial com um prefixo definido pelo utilizador Raster layer landcover Folygon layer containing the zones regions Output column prefix lc cancel GR Figura 19 34 Janela de Estat stica Zonal KDE A 292 Cap tulo 19 M dulos CAP T
175. ance visibility of the frame See Rendering_Mode If checked Ed Invert overview creates a mask around the extents the referenced map extents are shown clearly whereas everything else is blended with the frame color 18 3 2 Adding a Label item to the Print Composer Para adicionar uma etiqueta clique no icone Tl adic E gJ Adicionar nova etiqueta posicione o elemento com o bot o esquerdo do rato no enquadramento do compositor de impress o e personalize a apar ncia no separador da etiqueta Pro priedades do Item The tem Properties tab of a label item provides the following functionalities Item Properties E Label Main properties gt Alignment b Display Position and size Frame b b gt amp Background b Item ID d Rendering Figura 18 8 Separador das propriedades da Etiqueta Propriedades principais The Main properties dialog of the label Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see Fig ure_composer_9 230 e A janela das propriedades principais onde inserido o texto HTML ou n o ou a express o necess ria para preencher a etiqueta adicionada ao enquadramento do compositor As etiquetas podem ser interpretadas como c digo HTML activa a C Renderizar como HTML Pode agora inserir um URL uma imagem com link que por sua vez ir ligar se a uma p gina de internet ou outra coisa mais complexa You can also insert an expression Click on Insert an expression to open a
176. and gon The tool then allows you to click points on the map Each segment length as well as the total shows up in the measure window To stop measuring click your right mouse button Measure Area Areas can also be measured In the measure window the accumulated area size appears In addition the measuring tool will snap to the currently selected layer provided that layer has its snapping tolerance set see section Configurando a Toler ncia de Atrac o e Raio de Pesquisa So if you want to measure exactly along a line feature or around a polygon feature first set its snapping tolerance then select the layer Now when using the measuring tools each mouse click within the tolerance setting will snap to that layer 8 4 Medindo 37 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Segments meters 1652 795 763 002 598 548 Total 3 014 km Help New Nidlose Figura 8 2 Measure Distance T Gnome Total 30 195 km MB new close Figura 8 3 Measure Area A Gnome rim Measure Angle You can also measure angles The cursor becomes cross shaped Click to draw the first segment of the angle you wish to measure then move the cursor to draw the desired angle The measure is displayed in a pop up dialog 53 9174 degrees Figura 8 4 Measure Angle 4b Gnome 8 4 2 Selecionar e desselecionar elementos A caixa de ferramentas QGIS fornece varias ferramentas para seleccionar elementos no enquadramento do mapa Para sel
177. anela do M dulo Georeferenciador 4b e Clique no ponto da imagem matricial e escolha o bot o L proveniente do enquadramento do mab nara adicionar as coordenadas X e Y com a ajuda do mapa georeferenciado que ja se encontra carregado no enquadra mento do mapa do QGIS Pial e Como bot o B pode mover os GCP em ambas as janelas se estiverem no s tio errado 3 Continue a introduzir pontos Deve ter no m nimo quatro pontos e quanto mais coordenadas fornecer melhor o resultado ser Existe ferramentas adicionais na janela do m dulo para aproximar e movimentar a rea de trabalho de forma a localizar o conjunto relevante de pontos GCP Enter map coordinates Enter X and Y coordinates DMS dd mmss ss DD dd dd or projected coordinates mmmm mm which correspond with the selected point on the image Alternatively click the button with icon of a pencil and then click a corresponding point on map canvas of QGIS to Fill in coordinates of that X East 602388 19813829811755568 JY North 4915570 1712 _ Snap to background layers From map canvas Cancel amaan Figura 19 17 Adicionar pontos imagem matricial Os pontos que adiciona ao mapa ser o guardados num ficheiro de texto deparado filename points normalmente junto com a imagem matricial Isto permite que possamos reabrir o m dulo do Georeferenciadormais tarde e adicionar novos pontos ou apagar existentes para optimizar o resultado O ficheiro
178. ange P a Actions Unique values Allows one to set numeric values from a specified range The edit O 4 ylabel int File name widget can be either a slider or a spin box Joins l Value map 5 rotation int Emuirmaration Editable IEE Diagrams CTE Hidden Minimum 1 7 Metadata Checkbox Text edit Maximum 30 Calendar 1 Step Value relation UUID generator Current minimum for this value is 2147483648 and current Photo maximum is 2147483647 Webview Color Relation Reference 4 gt Relations Suppress attribute form pop up after feature creation Default lt Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style x Help Apply Cancel BK Figura 12 21 Janela de di logo para seleccionar um wdiget de edi o para um atributo da coluna 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 95 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Within the Fields menu you also find an edit widget column This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column If you click on the edit widget button a dialog opens where you can define different widgets These widgets are e Line edit An edit field that allows you to enter simple text or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes e Classification Displays a combo box with the values used for classification if you have chosen unique value as legend type in th
179. anges are applied you need to restart QGIS 9 4 Personaliza o 57 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 58 Cap tulo 9 Configura o QGIS CAP TULO 10 Trabalhando com Projeccoes O QGIS permite que os utilizadores definam de forma global e para todo o projecto um SC Sistema de Co ordenadas para temas que n o t m um SC pr definido Tamb m permite que o utilizador defina sistemas de coordenadas personalizados e suporta a projec o din mica no ecr de temas com diferentes SCs conseguindo sobrepondo os correctamente 10 1 Vis o geral do Suporte a Projec es O QGIS suporta aproximadamente 2 700 SCs conhecidos Defini es para cada SC s o guardados numa base de dados SQLite que instalada com o QGIS Normalmente n o ter necessidade de manipular a base de dados directamente De facto ao faz lo poder causar problemas SCs definidos manualmente s o guardados numa base de dados do utilizador Veja a sec o Sistema de Coordenadas personalizado para informa o sobre a gest o dos seus sistemas de coordenadas Os SCs dispon veis no QGIS s o baseados nos definidos pelo Grupo Europeu de Pequisa Petrol fera EPSG e pelo Instituto Geogr fico Nacional Franc s IGNF e s o em grande parte derivados das tabelas de refer ncia espacial usadas pelo GDAL Os identificadores EPSG presentes na base de dados podem ser usados para especificar um SC no QGIS Para poder usar a projec o din mica os seus dados devem conter
180. anguage code and status is provided at http hub qgis org wiki quantum gis GUI Translation Progress Op o da linha de comandos project Starting QGIS with an existing project file is also possible Just add the command line option project followed by your project name and QGIS will open with all layers in the given file loaded Op o da linha de comandos extent To start with a specific map extent use this option You need to add the bounding box of your extent in the following order separated by a comma extent xmin ymin xmax ymax Op o da linha de comandos nologo This command line argument hides the splash screen when you start QGIS Op o da linha de comandos noplugins If you have trouble at start up with plugins you can avoid loading them at start up with this option They will still be available from the Plugins Manager afterwards Command line option customizationfile Using this command line argument you can define a GUI customization file that will be used at startup Op o da linha de comandos nocustomization Using this command line argument existing GUI customization will not be applied at startup Op o da linha de comandos optionspath 20 Cap tulo 6 Iniciando QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 You can have multiple configurations and decide which one to use when starting QGIS with this option See Op es to confirm where the operating system saves the settings files Presently
181. ans that categorized or graduated styles are converted to rule based If you want to preserve those renderers you have to stick to the QML format On the other hand it can be very handy sometimes to have this easy way of converting styles to rule based With the Style manager from the Symbol menu you can administer your symbols 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 83 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 You can E add item f edit item mm remove item and 2 share item Marker symbols Line symbols Fill patterns and Color ramps can be used to create the symbols see defining_symbols The symbols are then assigned to All Symbols Groups or Smart groups Renderizar por Categorias The Categorized Renderer is used to render all features from a layer using a single user defined symbol whose color reflects the value of a selected feature s attribute The Style menu allows you to select The attribute using the Column listbox or the Set column expression function e O s mbolo usando a janela de di logo da Simbologia e The colors using the Color Ramp listbox The Advanced button in the lower right corner of the dialog allows you to set the fields containing rotation and size scale information For convenience the center of the menu lists the values of all currently selected attributes together including the symbols that will be rendered O exemplo na figure symbology 2
182. ap v Main properties Render Scale Map rotation Draw map canvas items amp Lock layers For map item Extents Overview Rotation amp Frame Item ID Rendering amp controlled by atlas amp Show grid Position and size amp Background Update preview Figura 18 4 Separador das propriedades da Mapa 4b Extents Xmin 3486912 802 Ymin 2938764 227 X max 148257 802 Ymax 5392832 468 Set to map canvas extent Figura 18 5 Janela de Extens es do Mapa 228 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Grelha The Grid dialog of the map Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see Figure composer 6 v KZ show grid Grid type Solid Interval X 0 00000 Y 0 00000 Offset X 0 00000 Y 0 00000 Cross width 3 00000 gt F Frame style No frame Frame width 2 00 Line style change Blend mode Normal gt Draw coordinates Figura 18 6 Map Grid Dialog 16 e The A Show grid checkbox allows you to overlay a grid onto the map element As grid type you can specify to use a solid line or cross Symbology of the grid can be chosen See section Rendering_Mode Furthermore you can define an interval in the X and Y directions an X and Y offset and the width used for the cross or line grid type e You can choose to paint the frame with a zebra style If not selected the general frame option is used see section Frame
183. ariables Just make sure that the variable storing your final result has the same name that you used to declare it and that it contains a suitable value In this case the result obtained from the spsample method has to be converted explicitly into a SpatialPointsDataFrame object since it is itself an object of class ppp which is not a suitable class to be returned to QGIS If your algorithm generates raster layers the way they are saved will depend on whether or not you have used the dontuserasterpackage option In you have used it layers are saved using the writ eGDAL method If not the writeRaster method from the raster package will be used Se usou a op o passfilename os ficheiros de s ida s o gerados usando o pacote raster com writeRaster mesmo que n o seja usado nos ficheiros de entrada If your algorithm does not generate any layer but rather a text result in the console instead you have to indicate that you want the console to be shown once the execution is finished To do so just start the command lines that produce the results you want to print with the gt greater sign The output of all other lines will not be shown For instance here is the description file of an algorithm that performs a normality test on a given field column of the attributes of a vector layer layer vector fileld field layer nortest group library norte sc gt lillie test layer field The output of the last
184. as Propriedades da Camada Vectorial The Layer Properties dialog for a vector layer provides information about the layer symbology settings and labeling options If your vector layer has been loaded from a PostgreSQL PostGIS datastore you can also alter the underlying SQL for the layer by invoking the Query Builder dialog on the General tab To access the Layer Properties dialog double click on a layer in the legend or right click on the layer and select Properties from the pop up menu 12 2 1 Estilos The Style menu provides you with a comprehensive tool for rendering and symbolizing your vector data You can use Layer rendering tools that are common to all vector data as well as special symbolizing tools that were designed for the different kinds of vector data 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 79 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 80 Layer Properties regions General v Layer info Layer name regions displayed as regions Layer source DOS1 Alexa ndre Dropbox Trabalho QGIS qgis_sample_data shapefiles regions shp Data source encoding System Ee Fields w Coordinate reference system Rendering EPSG 2964 NAD27 Alaska Albers TEN Display Create spatial index Update extents EG Actions i mj je A Joins Scale dependent visibility Maximum QB 2147483 648 1 Minimum 1 100 000 000 IEF Diagrams inclusive exclusive i M
185. as propriedades da Escala Grafica Main properties Show grid and Fonts The Main properties Show grid and Fonts dialogs of the attribute table Item Properties tab provide the following functionalities see figure_composer_24 Item Properties Attribute table wv Main properties Layer airports i Attributes amp Show only visible Features Composer map Map O Maximum rows 10 Margin 1 00 m v amp Showgrid Stroke width 0 50 n W color v Fonts Header Font Content Font Figura 18 24 Attribute table Main properties Show grid and Fonts Dialog 18 3 Itens do Compositor 239 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Select attributes NA3 fy ELEV Elevation _ FCODE Select all _Claar Sorting a F lr is cat Ascending Column Ascending NAME Ascending Cancel oK Figura 18 25 Janela Sec o de atributos da tabela de atributos 4b e The Table dialog allows you to select the vector layer and columns of the attribute table Attribute columns can be sorted and you can specify whether to show values in ascending or descending order see fig ure composer 25 e You can choose to display the attributes of only features visible on a map Check SF Show only visible features and select the corresponding Composer map to filter e You can define the Maximum number of rows to be displayed and the margin around text e Additionally you can define the g
186. ayer 6 Browse to the folder ggis_sample_data gm1 select Geography Markup Language GML OGR gml GML from the Files of type T combo box then select the GML file lakes gml1 and click Open In the Add vector layer dialog click OK 7 Amplie um pouco at sua rea favorita com alguns lagos 8 Fa a duplo clique na camada lakes da legenda do mapa para abrir o di logo Propriedades 9 Click on the Style tab and select a blue as fill color 10 Click on the Labels tab and check the Ed Label this layer with checkbox to enable labeling Choose the NAMES field as the field containing labels 11 To improve readability of labels you can add a white buffer around them by clicking Buffer in the list on the left checking A Draw text buffer and choosing 3 as buffer size 12 Click Apply Check if the result looks good and finally click OK You can see how easy it is to visualize raster and vector layers in QGIS Let s move on to the sections that follow to learn more about the available functionality features and settings and how to use them 6 4 Starting and Stopping QGIS In section Sess o Amostra you already learned how to start QGIS We will repeat this here and you will see that QGIS also provides further command line options Assuming that QGIS is installed in the PATH you can start QGIS by typing qgis at a command prompt or by double clicking on the QGIS application link or shortcut on
187. be used for field lookups or just generally browsed and edited using the table view When you load the table you will see it in the legend field It can be opened with the Open Attribute Table too and is then editable like any other layer attribute table As an example you can use columns of the non spatial table to define attribute values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to a specific vector layer during digitizing Have a closer look at the edit widget in section Menu Campos to find out more 12 3 8 Creating one to many relations Relations are a technique often used in databases The concept is that features rows of different layers tables can belong to each other As an example you have a layer with all regions of alaska polygon which provides some attributes about its name and region type and a unique id which acts as primary key Foreign keys Then you get another point layer or table with information about airports that are located in the regions and you also want to keep track of these If you want to add them to the region layer you need to create a one to many relation using foreign keys because there are several airports in most regions Layers x airports FAIRBANKS NORTH STARAN regions L SOUTHEASTIFAIRBANKS Canacross NUSKA SUS o NA Figura 12 40 Alaska region with airports 4b In addition to the already existing attributes in the airports attribute table a
188. ble to digitize further polygons that will occur as a hole so only the area between the boundaries of the outer and inner polygons remains as a ring polygon Adicionar Parte 75 You can AL add Part polygons to a selected multipolygon The new part polygon must be digitized outside the selected multi polygon Fill Ring oe You can use the Ea F Ring function to add a ring to a polygon and add a new feature to the layer at the same time Eo Thus you need not first use the Add Ring icon and then the Add feature function anymore y y Apagar An l om The E Pelete Ring too allows you to delete ring polygons inside an existing area This tool only works with polygon layers It doesn t change anything when it is used on the outer ring of the polygon This tool can be used on polygon and multi polygon features Before you select the vertices of a ring adjust the vertex edit tolerance Apagar Parte The E3 Delete Part too allows you to delete parts from multifeatures e g to delete polygons from a multi polygon feature It won t delete the last part of the feature this last part will stay untouched This tool works with all QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 multi part geometries point line and polygon Before you select the vertices of a part adjust the vertex edit tolerance Refazer elementos You can reshape line and polygon features using the a Reshape Features icon on the toolbar It replaces th
189. bter os URLs gerados pelo QGIS e us los num navegador da web para recuperar as mesmas imagens que o QGIS usa internamente Isto pode ser til para resolver problemas uma 143 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 vez que existem v rias marcas de servidores WMS no mercado e todos eles t m a sua pr pria interpreta o da norma WMS As camadas WMS podem ser adicionadas facilmente desde que conhe a o acesso URL para o servidor WMS tenha uma liga o de servi o a esse servidor e o servidor compreenda HTTP como um mecanismos de transporte de dados Vis o Global do Suporte WMTS O QGIS pode tamb m agir como um cliente WMTS O WMTS um padr o OGC para a distribui o de conjuntos de mosaicos de dados geoespaciais Isto uma forma mais r pida e mais eficiente para distribuir dados que o WMS porque com o WMTS os conuntos de mosaicos s o pr gerados e o cliente apenas faz pedidos de transmiss o dos mosaicos e n o os produz Um pedido t pico do WMS envolve a gera o e transmiss o de dados Um exemplo conhecido de um padr o n o OGC para a visualiza o de mosaicos de dados geoespaciais o Google Maps De maneira a exibir os dados a v rias escalas perto do que o utilizador queira ver os conjuntos de mosaicos WMTS s o produzidos em v rios diferentes n veis de escala e s o disponibilizados para o cliente SIG a seu pedido Este diagrama ilustra o conceito dos conjuntos de mosaicos Coarse Resolution Highest scale denomina
190. bute index on join Field 7 Metadata E Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Help Apply Cancel ilok Figura 12 29 Une uma tabela de atributos com uma tabela de um vector existente Additionally the add vector join dialog allows you to g Cache join layer in virtual memory g Create attribute index on the join field 12 2 9 Menu Diagramas The Diagrams menu allows you to add a graphic overlay to a vector layer see figure diagrams 1 The current core implementation of diagrams provides support for pie charts text diagrams and histograms The menu is divided into four tabs Appearance Size Postion and Options In the cases of the text diagram and pie chart text values of different data columns are displayed one below the other with a circle or a box and dividers In the Size tab diagram size is based on a fixed size or on linear scaling according to a classification attribute The placement of the diagrams which is done in the Position tab interacts with the new labeling so position conflicts between diagrams and labels are detected and solved In addition chart positions can be fixed manually 104 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial A i QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties climate Diagrams age amp Display diagrams Style Diagram type ate Text diagram Priority Low High Labels Appearance Size
191. caixa de verifica o Ed Ferramentas GPS Quando o m dulo carregado dois bot es com o desenho de um pequeno GPS de m o exibido na caixa de ferramentas do o DE Criar nova camada GPX Elim e Ferramentas GPS Para trabalhar com os dados GPS n s fornecemos um exemplo de ficheiro GPX que est dispon vel no conjunto de dados amostra QGIS gqgis sample data gps national monuments gpx Veja a sec o Amostra de Dados para mais informa o sobre a amostra de dados cis 1 Seleccione Vector gt GPS Ferramentas GPS ou clique no cone Ferramentas GPS na barra de ferramentas e abre o separador Carregar ficheiro GPX veja figure GPS 1 2 Pesquisa na pasta agis sample data gps seleccione O ficheiro GPX national monuments gpx e clique Abrir Use o bot o Pesquisar para seleccionar o ficheiro GPX e de seguida use as caixas de verifica o para selec cionar os tipos de elementos que quer carregar do ficheiro GPX Cada tipo de elemento ser carregado em camadas separadas quando clica em OK O ficheiro national monuments gpx apenas cont m s tios de interesse 159 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GPS Tools Load GPX file Import other file Download from GPS Upload to GPS GPX Conversions File data Dropbox Trabalho Route5 gpx Browse Feature types amp Waypoints Routes RM Tracks Help Cancel OK Figura 15 1 Janela das Ferramentas GPS re Note Os dispositivos GPS permitem
192. capacidade GetLegendGraphic e a camada tiver um url getCapability espec fico possa que possa seleccionar um estilo Limita es do WMS Cliente Nem todas as funcionalidades poss veis do cliente WMS foram inclu das nesta vers o do QGIS Seguem se algu mas das mais not veis excep es Editando as Configura es da Camada WMS 150 Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Uma vez completo o procedimento en Adicionar camada WMS n o existe forma para alterar as configura es Uma forma alternativa apagar a camada completamente e come ar de novo Servidores WMS que Requerem Autentica o Actualmente o acesso p blico e servi os WMS protegidos s o suportados Os servidores WMS protegidos podem ser acedidos pela autentica o p blica Pode adicionar credenciais opcionais quando adiciona o servidor WMS Veja a sec o Seleccionando os Servidores WMS WMTS para detalhes Tip Accedendo a camadas protegidas OGC Se necessitar de proteger camadas com outros m todos seguros al m da autentica o b sica pode usar o InteProxy como proxy transparente que suporta v rios m todos de suporte Mais informa o pode ser encontrada no manual InteProxy no s tio na internet http inteproxy wald intevation org Tip lagl WMS Mapserver Desde a Vers o 1 7 o QGIS tem uma implementa o pr pria do Masserver WMS 1 3 0 Leia mais sobre este assunto no capitulo QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC 14 1
193. cense will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a cons
194. cionando o elemento mapa no Compositor de Impress o e clicando no bot o Actualizar pr visualiza o O campo Escala 1 v define a escala manual O campo Rota o 19 permite rodar o conte do do elemento mapa no sentido do ponteiro dos rel gios em graus Aten o a moldura de coordenadas apenas pode ser adicionada com o valor padr o igual a O e O Ed Desenhar itens de mapa permite exibir anota es que podem ser posicionados no enquadramento do mapa na janela principal do QGIS e You can choose to lock the layers shown on a map item Check Ed Lock layers for map item After this is checked any layer that would be displayed or hidden in the main QGIS window won t appear or be hidden in the map item of the Composer But style and labels of a locked layer are still refreshed according to the main QGIS interface Extensoes The Extents dialog of the map item tab provides the following functionalities see figure composer 5 e The Map extent area allows you to specify the map extent using Y and X min max values or by clicking the Set to map canvas extent button If you change the view on the QGIS map canvas by changing vector or raster properties you can update the Print Composer view by selecting the map element in the Print Composer and clicking the Update preview button in the map Item Properties tab see figure composer 2 18 3 Itens do Compositor 227 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Item properties M
195. cl GDAL RDT213 georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL RDT216 georaster scotltigerorcl GDAL RDT21 georasterscotttigerorcGDAL RDT218 Selection georaster scotttigerorcl GDAL_IMPORT RASTER Update gt GeoRaster objects on table GDAL IMPORT column RASTER Figura 19 22 Janela de Selec o Oracle GeoRaster The selection data entry can also be used to enter a WHERE clause at the end of the iden tification string e g geor scott tigerforcl gdal import raster geoid See http www gdal org frmt georaster html for more information 19 12 3 Exibindo o GeoRaster Finally by selecting a GeoRaster from the list of Raster Data Tables and Raster Ids the raster image will be loaded into QGIS The Select Oracle Spatial GeoRaster dialog can be closed now and the next time it opens it will keep the same connection and will show the same previous list of subdatasets making it very easy to open up another image from the same context Note GeoRasters that contain pyramids will display much faster but the pyramids need to be generated outside of QGIS using Oracle PL SQL or gdaladdo The following is an example using gdaladdo gdaladdo georaster scott tiger orcl georaster _table georaster georid 6 r nearest 2 4 6 8 16 32 Este um exemplo usando PL SQL 280 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 S sqlplus scott tiger SQL gt DECLARE gr sdo_georaster BEGIN END SELECT image INTO gr FROM cities WHERE id 1 FOR UP
196. contraste 134 Capitulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties landcover Style AA w Band rendering General x Render type Paletted lE Transparency Band Band 1 Palette A gy Pyramids Value Color Label 0 Water IES Histogram 1 Evergreen Neddleleaf Forest 2 Evergreen Broadleaf Forest r Metadata 3 Deciduous Needleleaf Forest 4 Deciduous Broadleaf Forest 5 Mixed Forest 6 Woodland T Wooded Grassland 8 Closed Shrubland g Open Shrubland 10 S Grassland 11 Cropland 12 Bare Ground 42 Urhan and Built z Figura 13 3 Renderiza o Raster Paletizada 6 Note When adding GRASS rasters the option Contrast enhancement will always be set automatically to stretch to min max regardless of if this is set to another value in the QGIS general options Banda cinza simples This renderer allows you to render a single band layer with a Color gradient Black to white or White to black You can define a Min and a Max value by choosing the Extent first and then pressing Load QGIS can Estimate faster the Min and Max values of the bands or use the Actual slower Accuracy Layer Properties cascais map Style A v Band rendering General Render type Singleband gray ax Style Pe Transparency Gray band Band 1 Red Load min max values cumulati gt m Ha Pyramids Color gradient Black to white A count cu 2 0
197. cted as well as in the case of raster layers but only if the algorithm does not require a table field selected from the attributes table of the layer In that case only opened layers can be selected since they need to be open so as to retrieve the list of field names available Ir ver um bot o por cada seleccionador de camada vectorial como exibido na figura em baixo Points points EPSG 23030 Figura 17 8 Bot o de interac o vectorial If the algorithm contains several of them you will be able to toggle just one of them If the button corresponding to a vector input is toggled the algorithm will be executed iteratively on each one of its features instead of just once for the whole layer producing as many outputs as times the algorithm is executed This allows for automating the process when all features in a layer have to be processed separately 192 e A table to select from a list of all available in QGIS Non spatial tables are loaded into QGIS like vector layers and in fact they are treated as such by the program Currently the list of available tables that you will see when executing an algorithm that needs one of them is restricted to tables coming from files in dBase do or Comma Separated Values csv formats e Uma op o a escolher de uma lista de selec o de uma lista de op es poss veis e A numerical value to be introduced in a text box You will find a button by its side Clicking on it
198. ctor Layer Dialog Selecting a shapefile from the list and clicking Open loads it into QGIS Figure_vector_3 shows QGIS after loading the alaska shp file Tip Layer Colors When you add a layer to the map it is assigned a random color When adding more than one layer at a time different colors are assigned to each layer Once a shapefile is loaded you can zoom around it using the map navigation tools To change the style of a layer open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer name or by right clicking on the name in 68 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 QGIS 2 0 1 Dufour AeSeBRBBR GKEGADRASGA ED Be OSS fF BPP ARSA amp a H R gt Pepo Ec L e Er Coordinate 1262229 4638386 Scale 17833418 Sf M Render EPSG 2964 O Figura 12 3 QGIS with Shapefile of Alaska loaded 12 1 Supported Data Formats 89 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 the legend and choosing Properties from the context menu See section Estilos for more information on setting symbology of vector layers Tip Load layer and project from mounted external drives on OS X On OS X portable drives that are mounted beside the primary hard drive do not show up as expected under File Open Project We are working on a more OSX native open save dialog to fix this As a workaround you can type Volumes in the File name box and press Enter Then you can navigate
199. cur in the Error field Must not have invalid geometries Checks whether the geometries are valid Must not have multi part geometries Sometimes a geometry is actually a collection of simple single part geometries Such a geometry is called multi part geometry If it contains just one type of simple geometry we call it multi point multi linestring or multi polygon All multi part lines are written into the Error field Must not have pseudos A line geometry s endpoint should be connected to the endpoints of two other geometries If the endpoint is connected to only one other geometry s endpoint the endpoint is called a psuedo node On polygon layers the following rules are available Must contain Polygon layer must contain at least one point geometry from the second layer Must not have duplicates Polygons from the same layer must not have identical geometries Whenever a polygon feature is represented twice or more it will occur in the Error field Must not have gaps Adjacent polygons should not form gaps between them Administrative boundaries could be mentioned as an example US state polygons do not have any gaps between them Must not have invalid geometries Checks whether the geometries are valid Some of the rules that define a valid geometry are Os an is do poligono devem estar fechados An is que definem buracos devem estar dentro de an is que definem os limites exteriores Os
200. current layers and symbology as a web project for QGIS Server containing cartographic visualization rules 152 Capitulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 expressed in SLD As QGIS desktop and QGIS Server use the same visualization libraries the maps that are published on the web look the same as in desktop GIS The Publish to Web plugin currently supports basic symbolization with the option to introduce more complex cartographic visualization rules manually As the configuration is performed with the SLD standard and its documented extensions there is only one standardised language to learn which greatly simplifies the complexity of creating maps for the Web In one of the following manuals we will provide a sample configuration to set up a QGIS Server For now we recommend to read one of the following URLs to get more information e http karlinapp ethz ch qgis_wms e http hub qgis org projects quantum gis wiki QGIS_Server_Tutorial e http linfiniti com 2010 08 qgis mapserver a wms server for the masses 14 2 1 Instala o simples no Debian Squeeze At this point we will give a short and simple sample installation how to for Debian Squeeze Many other OSs provide packages for QGIS Server too If you have to build it all from source please refer to the URLs above Apart from QGIS and QGIS Server you need a web server in our case apache2 You can install all packages with aptitude or apt get i
201. d do Upgradeable Settings Upgrade all Uninstall plugin Upgrade plugin d This plugin is experimental Walking time Calculate walking travel time from linestring vector layer based on slope derived from an elevation raster The Walking time is a QGIS python plugin that uses Tobbler s hiking Function to estimate the travel time along a line depending on the slope The input data required are a vector layer with lines and a Figura 19 4 O menu x Actualizar T 19 1 M dulos QGIS 251 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 E Mostrar m dulos experimentais O QGIS ira exibir os m dulos numa face precoce de desenvolvimento que inst vel para produ o de dados E Mostrar m dulos obsoletos Estes m dulos est o obsoletos e geralmente s o inst veis para produ o de dados Para adicionar um reposit rio externo de um autor clique Adicionar na sec o Reposit rios de m dulos Se n o quiser um ou mais reposit rios adicionados estes podem ser desactivados atrav s do bot o Editar ou remover completamente com o bot o Apagar Plugins Settings do All amp check for updates on startup every time QGIS starts EJ installed Not installed Note If this function is enabled QGIS will inform you whenever a new plugin or plugin update is available Otherwise fetching repositories will be performed during opening of the Plugin Manager window
202. d from menu Plugins Python Console The console opens as a non modal utility window For interaction with the QGIS en vironment there is the qgis utils iface variable which is an instance of Ogs Interface This interface allows access to the map canvas menus toolbars and other parts of the QGIS application For further information about working with the Python console and programming QGIS plugins and applications please refer to http www qgis org html en docs pyqgis_developer_cookbook index html 4 7 Consola Python 11 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 8 Known Issues 4 8 1 Number of open files limitation If you are opening a large QGIS project and you are sure that all layers are valid but some layers are flagged as bad you are probably faced with this issue Linux and other OSs likewise has a limit of opened files by process Resource limits are per process and inherited The ul imit command which is a shell built in changes the limits only for the current shell process the new limit will be inherited by any child processes You can see all current ulimit info by typing user host S ulimit as You can see the current allowed number of opened files per proccess with the following command on a console user host S ulimit Sn To change the limits for an existing session you may be able to use something like user host S ulimit Sn number_of_allowed_open_files user host ulimit Sn user host S qgis To fix it
203. d layer a file based one like a shapefile or SpatiaLite The following code will do the trick command firefox imagerelpath images_test test_image jpg layer gqgis utils iface activeLayer import OS path layerpath layer source if layer providerType ogr else qgis core QgsDataSourceURI layer source database if layer providerType spatialite else None path os path dirname str layerpath image os path join path imagerelpath import subprocess subprocess Popen command image We just have to remember that the action is one of type Python and the command and imagerelpath variables must be changed to fit our needs But what about if the relative path needs to be relative to the saved project file The code of the Python action would be command firefox imagerelpath images test_image jpg projectpath qgis core QgsProject instance fileName import os path path os path dirname str projectpath if projectpath else None image os path join path imagerelpath import subprocess subprocess Popen command image Another Python action example is the one that allows us to add new layers to the project For instance the following examples will add to the project respectively a vector and a raster The names of the files to be added to the project and the names to be given to the layers are data driven filename and layername are column
204. d where the results of the calculation will be added or update an existing field Se optar por adicionar um novo campo voc precisa digitar um nome de campo o tipo de campo inteiro real ou texto a largura total do campo e a precis o do campo veja figure attributes 3 Por exemplo se voc escolher uma largura de campo de 10 e uma precis o de 3 significa que voc tem 6 n meros antes do ponto ent o o ponto e mais 3 indica es para a precis o The Function List contains functions as well as fields and values View the help function in the Selected Func tion Help In Expression you see the calculation expressions you create with the Function List For the most commonly used operators see Operators In the Function List click on Fields and Values to view all attributes of the attribute table to be searched To add an attribute to the Field calculator Expression field double click its name in the Fields and Values list Generally you can use the various fields values and functions to construct the calculation expression or you can just type 1t into the box To display the values of a field you just right click on the appropriate field You can choose between Load top 10 unique values and Load all unique values On the right side the Field Values list opens with the unique values To add a value to the Field calculator Expression box double click its name in the Field Values list The Operators Math Conversions String Geometry
205. da Tabela Tip Editar Permiss es GRASS You must be the owner of the GRASS MAPSET you want to edit It is impossible to edit data layers in a MAPSET that 1s not yours even 1f you have write permission 16 8 A ferramenta da regi o GRASS The region definition setting a spatial working window in GRASS is important for working with raster layers Vector analysis is by default not limited to any defined region definitions But all newly created rasters will have the spatial extension and resolution of the currently defined GRASS region regardless of their original extension and resolution The current GRASS region is stored in the SLOCATION SMAPSET WIND file and it defines north south east and west bounds number of columns and rows horizontal and vertical spatial resolution It is possible to switch on and off the visualization of the GRASS region in the QGIS canvas using the M Display current GRASS region button With the 2 Edit current GRASS region icon you can open a dialog to change the current region and the symbology of the GRASS region rectangle in the QGIS canvas Type in the new region bounds and resolution and click OK The dialog also allows you to select a new region interactively with your mouse on the QGIS canvas Therefore click with the left mouse button in the QGIS canvas open a rectangle close it using the left mouse button again and click OK The GRASS module g region provides a lot more parameters to define an
206. de Geometria e Geoprocessamento assim como v rias ferramentas teis de Gest o de Dados 19 7 1 Ferramentas de An lise coneFerramenta Finalidade Matriz de Dist ncia Mede a dist ncia entre duas camadas de pontos e fornece resultados como a matriz de dist ncia quadrado b matriz de dist ncia linear ou c Somat rio de dist ncias Pode limitar dist ncias usando k elementos pr ximos Soma de comprimentos de linha Pontos no pol gono Lista de valores nicos Estat sticas b sicas An lise de Vizinhan a Coordenada s m dia Intersec es de Linha Calcula o somat rio total de comprimentos de linha para cada pol gono de uma camada vectorial do tipo pol gono Conta o n mero de pontos que ocorrem em cada pol gono numa camada vectorial do tipo pol gono Origina uma lista de valores nicos num campo de uma camada vectorial Computa estat sticas b sicas m dia desvio padr o N elementos soma CV de um campo de entrada Calcula as estat sticas de vizinho mais pr ximo avaliando o n vel de agrupamento numa camada de pontos vectorial Computa o centro m dio normal ou com pesos de toda a camada vectorial ou elementos m ltiplos baseados num campo ID nico Localiza intersec es entre linhas e resulta numa shapefile de pontos E til para localizar intersec es em estradas ou linhas de gua ignora intersec es de linha com um comprimento gt 0 Tabela Ftools 1 Ferramentas
207. de pontos contem valores PTa na forma de mapX mapY pixelX pixelY Pode usar o P E Carregar pontos GCP eo gq Guardar pontos GCP como para gerir os ficheiros 274 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Definindo as configuracoes de transformacao Depois de adicionar os GCP imagem matricial necessita de definir as configura es de transforma o para o processo de georeferenciamento Transformation settings Transformation type Linear Resampling method Nearest neighbour Compression LZW Create world File Target SRS lig Generate pdf map spearfish topo24 pdf a Generate pdf report ty Set Target Resolution Horizontal Vertical _ Use 0 For transparency when needed amp Load in QGIS when done Help Cancel ok Figura 19 18 Definindo as configura es de transforma o do georeferenciador Algoritmos de Tranforma o dispon veis Dependendo da quantidade de pontos de controlo que registe pode querer usar diferentes algoritmos de transfor ma o A escolha do algoritmo de transforma o tamb m depende do tipo e qualidade dos dados de entrada e a quantidade de distor o geom trica que est disposto a introduzir no resultado final Actualmente os seguintes Tipos de transforma o est o dispon veis e O algoritmo Linear usado para criar o world file e diferente dos outros algoritmos e n o transfo
208. depending on the level of E 114x61 zoom You must have write access in the directory where the IRES Histogram original data is stored to build pyramids fi Metadata Please note that building internal pyramids may alter the original data file and once created they cannot be removed Please note that building internal pyramids could corrupt your image always make a backup of your data first Overview format External Resampling method Nearest Neighbour gt 1 0 Build pyramids Restore Default Style Save As Default LoadStyle Save Style Hel Appl Cancel Help Apply Cancel OKI Figura 13 7 Menu Pir mides 4b Layer Properties cascais_map Histogram gt General Raster Histogram Style 800 a a laa Transparency c 200 ppa A E Pyramids 500 i 100 Histogram 0 50 100 150 200 250 Metadata Pixel Value Band1 Band2 Band3 Set min max style for Band1 Min 0 So Max 0 dy amp Prefs Actions E Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel ok Figura 13 8 Histograma Raster 4b 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto 139 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 13 2 6 Menu Metadados The Metadata menu displays a wealth of information about the raster layer including statistics about each band in the cu
209. dialog Advanced rendering mode is also available for grids see section Rendering mode e A caixa de verifica o 4 Desenhar coordenadas permite que adicione coordenadas moldura do mapa A anota o pode ser desenhada dentro ou fora da moldura do mapa A direc o da anota o pode ser definida como horizontal vertical horizontal e vertical ou no sentido do limite individualmente para cada moldura As unidades podem ser em metros ou em graus Finalmente pode definri a cor da grelha o tipo de letra da anota o a dist ncia da anota o da moldura do mapa e a precis o das coordenadas desenhadas Overview The Overview dialog of the map Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see Fig ure composer 7 w Overview Overview frame None x Overview style Change Overview blending mode Normal 3 Invert overview Figura 18 7 Map Overview Dialog T If the Composer has more than one map you can choose to use a first map to show the extents of a second map The Overview dialog of the map Item Properties tab allows you to customize the appearance of that feature 18 3 Itens do Compositor 229 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 The Overview frame combo list references the map item whose extents will be drawn on the present map item The Overview Style allows you to change the frame color See section vector_style_manager The Overview Blend mode allows you to set different transparency blend modes to enh
210. directly or you will have to choose to open it in the identification dialog under actions Attributes regions ID NAME_2 TYPE_2 airport regions j ES di E ID Fk region ELEV NAME USE 0 40 22 1167 000 ALLEN AAF Military 1 41 22 1416 000 TANACROSS Other 2 42 22 1569 000 NORTHWAY Civilian Public Figura 12 42 Identification dialog regions with relation to airports 4b As you can see the airports assigned to this particular region are all shown in a table And there are also some buttons available Let s review them shortly e The 4 button is for toggling the edit mode Be aware that it toggles the edit mode of the airport layer although we are in the feature form of a feature from the region layer But the table is representing features of the airport layer e The button will add a new feature to the airport layer And it will assign the new airport to the current region by default e The EJ button will delete the selected airport permanently e The symbol will open a new dialog where you can select any existing airport which will then be assigned to the current region This may be handy if you created the airport on the wrong region by accident e The symbol will unlink the selected airport from the current region leaving them unassigned the foreign key is set to NULL effectively The two buttons to the right switch between table view and form view where the later let s you view all the airp
211. do algoritmo correr Isto pode ser usado para automatizar tarefas que ser o executados quando qualquer algoritmo executado A sintaxe identica sintaxe explicada em cima mas uma vari vel global alg est dispon vel representando o algoritmo que foi ou est prestes a ser executado In the General group of the processing configuration dialog you will find two entries named Pre execution script file and Post execution script file where the filename of the scripts to be run in each case can be entered 17 6 Gestao do historico 17 6 1 O hist rico do processamento Cada vez que executa um algoritmo a informa o do processo armazenado no gestor hist rico Juntamente com os par metros usados a data e o tempo de execu o s o tamb m guardados This way it is easy to track and control all the work that has been developed using the processing framework and easily reproduce 1t The history manager is a set of registry entries grouped according to their date of execution making it easier to find information about an algorithm executed at any particular moment A informa o do processo mantida como uma express o de linha de comandos mesmo se o algoritmo seja lan ado a partir da barra de ferramentas Isto permite ser til para aqueles que querem aprender como se usa a interface da linha de comandos uma vez que podem chamar o algortimo usando a barra de ferramentas e verificar o gestor hist rico para ver como o mesm
212. do V CUO e depois o comando AN LISE para cada tabela seleccionada O V CUO recupera simplesmente o espa o e torna o dispon vel para re utilizar e AN LISE de actualiza o de estat sticas para determinar o uma maneira mais eficiente de executar uma interroga o Finalmente pode importar camadas ficheiros se eles forem carregados no QGIS ou existente no sistema de ficheiros E pode exportar as suas tabelas das base de dados para Shape com a caracter stica de Exporta o de Ficheiro A janela rvore lista todas as bases de dados existentes suportadas pelo QGIS Com o duplo clique pode ligar base de dado Com o bot o direito do rato pode renomear e apagar esquemas e tabelas existentes As tabelas tamb m podem ser adicionadas ao enquadramento do QGIS com o menu de contexto Se estiver ligado base de dados a janela principal do Gestor DB oferece tr s separadores O separador In forma o fornecem informa o sobre a tabela e a sua geometria assim como os campos existentes restri es e ind ces Permite tamb m correr a An lise de V cuo e criar um ndice espacial na tabela seleccionada se n o estiver actualmente feita O separador Tabela mostra todos os atributos e o separador Pr visualiza o renderiza as geometrias como pr visualiza o 19 5 M dulo de Convers o Dxf2Shp The dxf2shape converter plugin can be used to convert vector data from DXF to shapefile format It requires the following parameters to be speci
213. do mapa seleccionado Actualizar a janela de pesquisa The Rename selected map and i Delete selected map only work with maps inside your currently selected MAP SET All other tools also work with raster and vector layers in another MAP SET 16 9 4 Personalizar a Caixa de Ferramentas GRASS Nearly all GRASS modules can be added to the GRASS Toolbox An XML interface is provided to parse the pretty simple XML files that configure the modules appearance and parameters inside the Toolbox A sample XML file for generating the module v buf fer v buffer qgm looks like this 184 Capitulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree Modules List oy Quo Y demo im raster gtopo30 ja vector airports alaska river200m gt rivers d PERMANENT Figura 16 15 Pesquisa na LOCALIZACAO GRASS 6 lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt Vector airports J Points 76 Lines lo Bo undaries lo Centroids jo Areas lo lislands lo North 6502586 8303 472 South 1433525 7988 7208 East 4615124 9789 8512 West 4480198 522 21446 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 lt DOCTYPE qgisgrassmodule SYSTEM http mrcc com ggisgrassmodule dtda gt lt qgisgrassmodule label Vector buffer module v buffer gt lt option key input typeoption lt option key buffer gt lt option key output gt lt qgisgrassmodule gt type layeroption layer gt The parser reads
214. dos comandos no terminal com acesso a todo o conjunto de op es O m dulo Ferramentas GDAL oferece uma interface f cil para as ferramentas expondo apenas as op es mais populares 19 8 2 Lista das ferramentas GDAL Raster ase Processing Raster calculator Projections i Warp Reproject Conversion Assign projection Extraction Extract projection Analysis Miscellaneous GdalTools settings Figura 19 15 Lista do menu Ferramentas GDAL Projec es Kj Torcer Este utilit rio serve para os mosaicos de imagem reprojec o e tor es O programa pode Reprojectar reprojectar para qualquer projec o suportada e pode tamb m ser aplicado a PC armazenados na imagem se a imagem tiver dados em bruto com controlo da informa o Para mais informa o pode ler no s tio na internet do GDAL http www gdal org gdalwarp html m Atribuir Esta ferramenta permite definir uma projec o para os rasters que est o georeferenciados projec o mas n o t m a informa o da projec o Com isto tamb m ajuda na possibilidade de alterar a defini o de uma projec o actual Tanto o modo ficheiro nico como o modo batch s o suportados Para mais informa es visite a p gina do utilit rio no s tio na internet do GDAL http www gdal org gdalwarp html Extrair Este utilit rio ajuda o a extrair a informa o da projec o de um ficheiro de entrada Se projec o quiser extrair a projec o do dir
215. dulo de Mapa de Densidade Ao clicar no bot o da ferramenta lhetmapl Mapas de Densidade abre a janela do m dulo Mapas de Densidade veja figure heatmap 2 A janela tem as seguintes op es e Camada de entrada de pontos Apresenta todas as camadas de pontos vectoriais no projecto actual e usado para seleccionar a camada que vai ser analisada e Ficheiro raster de sa da Usa o bot o para seleccionar a pasta e o nome do ficheiro para o raster de sa da que o m dulo de mapas de densidade vai gerar A extens o do ficheiro n o requerida e Formato de Sa da selecciona o formato de sa da Embora todos os formatos suportados pelo o GDAL poderem ser escolhidos na maioria dos casos o GeoTIFF o melhor formato de escolha e Raio usado para especificar o raio de pesquisa ou largura do kernel do mapa de densidade em metros ou em unidades de mapa O raio especifica a dist ncia em torno de um ponto no qual se far sentir a influ ncia do ponto Os valores altos resultam em maior suaviza o mas valores pequenos podem mostrar detalhes finos e a varia o da densidade de pontos Quando a caixa de verifica o Ed Advan ada activada op es adicionais ser o disponibilizadas e Linhas e Colunas usada para mudar as dimens es do raster de sa da Esses valores est o tamb m ligados aos valores Tamanho de c lula X e Tamanho de c lula Y Aumentando o n mero de linhas ou colunas ir diminuir o tamanho de c lula e aumenta
216. e e Selec o Se algum algoritmo tiver um par metro de selec o o valor desse par metro deve ser introduzido usando um valor inteiro Para saber as op es dispon veis pode usar o comando algoptions como exibido no seguinte exemplo gt gt gt processing algoptions Saga slopeaspectcurvature METHOD Method O 0 Maximum Slope Travis et al 1975 1 1 Maximum Triangle Slope Tarboton 1997 2 2 Least Squares Fitted Plane Horn 1981 Costa Cabral amp Burgess 1996 3 3 Fit 2 Degree Polynom Bauer Rohdenburg Bork 1985 4 4 Fit 2 Degree Polynom Heerdegen amp Beran 1982 5 5 Fit 2 Degree Polynom Zevenbergen amp Thorne 1987 6 6 Fit 3 Degree Polynom Haralick 1983 In this case the algorithm has one such parameter with seven options Notice that ordering is zero based e Multiple input The value is a string with input descriptors separated by semicolons As in the case of single layers or tables each input descriptor can be the data object name or its file path e Campo da Tabela de XXX Use uma cadeia de texto com o nome do campo a usar O par metro caso sensitivo e Fixed Table Type the list of all table values separated by commas and enclosed between quotes Values start on the upper row and go from left to right You can also use a 2 D array of values representing the table e SRC Introduza o n mero do c digo ESPG do SRC desejado e Exten
217. e Frame Background Item ID and Rendering See figure_composer_2 v Position and size Reference point x 10 Y 10 A width 277 i ia Height 187 a v Frame E v amp Background Color ltem ID ld Uuid read only 2b39 441f 9767 6 91199bd36c Figura 18 2 Janela comum das propriedades do item e A janela Posi o e tamanho permite que defina o tamanho e posi o da moldura que cont m o item Pode tamb m escolher que Ponto de refer ncia ser configurado nas coordenadas X e Y previamente definidas e A guilabel ota o define a rota o do elemento em graus e A Ed Moldura mostra ou esconde a moldura volta da etiqueta Clique nos bot es de Cor e Espessura para ajustar essas propriedades e O C Fundo activa ou desactiva a cor do fundo Clique no bot o Cor para exibir a janela onde vai es colher uma cor pr definida ou escolher uma cor personalizada A Transpar ncia pode tamb m ser ajustada no campo alfa e Use o Item ID para criar uma rela o para outro item do Compositor de Impress o Isto usado com o QGIS server e em qualquer web client potencial Pode definir um ID num item ex um mapa e um r tulo e de seguida o web client pode enviar dados para definir a propriedade ex texto do r tulo para esse item espec fico O comando GetProjectSettings ira listar que itens e que IDs est o dispon veis no layout e o modo Renderiza o pode ser seleccionado no campo op o Veja
218. e you have to switch to the polar screen You can also see the ID numbers of the satellites you are receiving signals from 15 2 4 GPS options Ss In case of connection problems you can switch between e L Autodetect 164 Capitulo 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GPS Information E Z Li ry a Disconnect Figura 15 5 GPS tracking polar window e Internal e Serial device e gpsd selecting the Host Port and Device your GPS is connected to A click on Connect again initiates the connection to the GPS receiver You can activate Ed Automatically save added features when you are in editing mode Or you can activate 4 Automatically add points to the map canvas with a certain width and color Activating Ed Cursor you can use a slider canvas to shrink and grow the position cursor on the Activating Map centering allows you to decide in which way the canvas will be updated This includes always when leaving if your recorded coordinates start to move out of the canvas or never to keep map extent Finally you can activate Ed Log file and define a path and a file where log messages about the GPS tracking are logged If you want to set a feature manually you have to go back to J Position and click on Add Point or Add track point 15 2 5 Connect to a Bluetooth GPS for live tracking With QGIS you can connect a Bluetooth GPS for field data collection T
219. e PostgreSQL table or view definition to allow QGIS to load it QGIS requires that PostgreSQL layers contain a column that can be used as a unique key for the layer For tables this usually means that the table needs a primary key or a column with a unique constraint on it In QGIS this column needs to be of type int4 an integer of size 4 bytes Alternatively the ctid column can be used as primary key If a table lacks these items the oid column will be used instead Performance will be improved if the column is indexed note that primary keys are automatically indexed in PostgreSQL If the PostgreSQL layer is a view the same requirement exists but views do not have primary keys or columns with unique constraints on them You have to define a primary key field has to be integer in the QGIS dialog 74 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 before you can load the view If a suitable column does not exist in the view QGIS will not load the layer If this occurs the solution is to alter the view so that it does include a suitable column a type of integer and either a primary key or with a unique constraint preferably indexed QGIS offers a checkbox Select at id that is activated by default This option gets the ids without the attributes which is faster in most cases It can make sense to disable this option when you use expensive views 12 1 7 Importing Data into PostgreSQL Data can be i
220. e Style menu of the properties dialog e Range Allows you to set numeric values from a specific range The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box e Unique values You can select one of the values already used in the attribute table If Editable is activated a line edit is shown with autocompletion support otherwise a combo box is used e Nome do ficheiro Simplifica a selec o ao adicionar um di logo de escolha do ficheiro e Value map A combo box with predefined items The value is stored in the attribute the description is shown in the combo box You can define values manually or load them from a layer or a CSV file e Enumeration Opens a combo box with values that can be used within the columns type This is currently only supported by the PostgreSQL provider e Immutable The immutable attribute column is read only The user is not able to modify the content e Hidden A hidden attribute column is invisible The user is not able to see its contents e Checkbox Displays a checkbox and you can define what attribute is added to the column when the check box is activated or not e Text edit This opens a text edit field that allows multiple lines to be used e Calendar Opens a calendar widget to enter a date Column type must be text e Value Relation Offers values from a related table in a combobox You can select layer key column and value column e Gerador UUID Gera um campo UUID de leitura Identificad
221. e a connection to the PostgreSQL database that contains the data Begin by clicking on the Vgm Add PostGIS Layer toolbar button selecting the x Add PostGIS Layer option from the Layer menu or typing Ctr1 Shift D You can also open the Add Vector Layer dialog and select Database The Add PostGIS Table s dialog will be displayed To access the connection manager click on the New button to display the Create a New PostGIS Connection dialog The parameters required for a connection are e Name A name for this connection It can be the same as Database e Service Service parameter to be used alternatively to hostname port and potentially database This can be defined in pg_service conf e Host Name of the database host This must be a resolvable host name such as would be used to open a telnet connection or ping the host If the database is on the same computer as QGIS simply enter localhost here e Port Port number the PostgreSQL database server listens on The default port is 5432 e Database Name of the database e SSL mode How the SSL connection will be negotiated with the server Note that massive speedups in PostGIS layer rendering can be achieved by disabling SSL in the connection editor The following options are available Disable Only try an unencrypted SSL connection Allow Try a non SSL connection If that fails try an SSL connection Prefer the default Try an SSL connection If that fails try a n
222. e actions 100 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Ac es do tipo Gen rico Mac Windows e Unix come am um processo externo e Ac es Python executam express es Python e Generic and Python actions are visible everywhere e Mac Windows and Unix actions are visible only on the respective platform 1 e you can define three Edit actions to open an editor and the users can only see and execute the one Edit action for their platform to run the editor There are several examples included in the dialog You can load them by clicking on Add default actions One example is performing a search based on an attribute value This concept is used in the following discussion Definindo Ac es Attribute actions are defined from the vector Layer Properties dialog To define an action open the vector Layer Properties dialog and click on the Actions menu Go to the Action properties Select Generic as type and provide a descriptive name for the action The action itself must contain the name of the application that will be executed when the action 1s invoked You can add one or more attribute field values as arguments to the application When the action 1s invoked any set of characters that start with a followed by the name of a field will be replaced by the value of that field The special characters will be replaced by the value of the field that was selected from the ide
223. e aggregate 8 TRADUCAO Translation is considered a kind of modification so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4 Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections You may include a translation of this License and all the license notices in the Document and any Warranty Disclaimers provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer the original version will prevail If a section in the Document is Entitled Acknowledgements Dedications or History the requirement sec tion 4 to Preserve its Title section 1 will typically require changing the actual title 9 TERMINACOES You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute it is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder exp
224. e line or polygon part from the first to the last intersection with the original line With polygons this can sometimes lead to unintended results It is mainly useful to replace smaller parts of a polygon not for major overhauls and the reshape line is not allowed to cross several polygon rings as this would generate an invalid polygon Por exemplo pode editar o limite de um pol gono com esta ferramenta Primeiro clique na rea interna do pol gos junto do ponto onde pretende adicionar o novo v rtice Depois atravesse o limite e adicione os v rtices no exterior do pol gono Para finalizar clique com o bot o direito na rea interna do pol gono A ferramente vai adicionar um n automaticamente no ponto onde a linha atravessa o limite Tamb m poss vel remover parte da rea do pol gono come a se a nova linha no exterior do pol gono adicionam se v rtices no interior e termina se a linha no exterior do pol gono com um clique no bot o direito Note The reshape tool may alter the starting position of a polygon ring or a closed line So the point that is represented twice will not be the same any more This may not be a problem for most applications but it is something to consider Curvas de Afastamento The Offset Curve too creates parallel shifts of line layers The tool can be applied to the edited layer the geometries are modified or also to background layers in which case it creates copies of the lines rin
225. e photograph can be stored using an absolute or relative path or a URL 1f the pho tograph is available on a web server Examples of the different approaches are listed in Table evis examples X Y FILE BEARING 780596 1784017 C Workshop eVis_Data groundphotos DSC_0168 JPG 215 780596 1784017 groundphotos DSC_0169 JPG 80 780819 1784015 http biodiversityinformatics amnh org evis testdata DSC 0170 JPG 10 19 6 M dulo eVis 259 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 190596 1784017 pdf http www testsite com attachments php attachment id 12 16 19 6 3 Especificando a localiza o e nome de outros documentos suportados Supporting documents such as text documents videos and sound clips can also be displayed or played by eVis To do this it is necessary to add an entry in the file reference table that can be accessed from the Configure External Applications window in the Generic Event Browser that matches the file extension to an application that can be used to open the file It is also necessary to have the path or URL to the file in the attribute table for the vector layer One additional rule that can be used for URLs that don t contain a file extension for the document you want to open 1s to specify the file extension before the URL The formatis file extension URL The URL is preceded by the file extension and a colon this is particularly useful for accessing documents from wikis and other web sites that use a database to manage the web
226. e pseudo cor usando tabelas de cor Esta convers o utiliza o pontilhado de Floyd Steinberg erro de difus o para maximizar a qualidade visual da imagem de sa da Este utilit rio tamb m descrito em http www gdal org rgb2pct html PCT Este utilit rio ira converter uma banda de pseudo cor num ficheiro de entrada para um ficheiro para RGB RGB de sa da do formato desejado Para mais informa o veja http www gdal org pct2rgb html Extrac o Este programa gera um ficheiro de contornos vectoriais a partir de um modelo digital do terreno MDT matricial Pode encontrar mais informa o em http www gdal org gdal contour html Este utilit rio permite o corte extrac o de um subconjunto usando um enquadramento seleccionado ou baseado no limite de um vector Mais informa o pode ser encontrado em http www gdal org gdal translate html 270 Cap tulo 19 M dulos Analise am i ki khi Crivo I Pr ximo ao Preto i Preencher sem dados mi b Proximidade iik Grelha Interpola o MDE Modelos de Eleva o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Este utilit rio remove pol gonos rasters mais pequenos que o tamanho de limiar em pixeis fornecido e substitui os com o valor do pixel mais alto do vizinho mais pr ximo O resultado pode ser escrito na banda raster existente ou copiado para um novo ficheiro Para mais informa o veja see http www gdal org gdal_sieve html Este utilit rio ir dig
227. e repository Author Borys Jurgiel Installed version 0 5 2 in home alexandre qgis2 python plugins tablemana ger Available version 0 5 2 in QGIS Official Repository Upgrade all Uninstall plugin Reinstall plugin close Figura 19 2 O menu Instalado 250 Cap tulo 19 M dulos Plugins Not installed 187 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Search Points2One W PointsToPaths dE PostGIS Topology Editor d Postgres 91 plus Auditor dE Processing LWGEOM Providi i ProcessingPermaclim provid dE Profile tool ap PS Time Series Viewer dE pyArchinit W pyUPVBib dE QChainage Si QConsolidate dE QGIS Cloud Plugin a QGIS Layer Definitions Qgis2threejs i qgisio a qgSurf ar qNote ai qProf Help Th Not installed Settings Qgis2threejs Qgis2threejs plugin exports terrain data map canvas image and optionally vector data into your web browser You can view 3D map image in web browser which supports WebGL This plugin makes use of Three js library 7 rating vote s 4042 downloads Tags terrain webgl three js 3d More info homepage tracker code repository Author Minoru Akagi il 2 m eee m EEE Upgrade all install plugin close Figura 19 3 O menu x N o instalado rs Plugins Upgradeable 1 rw E 3 Installed Not installe
228. e spatial features in Oracle Spatial aid users in managing geographic and location data in a native type within an Oracle database QGIS now has support for such layers Creating a stored Connection The first time you use an Oracle Spatial data source you must create a connection to the database that contains the data Begin by clicking on the Q Add Orcale Spatial Layer toolbar button selecting the Q Add Orcale Spatial Layer option from the Layer menu or typing Ctr1 Shift o To access the connection manager click on the New button to display the Create a New Oracle Spatial Connection dialog The parameters required for a connection are e Name A name for this connection It can be the same as Database e Database SID or SERVICE NAME of the Oracle instance e Host Name of the database host This must be a resolvable host name such as would be used to open a telnet connection or ping the host If the database is on the same computer as QGIS simply enter localhost here e Port Port number the PostgreSQL database server listens on The default port is 1521 e Username Username used to login to the database e Password Password used with Username to connect to the database Optionally you can activate following checkboxes Save Username Indicates whether to save the database username in the connection configuration Save Password Indicates whether to save the database password in the connection settings Only look i
229. e to enter the LOCATION bounds in the north south east and west directions Here we simply click on the button Set current Iggl extent to apply the extent of the loaded layer alaska shp as the GRASS default region extent Clique Seguinte We also need to define a MAPSET within our new LOCATION this is necessary when creating a new LOCATION You can name it whatever you like we used demo GRASS automatically creates a special 16 3 LOCALIZA O GRASS e CONJUNTO DE MAPAS 171 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 MAPSET called PERMANENT designed to store the core data for the project its default spatial extent and coordinate system definitions see Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 in Literatura e Refer ncias Web 14 Verifique o sum rio para ter a certeza que est correcto e clique em Conclu do 15 The new LOCATION alaska and two MAPSETs demo and PERMANENT are created The currently opened working set is demo as you defined 16 Repare que algumas das ferramentas na barra de ferramentas GRASS que est o desactivadas agora est o activas New Mapset GRASS Location Location Create new location The GRASS location is a collection of maps for a particular territory or project lt Back Next gt Cancel Figura 16 2 Criando uma nova LOCALIZA O GRASS ou um novo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS no QGIS If that seemed like a lot of steps it s really not all that bad and a ve
230. e usar o painel do enquadramento que fornece a extens o total das camadas adicionadas Pode ser e ms e pe A A seleccionada no menu Configura es Pain is ou 7 Ver Paineis Dentro da vista existe um rect ngulo a mostrar a extens o actual do mapa Isto permite rapidamente determinar que rea do mapa est a ver actualmente E de notar que os r tulos n o ser o renderizados no enquadramento do mapa mesmo que seja activado a rotulagem 47 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Se clicar e arrastar o rect ngulo vermelho no enquadramento que mostra a actual extens o este ir actualizar de acordo como o mapa principal Tip Mostrar Mensagens de Registo E poss vel seguir as mensagens do QGIS Pode activar o E Registo de Mensagens no menu Configura es e pe A o po Pain is ou 7 Vier Pain is e seguir as mensagens que aparecem nos diferentes separadores durante o carrega mento e opera o 9 2 Propriedades do Projecto In the properties window for the project under 4b Settings Project Properties or Project Project Proper ties you can set project specific options These include 48 No menu Geral podem ser definidos o titulo do projecto a cor de selec o e fundo unidades da camadas precis o e os caminhos relativos onde ser o guardadas as camadas Se a transforma o SRC estiver ligada pode escolher o c lculo de dist ncias recorrendo ao elips ide Pode definir as unidade
231. eccionar um ou mais elementos simplesmente clique em EY e seleccione a sua ferramenta E Seleccionar Elemento nico Es Seleccionar Elementos por Rect ngulo Eugen i E AS Seleccionar Elementos por Pol gono ts ry o in Seleccionar Elementos por Delimita o Livre E Seleccionar Elementos pelo Raio To deselect all selected features click on Lg Deselect features from all layers 8 5 Identificar elementos The Identify tool allows you to interact with the map canvas and get information on features in a pop up window To identify features use View Identify features or press Ctrl Shift I orclick on the Q a E 38 Cap tulo 8 Ferramentas gerais QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 icon in the toolbar If you click on several features the Identify results dialog will list information about all the selected features The first item is the number of the feature in the list of results followed by the layer name Then its first child will be the name of a field with its value Finally all information about the feature is displayed Esta janela pode ser personalizada para exibir campos personalizados mas por defeito ira exibir tr s tipos de informa o e Ac es Ac es podem ser adicionadas janela de indentifica o de elementos Quando clica no r tulo de ac o uma ac o correr Por defeito apenas uma ac o adicionada que ver o formul rio do elemento em modo edi o e Derived This in
232. ecentados tabela de atributos de outra camada e exportado como shapefile Juntar atributos por localiza o Divide uma camada em m ltiplas camadas separadas atrav s de um campo de entrada Separar uma camada vectorial Une v rias shapefiles dentro de uma pasta num novo shapefile tendo como base o tipo de camada ponto linha rea Cria um ndice espacial para os formatos OGR suportados Unir shapefiles para num s Criar ndice espacial Tabela Ftools 5 Ferramentas de Gerenciamento de Dados fTools 268 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 8 Modulo de Ferramentas GDAL 19 8 1 O que sao as Ferramentas GDAL O m dulo Ferramentas GDAL oferece uma colec o GUI de ferramentas da Biblioteca de Abstrac o de Dados Geoespaciais http gdal osgeo org Estes s o ferramentas de gest o raster para consultar reprojectar torcer e unir um conjunto variado de formatos raster Inclui tamb m ferramentas para criar camadas de contornos vector ou relevos sombreados a partir de MDT matriciais e para fazer um vrt Virtual Raster Tile em formato XML a partir de uma colec o de um ou mais ficheiros raster Estas ferramentas est o dispon veis quando o m dulo est instalado e activado Biblioteca GDAL A biblioteca GDAL consiste num conjunto de programas da linha de comandos cada um com uma lista cheia de op es Os utilizadores que sabem usar a linha de comandos podem preferir a execu o
233. ect rio pode usar o modo Batch Ir criar os ficheiros prj e WLA 19 8 M dulo de Ferramentas GDAL 269 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Conversao gt Este programa torna geometrias vectoriais pontos linhas e poligonos em banda s de uma Digitalizar imagem raster Os vectores s o lidos a partir de formatos OGR suportados Repare que os dados do vector devem ser do mesmo sistema de coordenadas que os dados rasters a projec o on the fly n o fornecida Para mais informa o veja http www gdal org gdal rasterize html d Este utilit rio cria pol gonos vectoriais para todas as regi es de pixeis ligadas num matricial Vectorizar que partilha um valor comum de pixel Cada pol gono criado com um atributo que indica o valor do pixel desse pol gono O utilit rio ir criar um vector de sa da se n o existir por defeito em formato ESRI shapefile Veja tamb m http www gdal org gdal_polygonize html 5 Este utilitario pode ser usado para converter matriciais em diferente formatos potencialmente Tranduzir executa algumas opera es como subconfigura es amostragem rescalonamento de pixeis no processo Para mais informa es pode ler em http www gdal org gdal translate html RGB Este utilit rio ir computar uma tabela pseudo cor optimizada para uma dada imagem RBG para PCT usando um algoritmo da mediana cortado num histograma RGB de resolu o reduzida De seguida converte a imagem numa imagem d
234. ed LOCATIONS Each LOCATION 1s defined by its coordinate system map projection and geographical boundaries Each LOCATION can have several MAPSETS subdirectories of the LOCATION that are used to subdivide the project into different topics or subregions or as workspaces for individual team members see Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 in Literatura e Refer ncias Web In order to analyze vector and raster layers with GRASS modules you must import them into a GRASS LOCATION This is not strictly true with the GRASS modules r external and v external you can create read only links to external GDAL OGR supported datasets without importing them But because this is not the usual way for beginners to work with GRASS this functionality will not be described here 170 Capitulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GRASS Database LOCATION MAPSET Geometry and attribute data home usergrassdata _ um hom 5 L O gt a Figura 16 1 Dados GRASS na LOCALIZACAO alaska 16 3 1 Criando uma nova LOCALIZA O GRASS As an example here is how the sample GRASS LOCATION alaska which is projected in Albers Equal Area projection with unit feet was created for the QGIS sample dataset This sample GRASS LOCATION alaska will be used for all examples and exercises in the following GRASS related sections It is useful to download and install the dataset on your computer see Amostra de Dados L 2 12 13 S
235. edades da camada Abre a janela das propriedades da camada Expandir todos Fechar todos 8 6 Decora es The Decorations of QGIS include the Grid the Copyright Label the North Arrow and the Scale Bar They are used to decorate the map by adding cartographic elements 8 6 1 Grelha HER Grid allows you to add a coordinate grid and coordinate annotations to the map canvas 40 Enable grid C Draw annotation Interval X 100000 Interval Y 100000 di Grid type Line A Line symbol Marker symbol IO Offset X 0 Update Interval Offset from Offset Y 0 Canvas Extents Active Raster Layer Help Apply Cancel Figura 8 6 Janela da Grelha Seleccione a partir do menu Ver Decora es Grelha A janela de di logo inicia veja fig ure_decorations_1 Activate the Ed Enable grid checkbox and set grid definitions according to the layers loaded in the map Canvas Activate the A Draw annotations checkbox and set annotation definitions according to the layers loaded in the map canvas Clique Aplicar para verificar se tudo est como o esperado Clique OK para fechar a janela de di logo Cap tulo 8 Ferramentas gerais QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Copyright Label Decoration Enable copyright label Enter your copyright label here amp copy QGIS 2013 Placement Bottom Right lt Color ER Help Cancel OK Figura 8 7 The Copyright Dialog
236. edi es da camada A Edi es Actuais Guardar como Guardar selec o como ficheiro vectorial E Remover Camada s Li Duplicar Camada s Definir SRC da Camada s Definir SRC do projecto a partir da Camada Propriedades Consultar Rotular Adicionar ao Enquadramento UO e Adicionar Tudo ao Enquadramento Remover Tudo do Enquadramento ca Mostrar Todas as Camadas Ocultar Todas as Camadas 28 CreltSnacerv Cor bron ct CErl shiic D CErLFSNITCFL Ctrl Shift M Ctrl Shift W Ctrl D CETL FoONITEFC CLELFOHITCTO CECI SULECFU Ctrl Shift H veja Criando novas camadas Vectoriais veja Nesting Projects veja Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial veja Carregar dados raster no QGIS veja PostGIS Layers veja SpatiaLite Layers veja label mssqgl veja Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin veja M dulo SOL Anywhere veja Cliente WMS WMTS veja WCS Cliente veja WFS e WFS T Cliente see label dltext veja Estilos veja Estilos Veja Trabalhando com a Tabela de Atributos veja Digitalizar uma camada existente veja Digitalizar uma camada existente veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Veja Trabalhando com a Tabela de Atributos Cap tulo 7 QGIS GUI Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Gerir Camac Atributos Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Digitaliza o Gerir Camac Gerir
237. ee figure_gps_options With a plugged in GPS receiver has to be supported by your operating system a simple click on Connect con nects the GPS to QGIS A second click now on Disconnect disconnects the GPS receiver from your computer For GNU Linux gpsd support is integrated to support connection to most GPS receivers Therefore you first have to configure gpsd properly to connect QGIS to it Warning If you want to record your position to the canvas you have to create a new vector layer first and switch it to editable status to be able to record your track 15 2 1 Position and additional attributes I If the GPS is receiving signals from satellites you will see your position in latitude longitude and altitude together with additional attributes 15 2 Live GPS tracking 163 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GPS Information gt x Add track point o dy Connect A ia Latitude Longitude Altitude Time of fix Speed Direction HDOP vDOP PDOP H accurancy Vo accurancy Mode Dimensions Quality Status Satellites Figura 15 3 GPS tracking position and additional attributes rs 15 2 2 GPS signal strength hn Here you can see the signal strength of the satellites you are receiving signals from GPS Information o x J lda 5 N UBissonnecty Figura 15 4 GPS tracking signal strength 15 2 3 GPS polar window XY Tf you want to know where in the sky all the connected satellites ar
238. eleccionar Transpar ncia menu 4 No menu Transparencia da banda escolha Nenhum 5 Clique no botao sup Add values manually Vai aparecer uma linha nova na lista de pixels 6 Entre o valor dos raster na coluna De e Para usamos O aqui e ajuste a transpar ncia a 20 7 Pressione no bot o Aplicar e olhe para o mapa Pode repetir os passos 5 e 6 para ajustar mais valores com a transpar ncia personalizada As you can see it is quite easy to set custom transparency but it can be quite a lot of work Therefore you can use the button Export to file to save your transparency list to a file The button E import from file loads your transparency settings and applies them to the current raster layer 13 2 4 Menu Pir mides Large resolution raster layers can slow navigation in QGIS By creating lower resolution copies of the data pyra mids performance can be considerably improved as QGIS selects the most suitable resolution to use depending on the level of zoom Dever ter acesso edi o no direct rio onde os dados originais s o armazenados para construir pir mides Podem ser usados v rios m todos de re amostragem para calcular as pir mides e Vizinho mais pr ximo e M dia e Gauss e C bico e moda e Nenhum If you choose Internal if possible from the Overview format menu QGIS tries to build pyramids internally You can also choose External and External Erdas Imagine No
239. elevation 1 3 28 Expression valid elevation 1l 3 28 Usando uma mascara Figura 13 10 Calculador Matricial Cancel OK If you want to mask out parts of a raster say for instance because you are only interested in elevations above 0 meters you can use the following expression to create a mask and apply the result to a raster in one step elevarion Gi gt 0 ebevationegl In other words for every cell greater than or equal to O set its value to 1 Otherwise set it to O This creates the mask on the fly 13 3 Calculadora Matricial 141 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 42 amp Cap tulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial CAPITULO 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC O Cons rcio Geoespacial Aberto OGC uma organiza o internacional como mais de 300 organiza es em todo mundo do tipo comerciais sem fins lucrativos e de investiga o Os membros desenvolvem e implementam padro es para os conte dos e servi os geoespaciais processamento e troca de dados SIG Descrevendo um modelo b sico de dados para elementos geogr ficos e um n mero crescente de espec fica es est o desenvolvidos para servir necessidades espec ficas para localiza o interoperavel e tecnologia geoespacial incluindo o SIG Mais informa o encontrada em http www opengeospatial org As espcifica es OGC importantes suportadas pelo QGIS s o
240. em you can lock it by clicking with the right mouse button Press the same button another time to unlock it You can also lock unlock items using the icons on the toolbar To unselect an item just click on it holding the Shift button Inside the Edit menu you can find actions to select all the items to clear all selections or to invert the current selection 18 4 2 Alignment E Raising or lowering functionalities for elements are inside the L Raise selected items pull down menu Choose an element on the Print Composer canvas and select the matching neon to raise or lower the selected element compared to the other elements see table composer 1 There are several alignment functionalities available within the Align selected items pull down menu see ta ble composer 1 To use an alignment functionality you first select some elements and then click on the matching alignment icon All selected elements will then be aligned within to their common bounding box When moving items on the Composer canvas alignment helper lines appear when borders centers or corners are aligned 18 4 Manage items 241 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 alaska cv s 2U BR o Abo ELO ER 10 20 30 40 20 60 70 80 29 o 500 500 Legend alaska E lakes A airports majriver S regions popp E 20 af Tr TE Help Figura 18 27 242 104 Close meP BRS SER Item Prop
241. enas o WFS 1 0 0 suportado At este momento n o houve muitos testes contra vers es WFS implementadas em outros servidores WFS Se encontrar problemas com outros servidores WFS por favor n o hesite em contactar a equipa de desenvolvimento Por favor dirija se Sec o Ajuda e Suporte para mais informa o sobre as listas de discuss es Tip Encontrando Servidores WFS Pode encontrar servidores WFS adicionais usando o Google ou outro motor de busca favorito Existe um n mero de listas com URLs p blicos alguns t m manuten o outros n o 14 2 QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC QGIS Server is an open source WMS 1 3 WFS 1 0 0 and WCS 1 1 1 1 implementation that in addition im plements advanced cartographic features for thematic mapping The QGIS Server is a FastCGI CGI Common Gateway Interface application written in C that works together with a web server e g Apache Lighttpd It is funded by the EU projects Orchestra Sany and the city of Uster in Switzerland QGIS Server uses QGIS as back end for the GIS logic and for map rendering Furthermore the Qt library is used for graphics and for platform independent C programming In contrast to other WMS software the QGIS Server uses cartographic rules as a configuration language both for the server configuration and for the user defined cartographic rules Moreover the QGIS Server project provides the Publish to Web plugin a plugin for QGIS desktop that exports the
242. entido 17 3 8 Saving models as Python code Given a model it is possible to automatically create Python code that performs the same task as the model itself This code is used to create a console script we will explain scripts later in this manual and you can modify that script to incorporate actions and methods not available in the graphical modeler such as loops or conditional sentences 17 3 O modelador gr fico 203 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 This feature is also a very practical way of learning how to use processing algorithms from the console and how to create new algorithms using Python code so you can use it as a learning tool when you start creating your own scripts Save your model in the mode1s folder and go to the toolbox where it should appear now ready to be run Right click on the model name and select Save as Python script in the context menu that will pop up A dialog will prompt you to introduce the file where you want to save the script 17 4 A interface do processamento em lote 17 4 1 Introducao Todos os algoritmos incluindo os modelos podem ser executados como um processo em lote Quer dizer que podem ser executados n o apenas com um mas com conjunto de ficheiros de entradas executando o algoritmo quantas vezes forem necess rias Isto til quando processamos grandes quantidades de dados uma vez que n o necess rio lan ar o algoritmo a partir da caixa de ferramentas Para executar um algorit
243. equence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copy righted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program unde
244. er corners than the original while staying faithful to the original overall shape Tip Outros usos para o r contour The procedure described above can be used in other equivalent situations If you have a raster map of precipitation data for example then the same method will be used to create a vector map of isohyetal constant rainfall lines Creating a Hillshade 3 D effect Several methods are used to display elevation layers and give a 3 D effect to maps The use of contour lines as shown above is one popular method often chosen to produce topographic maps Another way to display a 3 D effect is by hillshading The hillshade effect is created from a DEM elevation raster by first calculating the slope and aspect of each cell then simulating the sun s position in the sky and giving a reflectance value to each cell Thus you get sun facing slopes lighted the slopes facing away from the sun in shadow are darkened e Begin this example by loading the gtopo30 elevation raster Start the GRASS Toolbox and under the Raster category double click to open Spatial analysis Terrain analysis e De seguida clique em r shaded relief para abrir o m dulo e Altere o ngulo do azimute 1 99 970 para 315 e Introduza gtopo30 shade para o novo raster de ensombramento e clique Executar e Quando o processo concluir adicione o raster de ensombramento ao mapa Dever v lo numa escala de cinzentos 16 9 The GRASS Toolbox 181 QGIS
245. er manager alaska A4 w New from template Empty composer E Add Open template directory user default Duplicate Remove Rename Close Figura 18 31 O gestor do Compositor de Impress o The Le Nem Compare and La Duplicate Composer buttons in the QGIS toolbar and in Composer New Composer and Composer Duplicate Composer allow you to open a new Composer dialog or to duplicate an existing composition from a previously created one Finally you can save your print composition with the Save Project button This is the same feature as in the QGIS main window All changes will be saved in a QGIS project file 18 8 Gerir o Compositor 247 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 248 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o CAP TULO 19 M dulos 19 1 M dulos QGIS O QGIS tem uma arquitectura de m dulos Isso permite v rias novas caracter sticas fun es que podem facil mente ser adicionadas na aplica o Muitas das caracter sticas no QGIS est o actualmente implementadas como m dulos 19 1 1 The Plugins Menus The menus in the Plugins dialog allow the user to install uninstall and upgrade plugins in different ways ey Tudo Aqui todos os m dulos dispon veis s o listados incluindo os m dulos base e externos Use o Actualizar tudo para procurar por novas vers es dos m dulos Al m disso pode usar Instalar m dulo se o m dulo est listado mas n o instalado e Desinstalar m
246. er uma liga o e use o bot o Ligar para estabelecer a liga o Pode tamb m Editar a liga o abrindo a janela anterior e efectuar altera es na informa o da liga o ou usar o bot o Apagar para remover a liga o da lista drop down 19 12 2 Seleccionando um GeoRaster Once a connection has been established the subdatasets window will show the names of all the tables that contain GeoRaster columns in that database in the format of a GDAL subdataset name 19 12 Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin 279 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Clique num dos subconjuntos de dados listados e de seguida clique em Seleccionar para escolher o nome da tabela Agora outra lista de subconjunto de dados ir mostrar os nomes das colunas GeoRaster nessa tabela Geralmente costuma ser uma lista pequena uma vez que a maioria dos utilizadores n o ira ter mais de um ou duas colunas GeoRaster na mesma tabela Click on one of the listed subdatasets and then click on Select to choose one of the table column combinations The dialog will now show all the rows that contain GeoRaster objects Note that the subdataset list will now show the Raster Data Table and Raster Id pairs At any time the selection entry can be edited in order to go directly to a known GeoRaster or to go back to the beginning and select another table name Select Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Server Connections example comes Subdatasets g eoraster scotttigeror
247. eral apresenta informa es b sicas sobre a imagem selecionada incluindo o caminho da origem da camada o nome de exibi o na legenda que pode ser modificado e o n mero de colunas linhas e valores nulos do raster 132 Cap tulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer Properties landcover General R wv Layer info Layer name landcover displayed as landcover Style Layer source Dropbox T rabalho QGIS qgis sa mple data raste la ndcover img PF Transparency Columns 3663 Rows 1964 No Data Value n a a Pyramids v Coordinate reference system Hi i IS Histogram EPSG 2964 NAD27 Alaska Albers Specify ri Metadata w Scale dependent visibility Whe x TUM r a Mini mum ss Poa aas M AXI iu m 1 Dlo l NIM ul n 4 100 000 000 inclusive lt exclusive Current Current Thumbnail Legend Palette Restore Default Style Save As Default Load Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel ok Figura 13 1 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Raster Sistema de Refer ncia de Coordenadas Aqui pode encontrar a informa o do sistema de refer ncia de coordenadas SRC impressos numa sequ ncia PROJ 4 Se essa configura o n o estiver correta ele pode ser modificada clicando no bot o Specify Escala dependente da visibilidade Al m disso a
248. erramentas n o permitido guardar temporariamente Pode introduzir o nome directamente ou usar o di logo de escolha do ficheiro que aparece quando clicado o bot o anexo Um vez seleccionado o ficheiro um novo di logo ser exibido para permitir que fa a o auto preenchimento das outras c lulas na mesma coluna o mesmo par metro Parameter touse Elevation Lx J cme Figura 17 27 Guardar o Processamento em Lote Se o valor padr o N o efectuar auto preenchimento seleccionado ir apenas por o nome de ficheiro selec cionado na c lula seleccionada da tabela de par metros Se alguma das outras op es estiver seleccionada todas as c lulas abaixo da seleccionada ir o automaticamente ser preenchidas baseando se no crit rio definido Desta forma mais f cil preencher a tabela e o processamento em lote pode ser definido com menor esfor o O preenchimento autom tico pode ser feito de forma simples adicionando n meros correlativos ao caminho do ficheiro seleccionado ou anexando o valor de outro campo na mesma linha Isto particularmente til para dar o nome ao objecto de dados de sa da de acordo com os dados de entrada 17 4 A interface do processamento em lote 205 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Slope C Documents and Settings usuario Mis documentos slopes tif C Documents and Settings usuario Mis documentos slope3 tif C Documents and SettingsjusuarioiMis documentos slope tif
249. ers and groups dialog which allows you to choose the layers and groups that you don t want to be published Use the Shift or Ctrl key if you want to select multiple entries at once You can receive requested GetFeaturelnfo as plain text XML and GML Default is XML text or GML format depends the output format choosen for the GetFeatureInfo request If you wish you can check Ed Add geometry to feature response This will include in the GetFeatureInfo response the geometries of the features in a text format If you want QGIS Server to advertise specific request URLs in the WMS GetCapabilities response enter the corresponding URL in the Advertised URL field Furthermore you can restrict the maximum size of the maps returned by the GetMap request by entering the maximum width and height into the respective fields under Maximums for GetMap request WES capabilities In the WFS capabilities area you can select the layers that you want to publish as WFS and specify if they will allow the update insert and delete operations If you enter a URL in the Advertised URL field of the WFS capabilities section QGIS Server will advertise this specific URL in the WFS GetCapabilities response WCS capabilities In the WCS capabilities area you can select the layers that you want to publish as WCS If you enter a URL in the Advertised URL field of the WCS capabilities section QGIS Server will advertise this specific URL in the WCS GetCapabilities response
250. erties Scalebar w Main properties Map Map 0 Style Line Ticks Up w Units Meters Label km Map units 1000 00 v Segments Segments left 2 right1 Size 500000 00 units 3mm Height gt Display b Fonts and colors gt Position and size gt Frame Linhas Guia de alinhamento no Compositor de Impress o Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 18 4 3 Copy Cut and Paste items The print composer includes actions to use the common Copy Cut Paste functionality for the items in the layout As usual first you need to select the items using one of the options seen above at this point the actions can be found in the Edit menu When using the Paste action the elements will be pasted according to the current mouse position 18 5 Ferramentas de Reverter e Restaurar During the layout process it is possible to revert and restore changes This can be done with the revert and restore tools T Reverter as ltimas altera es e Restaura as ltimas altera es This can also be done by mouse click within the Command history tab see figure composer 28 Command history ee Scalebar segment size a Item deleted Change item position Change item position Map added Item z order changed Change item position Man crala rhanned Figura 18 28 Hist rico de comandos no Compositor de Impress o 4b 18 6 Ge
251. es usadas para chamar os algoritmos importar o pacote processamento ir tamb m importar algumas fun es adicionais que facilitar o trabalho dos dados particularmente os dados vectoriais Estas fun es de conveni ncia que envolvem alguma funcionalidade a partir da API do QGIS usualmente com uma sintaxe menos complexa Estas fun es devem ser usadas quando s o programados novos algoritmos para tornar mais f cil a opera o com o os dados de entrada Below is a list of some of these commands More information can be found in the classes under the processing tools package and also in the example scripts provided with QGIS 208 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e getobject obj Returns a QGIS object a layer or table from the passed object which can be a filename or the name of the object in the QGIS Table of Contents e values layer fields Returns the values in the attributes table of a vector layer for the passed fields Fields can be passed as field names or as zero based field indices Returns a dict of lists with the passed field identifiers as keys It considers the existing selection e getfeatures layer Returns an iterator over the features of a vector layer considering the existing selection e uniquelabels layer field Returns a list of unique values for a given attribute Attributes can be passed as a field name or a zero based field index It considers the e
252. esfor o especialmente para modelos maiores O modelador pode ser aberto a partir do menu processamento O modelador tem uma rea de trabalho onde a estrutura do modelo e o seu fluxo de trabalho s o representados como est exibido Na parte esquerda da janela um painel com dois separadores podem ser usados para adicionar novos elementos ao modelo A cria o de um modelo involve dois passos 1 Defini o dos dados entrada necess rios Estes dados de entrada ser o adicionados na janela de par metros para que o utilizador possa configurar os seus valores quando executa o modelo O modelo por si um al goritmo portanto os par metros da janela gerado automaticamente como acontece em todos os algoritmos dispon veis na infraestrutura de processamento 2 Defini o do fluxo de trabalho Usando os dados de entrada do modelo o fluxo de trabalho definido adicionando algoritmos e seleccionando como v o usar esses ficheiros de entrada ou de sa da gerados por outros algoritmos que j existem no modelo 17 3 O modelador gr fico 197 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 BOO 5 ei8 Gl Parameters Enter model name here m m T T Extent a File Number Raster Layer string Table Table field Vector layer Figura 17 16 Modelador 17 3 1 Defini o das entradas O primeiro passo para criar um modelo definir as entradas que necessita Os seguintes elementos s o
253. etadata Current Current YI Feature subset Query Builder Load Style Save AsDefault Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Help Apply Cancel anti Figura 12 7 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Renderiza o da camada e Layer transparency You can make the underlying layer in the map canvas visible with this tool Use the slider to adapt the visibility of your vector layer to your needs You can also make a precise definition of the percentage of visibility in the the menu beside the slider e Modo de mistura e Modo de mistura do Elemento Pode alcan ar efeitos especiais de renderiza o com estas ferramentas que anteriormente s era conhecido de programas gr ficos Os pixeis dos itens sobrejacente e subjacente s o misturados atrav s das configura es descritas em baixo Normal Este o modo padr o de renderiza o que usa o canal alfa do pixel superior para renderizar com o pixel abaixo dele as cores n o est o misturadas Mais claro Selecciona o m ximo de cada componente dos pixeis de primeiro plano e de fundo Tenha aten o que os resultados tendem a ser irregulares e spero Ecr Os pixeis claros da fonte s o pintados sobre o destino e os pixeis escuros n o s o Este modo muito til pata misturar texturas de uma camada com outra camada Ex pode usar o mapa
254. evice for example dev rfcommo 15 2 Live GPS tracking 167 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 168 Capitulo 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS CAP TULO 16 Integra o GRASS SIG The GRASS plugin provides access to GRASS GIS databases and functionalities see GRASS PROJECT in Lit eratura e Refer ncias Web This includes visualizing GRASS raster and vector layers digitizing vector layers editing vector attributes creating new vector layers and analysing GRASS 2 D and 3 D data with more than 400 GRASS modules In this section we ll introduce the plugin functionalities and give some examples of managing and working with GRASS data The following main features are provided with the toolbar menu when you start the GRASS plugin as described in section sec starting grass H Abrir conjunto de mapas M Novo conjunto de mapas al IL Fechar conjunto de mapas q i Adicionar camada vectorial GRASS e a Adicionar camada raster GRASS ivi Criar nova camada GRASS q e Vp Editar camada vectorial GRASS A Abrir ferramentas GRASS e Y Exibir a extens o actual do GRASS a F Editar a extens o actual do GRASS 16 1 Iniciando o m dulo GRASS To use GRASS functionalities and or visualize GRASS vector and raster layers in QGIS you must select and load the GRASS plugin with the Plugin Manager Therefore go to the menu Plugins x5 Manage Plugins select Ef GRASS and click OK You can now start loading raster and vector
255. exandre Jj Figura 16 13 The GRASS shell r shaded relief module QGIS 2 0 1 Dufour Project Edit View yer Settings Plugins Raster Database Processing Help NARLA BEZEL A E nuas DHDILAPPOANC RA N B amp B DG gt Ua Ws Ug SANS ARE REL Ee SR Layers x El gtopo30_shade EM 4 gtopo30 Layers Browser 2 Overview Coordinate 751390 3908635 Scale 4099646 v 9 KZ Render EPSG 2964 Figura 16 14 Displaying shaded relief created with the GRASS module r shaded relief l 16 9 The GRASS Toolbox 183 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Estatisticas Raster num mapa vectorial The next example shows how a GRASS module can aggregate raster data and add columns of statistics for each polygon in a vector map e Again using the Alaska data refer to Importando dados para uma LOCALIZA O GRASS to import the trees shapefile from the shapefiles directory into GRASS e Now an intermediate step is required centroids must be added to the imported trees map to make it a complete GRASS area vector including both boundaries and centroids e From the Toolbox choose Vector gt Manage features and open the module v centroids e Introduza como mapa vectorial de sa da forest areas e execute o m dulo Now load the forest areas vector and display the types of forests deciduous evergreen mixed in different colors In the layer Properties window Symbology tab choose from Legend t
256. f the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document s overall subject or to related matters and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject Thus if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters or of legal commercial philosophical ethical or political position regarding them The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated as being those of Invariant Sections in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed as Front Cover Texts or Back Cover Texts in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License A Front Cover Text may be at most 5 words and a Back Cover Text may be at most 25 words A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine readable copy represented in a format whose specifi cation is available to the general public that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly
257. f vertices in close proximity Set search radius too small and it won t find anything to move The search radius for vertex edits in layer units can be defined in the Digitizing tab under Settings Options This is the same place where you define the general project wide snapping tolerance 12 3 2 Ampliando e Movendo Antes de editar uma camada deve fazer uma amplia o zona da rea de interesse Isto evita que espere enquanto os marcadores dos v rtices s o renderizados em toda a camada 2 2 Ni E 1 f t x Al m de usar os icones mover mapa e A aproximar aastal na barra de ferramentas com o rato a navega o pode tamb m ser feita com a roda do rato espa o e as teclas de direc o Ampliando e movendo com a roda do rato While digitizing you can press the mouse wheel to pan inside of the main window and you can roll the mouse wheel to zoom in and out on the map For zooming place the mouse cursor inside the map area and roll it forward away from you to zoom in and backwards towards you to zoom out The mouse cursor position will be the center of the zoomed area of interest You can customize the behavior of the mouse wheel zoom using the Map tools tab under the Settings gt Options menu Movendo a direccao com as setas do teclado Panning the map during digitizing is possible with the arrow keys Place the mouse cursor inside the map area and click on the right arrow key to pan east left arrow key to
258. fer sample smsugas Lorem Ipsum Layers E3 z O O groupt toremipsum 8 me k iik ape Text Placement a Formatting v p airports ste Buffer Using perimeter v storagep Background centroid O visible polygon whole polygon o Shadow l z Distance gt V trails Placement gt E V rivers J Rendering Gui al E gt V railroads eu v amp Boundaries Group Becharof Lake l v E alaska n o ae Coordinate x E Y E Ali i 4 an gnment horizontal vertical v water Group ar F g E E E V majrivers er Ugashik Lake T p Rotation 1 Preserve data rotation values v amp lakes i h m bh 7 v Priority ad i o P v a swamp Low 2 High Lay Brow Browser p Apply Coordinate 594841 3221861 b 4 Figura 12 19 Labeling of vector polygon layers with data defined override Figura 12 20 Mover etiquetas 4 94 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 General Attribute editor layout Autogenerate Python Init function v w Fields 4 E Style Labels p Id 7 Name Type Type name Length Precision Comment Edit widget Alias WA Fields 0 cat int Attribute Edit Dialog cat Rendering 1 NAMES QString Line edit Editable OS Display 2 AREA MI double Classification Label onto R
259. fied before running Input DXF file Enter the path to the DXF file to be converted e Output Shp file Enter desired name of the shapefile to be created e Output file type Specify the geometry type of the output shapefile Currently supported types are polyline polygon and point 19 5 Modulo de Conversao Dxf2Shp 255 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 g i Dxf Importer D g es Input and output Input Dxf file iqgis_sample_data gps geodata dxf cal Outputfile qgis sample data gps geodata shp Export text labels Output file type Polyline e Polga Point Help O Cancel Figura 19 8 M dulo de Convers o Dxf2Shp e Export text labels When this checkbox is enabled an additional shapefile point layer will be created and the associated DBF table will contain information about the TEXT fields found in the DXF file and the text strings themselves 19 5 1 Usando o modulo 1 Start QGIS load the Dxf2Shape plugin in the Plugin Manager see The Plugins Menus and click on the Dxt2Shape Converter icon which appears in the QGIS toolbar menu The Dxf2Shape plugin dialog appears as shown in Figure_dxf2shape_1 2 Enter the input DXF file a name for the output shapefile and the shapefile type 3 Active a caixa de verifica o 4 Exportar r tulos de texto se quer criar uma camada extra de pontos com os r tulos 4 Clique OK 19 6 Modulo eVis This section is derived fr
260. fine label and feature options Under Label options you find the scale based visibility setting now You can prevent QGIS from rendering only selected labels with the A Show all labels for this layer including colliding labels checkbox Under Feature options you can define whether every part of a multipart feature is to be labeled It s possible to define whether the number of features to be labeled is limited and to 4 Discourage labels from covering features Labeling line layers 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 89 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer labeling settings Project Edit View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Raster Da JDBBUS VEEL ARESY Labelthis layer with NAME Bro w Text Buffer sample e o gt BY a IN ra gt DIDO fis de ue gt Q abe gt ys abe abe abc abc a gnome savoonga Lorem Ipsum O v group v 2 popp sbo Text Text style ab s l c Formatting na Ubuntu IES M airports abe Buffer _8 Background Style Bold Italic a v storagep emmonak J Shadow 4 Placement Ue Ss E b trails gt O Vivem J Rendering Size 11 0000 NEL cape romanzof Irrs st mary gt railroads Es O points a E v KZ Boundaries Group EN E E gt E regions v amp alaska Transparency 0 E v E water Group panekoryuk o Type case All lowercase a E gt _ majrivers Spacing letter 0 0000 J B lakes word 0 0000 E gt ZM
261. finir o SRC do projecto a partir da camada Para mais informa es veja Trabalhando com Projec es Fa oe 8 Clique em 1 Amplia o Total nara tornar as camadas vis veis There is a second browser available under Settings Panels This is handy when you need to move files or layers between locations 1 Activate a second QGIS Browser Right click on the toolbar and check F Browser 2 or select it from Settings Panels 2 Arraste o painel para a janela de legenda 3 Navegue para o separador Pesquisador 2 e pesquise pela shapefile no seu sistema de ficheiros 4 Select a file with the left mouse button Now you can use the Ou Selected Layers icon to add it into the current project QGIS automatically looks for the coordinate reference system CRS and zooms to the layer extent if you work in a blank QGIS project If there are already files in your project the file will just be added and in the case that it has the same extent and CRS it will be visualized If the file has another CRS and layer extent you must first right click on the layer and choose Set Project CRS from Layer Then choose Zoom to Layer Extent The d Fitter files function works on a directory level Browse to the folder where you want to filter files and enter a search word or wildcard The Browser will show only matching filenames other data won t be displayed It s also possible to run the QGIS Browser as a stand alone application Start the Q
262. for these cells in Excel using the Backspace key To correct this problem you need to open the Excel file you ll need to close QGIS if you are connected to the file to allow you to edit the file and then use Edit Delete to remove the 262 Capitulo 19 Modulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Database Connection Predefined Queries Database Connection SQL Query SELECT FROM airports Output Console gt polygons gt idx_polygons_geometry gt idx_polygons_geometry_node gt idx_polygons_geometry_rowid gt idx polygons geometry parent gt regions gt airports Help O OK Figura 19 13 O separador de Consulta SQL eVis blank rows from the file To avoid this problem you can simply delete several rows 1n the Excel Worksheet using Edit Delete before saving the file Correndo consultas pr definidas With predefined queries you can select previously written queries stored in XML format in a file This is par ticularly helpful 1f you are not familiar with SQL commands Click on the Predefined Queries tab to display the predefined query interface To load a set of predefined queries click on the DM Open File icon This opens the Open File window which 1s used to locate the file containing the SQL queries When the queries are loaded their titles as defined in the XML file will appear in the drop down menu located just below the L OpenFile icon The full description of the query is displayed
263. formation is calculated or derived from other information You can find clicked coordinate X and Y coordinates area in map units and perimeter in map units for polygons length in map units for lines and feature ids e Data attributes This is the list of attribute fields from the data Identify Results Feature Value yO Tegions Actions if View Feature form Derived clicked 312603 165438 36 Area 69 138 048 km Feature id 13 Perimeter 3 298 416km HASC 2 US AK LA NAME_1 Alaska NAME 2 Lake and Peninsula TYPE 2 Borough IEEE Close Figura 8 5 Di logo de Identificar elementos A Gnome No fundo da janela tem cinco cones m E Expand tree Ef Collapse tree e Default behaviour Copiar atributos 0 Print selected HTML response Outras fun es podem ser encontradas no menu de contexto do item identificado Por exemplo a partir do menu de contexto poder e Ver o formul rio do elemento e Aproximar ao elemento e Copiar elemento Copiar todas as geometrias do elemento e atributos e Copiar o valor do atributo Copia apenas o valor do atributo que clicou e Copy feature attributes Copy only attributes e Limpar resultado remove os resultados na janela 85 Identificar elementos 39 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Clear highlights Remove features highlighted on the map Destacar todos e Destacar camada Activate layer Choose a layer to be activated Propri
264. formatlist OGRGML text html Propriedades de Visualizacao Uma vez ter adicionado o servidor WMS pode ver as suas propriedades clicando com o direito do rato na legenda e seleccionando Propriedades Separador de Metadados O separador Metadados exibem a riqueza de informa o sobre o servidor WMS geralmente recolhidos a partir da declara o de de Capacidades devolvidos a partir desse servidor Muitas das defini es podem ser removidas atrav s da leitura dos padr es WMS veja OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM Literatura e Refer ncias Web mas aqui est o algumas defini es uteis e Propriedades do Servidor Vers o do WMS Vers o do WMS suportada pelo servidor Formatos de Imagem A lista de MIME types que o servidor pode responder com o desenho do mapa O QGIS formata qualquer que seja as bibliotecas Qt subjacentes que foram constru das que pelo menos tipicamente a image png e image jpeg Formatos de Identidade A lista dos MIME types do servidor pode responder quando usa a ferra menta identificar Actualmente o QGIS suporta o tipo text plain e Propriedades da Camada 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC 149 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Seleccionado Querendo ou n o esta camada seleccionado quando o seu servidor foi adicionado a este projecto Vis vel Seja ou n o essa camada esta seleccionada como vis vel na legenda Ainda n o usado nesta vers o do QGIS Pode Ide
265. formatos de dados GPS ir o suportar os tr s tipos de elementos portanto para muitos formatos apenas poder escolher entre um ou dois tipos 15 1 5 Transferindo dados GPS a partir do dispositivo O QGIS pode usar o GPSBabel para transferir dados directamente de um dispositivo GPS como camadas vectori ais Para isso podemos usar o separador Transferir do GPS da janela de Ferramentas GPS veja a Figure GPS 2 Aqui selecciona o tipo de dispositivo GPS a porta que est ligado a ou o usb se o seu GPS suporta lo o tipo de elemento que quer transferir o ficheiro GPX onde quer armazenar os dados e o nome da nova camada O tipo de dispositivo que seleciona no menu do dispositivo GPS determina como o GPSBbabel tentar comunicar com o seu dispositivo GPS Se nenhum dos tipos dispon veis n o trabalha com o seu dispositivo GPS pode criar um novo tipo veja sec o Definindo novos tipos de dispositivos A porta pode ser um nome de ficheiro ou outro nome que o seu sistema operativo usa como refer ncia a uma porta f sica no seu computador no qual o dispositivo GPS est ligado Pode ser um simples USB para dispositivos GPS com USB avs No Linux algo do g nero como dev ttySO ou dev ttyS1 160 Capitulo 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GPS Tools Load GPX file Import other file Download from GPS Upload to GPS GPX Conversions GPS device Garmin seri al
266. fraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 17 7 7 Registando When QGIS calls SAGA it does so using its command line interface thus passing a set of commands to perform all the required operations SAGA shows its progress by writing information to the console which includes the percentage of processing already done along with additional content This output is filtered and used to update the progress bar while the algorithm is running Both the commands sent by QGIS and the additional information printed by SAGA can be logged along with other processing log messages and you might find them useful to track in detail what is going on when QGIS runs a SAGA algorithm You will find two settings namely Log console output and Log execution commands to activate that logging mechanism A maioria dos outros fornecedores que usam uma aplica o externa e chamam a partir da linha de comandos t m op es semelhantes portanto ir encontrar noutros s tios da lista de configura es do processamento R Creating R scripts R integration in QGIS is different from that of SAGA in that there is not a predefined set of algorithms you can run except for a few examples Instead you should write your scripts and call R commands much like you would do from R and in a very similar manner to what we saw in the section dedicated to processing scripts This section shows you the syntax to use to call those R commands from QGIS and how
267. g when identifying a feature and opening its form will list the related entities This provides a powerful way to express for instance the inspection history on a length of pipeline or road segment e DXF Export tool A new tool for exporting DXFs has been added to the Project menu e Paste as new vector layer It is a common activity in a GIS to create a sub selection and then to create a new layer from the selection In QGIS you can already do Save Selection As to save a layer from your selection now functionality is offered that allows you to create a new file or memory layer from whatever is in your clipboard Simply select some features copy them to your clipboard and then do Edit Paste Features As and choose either New Vector Layer or New Memory Layer from the submenu The best part of this new feature is that if you have some Well Known Text WKT features in your clipboard from another app you can simply paste them into QGIS as a new layer now e WMS legend graphic in table of contents and composer Prior to QGIS 2 2 the WMS data provider was not able to display a legend in the table of contents layer list Similarly no legend could be displayed in the map composer QGIS 2 2 addresses both of these issues 5 3 Digitising e Fill ring digitizing tool This new tool is used to cut holes in polygons and automatically fill them with new features If you hold down Ctrl when finalising the feature the attributes will be t
268. g Settings Options go to the Rendering tab and select or deselect the following checkboxes E Enable back buffer This provides better graphics performance at the cost of losing the possibility to cancel rendering and incrementally draw features If it is unchecked you can set the Number of features to draw before updating the display otherwise this option is inactive g Use render caching where possible to speed up redraws 8 4 Medindo Measuring works within projected coordinate systems e g UTM and unprojected data If the loaded map is defined with a geographic coordinate system latitude longitude the results from line or area measurements will be incorrect To fix this you need to set an appropriate map coordinate system see section Trabalhando com Projec es All measuring modules also use the snapping settings from the digitizing module This is useful if you want to measure along lines or areas in vector layers Para seleccionar a ferramenta de medi o clique em e seleccione a ferramenta que quer usar 8 4 1 Medir comprimentos reas e ngulos TT Measure Line QGIS is able to measure real distances between given points according to a defined ellipsoid To configure this choose menu option Settings Options click on the Map tools tab and select the appropriate ellipsoid There you can also define a rubberband color and your preferred measurement units meters or feet and angle units degrees radians
269. g the pointer over it Cortando Copiando e Colando Elementos Selected features can be cut copied and pasted between layers in the same QGIS project as long as destination layers are set to f Toggle editing beforehand Features can also be pasted to external applications as text That is the features are represented in CSV format with the geometry data appearing in the OGC Well Known Text WKT format However in this version of QGIS text features from outside QGIS cannot be pasted to a layer within QGIS When would the copy and paste function come in handy Well it turns out that you can edit more than one layer at a 12 3 Editando 111 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 time and copy paste features between layers Why would we want to do this Say we need to do some work on a new layer but only need one or two lakes not the 5 000 on our big_lakes layer We can create a new layer and use copy paste to plop the needed lakes into it As an example we will copy some lakes to a new layer 1 Carregue a camada que quer copiar a partir camada de origem 2 Carregue ou crie a camada que quer copiar para camada de destino 3 Come ar a editar a camada de destino 4 Active a camada de origem clicando nela na legenda Ea Int Seleccione Elemento Unico 5 Use a ferramenta para seleccionar os elemento s na camada fonte 6 Clique na ferramenta Copiar Elementos 7 Active a camada de destino clicando na legenda 8 Clique na fe
270. gain you can define visible polygon or whole polygon for the centroid With the Using perimeter settings you can define a position and a distance for the label For the position E Above line E On line E Below line and E Line orientation dependent position are possible The entries in the Rendering menu are the same as for line layers You can also use Suppress labeling of features smaller than in the Feature options Define labels based on expressions QGIS allows to use expressions to label features Just click the amp icon in the CRS Labels menu of the properties dialog In figure_labels_4 you see a sample expression to label the alaska regions with name and area size based on the field NAME_2 some descriptive text and the function area in combination with format_number to make it look nicer Expression based labeling is easy to work with All you have to take care of is that you need to combine all elements strings fields and functions with a string concatenation sign Il and that fields a written in double quotes and strings in single quotes Let s have a look at some examples 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 91 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer labeling settings i 5 E EN 2 Dp Labelthislayerwith NAMES Os Fu Pas w Text Buffer sample fe i voDILDADO SMS A Lorem ipsum abel i 4 bol
271. gend and the map view now Select layers and groups to embed Project file sample data grassland qgs eS regions grassland cancel GRIND Figura 8 12 Selecione as camadas e grupos para Incorporar While the embedded layers are editable you can t change their properties like style and labeling 8 9 2 Removendo camadas embebidas Right click on the embedded layer and choose d PEDINE 8 9 Nesting Projects 45 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 46 Capitulo 8 Ferramentas gerais CAP TULO 9 Configura o QGIS O QGIS altamente personaliz vel atrav s do menu Configura es Escolha entre Pain is Caixa de Ferramentas Propriedades do Projecto Op es e Personaliza o 9 1 Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas No menu Pain is pode desligar os widgets do QGIS O menu Caixa de Ferramentas fornece a possibilidade de trocar activar ou desactivar grupos de cones na barra de ferramentas do QGIS veja figure panels toolbars View Layer Settings Plugins Vector Raster Database Pan map RAQ E gt Pan Map to Selection Zoom In Ctrl im o E EL J Zoom Out Ctrl o Select of W Panels E Acvanced orgia Toggle Full Screen Mode F11 4 Attributes Database Digitizing w File Help Label w Manage Layers Map Navigation Plugins Raster Vector Web GRASS Figura 9 1 Os Pain is e o Menu de Barra de Ferramentas ra Tip Activando o Enquadramento QGIS No QGIS pod
272. gis2 python plugins H ERROR Bauna C UsersWolaya Desktop gt saga_cmd shapes_polygons Polygon Centroids POLYGONS C WWsers Wolaya qgis2 python olugins processing tests data polygons shp CENTROIDS C Users Wolaya AppData Local Temp processing 6e25336e9644496 5b4442c5ec 1cdaf651 CENTROIDS shp FASSO FF FFE FF FR FFP SP dessa SSS HRS freee ds OF FHSS S Free FF FFF FF library path c saga21 modules shapes_polygons dll library name Shapes Polygons module name Polygon Centroids author c 2003 by 0 Conrad Figura 17 29 Hist rico each time you run one of those algorithms If for instance you are having problems executing a SAGA algorithm look for an entry named SAGA execution console output to check all the messages generated by SAGA and try to find out where the problem 1s Some algorithms even if they can produce a result with the given input data might add comments or additional information to the Warning block if they detect potential problems with the data in order to warn you Make sure you check those messages if you are having unexpected results 17 7 Configurando as aplica es externas The processing framework can be extended using additional applications Currently SAGA GRASS OTB Orfeo Toolbox and R are supported along with some other command line applications that provide spatial data analysis functionalities Algorithms relying on an external app
273. gs All properties dialogs have had their main property menus updated so that they look slicker with an inverse coloured side bar This is purely cosmetic but should make it easier to know what your current context is in a dialog Expression dialog improvements We have made some tweaks to the expression dialog power users can now hide the operator buttons There are also now splitters between the function list and function help areas and between the expression and function list area New keybindings We have updated the keyboard shortcuts in QGIS to make it more efficient to carry out repetitive tasks Ctrl d Remove selected layers in table of contents gt Select next vertex when using the node tool lt Select previous vertex when using the node tool Delete or Backspace Delete the selected features you can undo these actions or nodes when using the node tool F5 Update the canvas instead of Ctrl r Capitulo 5 What s new in QGIS 2 2 CAP TULO 6 Iniciando This chapter gives a quick overview of installing QGIS some sample data from the QGIS web page and running a first and simple session visualizing raster and vector layers 6 1 Instala o Installation of QGIS 1s very simple Standard installer packages are available for MS Windows and Mac OS X For many flavors of GNU Linux binary packages rpm and deb or software repositories are provided to add to your in stallation manager Get the latest
274. gs and adds them to the the edited layer It is thus ideally suited for the creation of distance line layers The displacement is shown at the bottom left of the taskbar To create a shift of a line layer you must first go into editing mode and then select the feature You can make the FD Ottset Curve tool active and drag the cross to the desired distance Your changes may then be saved with the Ejs bayer ES 400 Dividir Elementos Pode dividir elementos usando o cone K Dividir Elementos qa barra de ferramentas Apenas desenhe uma linha ao longo do elemento que quer dividir Split parts In QGIS 2 0 it is now possible to split the parts of a multi part feature so that the number of parts is increased Just draw a line across the part you want to split using the oe split Parts icon Juntar elementos seleccionados The 2 Merge Selected Features too allows you to merge features that have common boundaries and the same attributes Juntar os atributos dos elementos seleccionados E The mim Merge Attributes of Selected Features too allows you to merge attributes of features with common boundaries f and attributes without merging their boundaries First select several features at once Then press the mis 12 3 Editando 115 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Merge Attributes of Selected Features button Now QGIS asks you which attributes are to be applied to all selected objects As aresult all selected objects have the same attr
275. h American 1927 2 3 Instru es espec ficas da plataforma Sequ ncias GUI e pequenas quantidades de texto embutidas podem ser formatadas Clique EY Ficheiro X QGIS Sair para fechar o QGIS Isto indica que em plataformas Linux Unix e Windows deve clicar primeiro no menu Ficheiro e de seguida Sair enquanto que nas plataformas Macintosh OS X deve clicar primeiro no menu QGIS e depois Sair Grandes quantidades de texto devem ser formatados como est na lista 2 Fa a isto e Fa a aquilo X Fa a outra coisa ou como par grafos X Fa a isto e isto e isto De seguida fa a isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto e isto Y Fa a aquilo De seguida fa a aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo e aquilo As capturas de ecr que aparecem ao longo do manual de utilizador foram criados para diferentes plaformas a plataforma indicada por um cone espec fico da plataforma no fim da legenda da figura 6 Cap tulo 2 Conven es CAP TULO 3 Pref cio Bem vindo ao mundo maravilhoso dos Sistemas de Informa o Geogr fica SIG O QGIS um Sistema de Informa o Geogr fica de C digo Aberto O projecto nasceu em Maio de 2002 e fui estabelecido como um projecto do SourceForge em Junho do mesmo ano Trabalh mos arduamente para fazer um software SIG que tradicionalmente s o softwares propriet r
276. hat s new in QGIS 2 2 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 also switch to zoom mode at any time by pressing and holding Ctrl Space and drawing a zoom region on the composition Improved styling of pages and shapes You can now control the style of the composition background using the full range of QGIS symbology options It s now possible to export compositions with a transparent or semi transparent background Shape items rectangles triangles and ellipses can also be styled using the same options as polygon map layers You can even style the page background or shapes by using data defined settings based on the current atlas feature There s also a new option for rounding the corners of rectangle shapes 5 6 QGIS Server WCS Support added to QGIS Server QGIS Server already supports various standards including Web Map Service WMS version 1 3 0 and 1 1 1 Web Feature Service WFS version 1 0 0 and Web Feature Service with Transaction WFS T With this new release of QGIS you can now serve raster layers using the Web Coverage Service WCS version 1 0 0 standard 5 7 Symbology Gradient fill support The new gradient fill feature lets you create better cartography than ever before The feature has numerous options providing for great flexibility in how you apply gradients to your features These include Two colour or ramp based fills Canvas or object based origin for your gradients Gradients originating from the centro
277. hat reprojection should be done manually and then the resulting files should be used as input to the algorithm Also note that the reprojection process can be performed with the algorithms that are available in the processing framework itself By default the parameters dialog will show a description of the CRS of each layer along with its name making it easy to select layers that share the same CRS to be used as input layers If you do not want to see this additional information you can disable this functionality in the processing configuration dialog unchecking the Show CRS option If you try to execute an algorithm using as input two or more layers with unmatching CRSs a warning dialog will be shown Pode continuar a executar o algoritmo mas tenha aten o que na maioria dos casos ira produzir resultados errados tais como camadas vazias devido falta de sobreposi o das camadas usadas como ficheiros de entrada 17 2 2 Objecto de dados gerados por algoritmos Objectos de dados gerado por um algoritmo podem ser dos seguintes tipos e Uma camada raster e Uma camada vectorial e Uma tabela e Um ficheiro HTML usado para ficheiro de sa da de texto e gr ficos These are all saved to disk and the parameters table will contain a text box corresponding to each one of these outputs where you can type the output channel to use for saving it An output channel contains the information needed to save the resulting object somewhere In the
278. he frame 18 3 6 Adding a Basic shape or Arrow item to the Print Composer It is possible to add basic shapes ellipse rectangle triangle and arrows to the Print Composer canvas Click the A Add basic shape icon or the Z Add Arrow icon place the element with the left mouse button on the Print Composer canvas and position and customize the appearance in the Item Properties tab The Shape item properties tab allows you to draw an ellipse rectangle or triangle in the Print Composer canvas You can define its outline and fill color the outline width and a clockwise rotation For the rectangle shape you can change the value of the corner radius 18 3 Itens do Compositor 237 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Item Properties x Shape w Main properties Triangle Rotation 0 Position and size v amp Frame B color Thickness 0 30 v amp Background Color gt item ID b Rendering Figura 18 21 Separador de propriedades da Forma The Arrow item properties tab allows you to draw an arrow in the Print Composer canvas You can define color outline and arrow width and it is possible to use a default marker no marker or an SVG marker For the SVG marker you can additionally add an SVG start and end marker from a directory on your computer Item Properties E Arrow Main properties B color Line width 1 00 mm Arrow head width 4 00 mm n w Arrow markers Default None SVG Start
279. hitepapers pdfs shapefile pdf 67 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Loading a Shapefile To load a shapefile start QGIS and click on the 63 dd Vector Layer toolbar button or simply press Ctr1 Shift v This will bring up a new window see figure vector 1 Add vector layer Source type File Directory Database Protocol Encoding UTF 8 Source Dataset Browse Figura 12 1 Add Vector Layer Dialog T From the available options check 5 File Click on Browse That will bring up a standard open file dialog see figure vector 2 which allows you to navigate the file system and load a shapefile or other supported data source The selection box Filter allows you to preselect some OGR supported file formats You can also select the encoding for the shapefile if desired Open an OGR Supported Vector Layer EA Trabalho Qais qgis sample data shapefiles Places Name vy Size Modified Q Search _ airports shp 2 2 KB 02 17 2009 amp Recently RE e 252 5 KB 10 08 2008 alex builtups shp 5 0KB 10 08 2008 Ei Desktop grassland shp 1 1MB 10 09 2008 E File system 5 lakes shp 173 4KB 02 17 2009 Documents 5 landice shp 898 1KB 10 09 2008 Music majrivers shp 1 4MB 10 09 2008 Pictures _ pipelines shp 11 3KB 10 09 2008 B Videos popp shp 51 8KB 10 09 2008 Downloads Ha railroads shp 15 0KB 10 09 2008 ESRI Shapefiles OGR Figura 12 2 Open an OGR Supported Ve
280. however find no problems at all with vector layers since QGIS automatically converts from the original file format to one accepted by the external application before passing the layer to it This adds extra processing time which might be significant if the layer has a large size so do not be surprised if it takes more time to process a layer from a DB connection than it does to process one of a similar size stored in a shapefile Providers not using external applications can process any layer that you can open in QGIS since they open it for analysis through QGIS Regarding output formats all formats supported by QGIS as output can be used both for raster and vector layers Some providers do not support certain formats but all can export to common raster layer formats that can later be transformed by QGIS automatically As in the case of input layers if this conversion is needed that might increase the processing time If the extension of the filename specified when calling an algorithm does not match the extension of any of the formats supported by QGIS then a suffix will be added to set a default format In the case of raster layers the tif extension is used while shp is used for vector layers 17 7 3 Uma nota para as seleccoes da camada vectorial External applications may also be made aware of the selections that exist in vector layers within QGIS However that requires rewriting all input vector layers just as if they were origin
281. ht hand side of the value selector a pop up menu will appear giving you two options to select the value from a layer or the current canvas extent or to define it by dragging directly onto the map canvas Use layer canvas extent Select extent on canvas Figura 17 10 Seleccionador de Extens o Se seleccione a primeira op o ira ver uma janela igual a pr xima Select extent ax Use extent from Canvas dempart demparti dem grat points lines JCueNcas Figura 17 11 Lista de Extens o Se seleccionar o segundo os par metros da janela ir o esconder se para que possa clicar e arrastar para o enquadramento Uma vez definido o rect ngulo seleccionado o di logo ira reaparecer contendo os valores na caixa de texto da extens o Figura 17 12 Arrastamento para Extens o e A list of elements whether raster layers vector layers or tables to select from the list of such layers available in QGIS To make the selection click on the small button on the left side of the corresponding row to see a dialog like the following one e Uma pequena tabela para ser editada pelo utilizador Estes s o usados para definir os par metros como tabelas lookup ou kernels de convolu o entre outros 17 2 A caixa de ferramentas 193 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Q Multiple selection
282. ia do Manual Captura de Coordenadas Gestor BD Conversor DXF2Shape eVis fTools Ferramentas GPS GRASS Ferramentas GDAL Georeferenciador GDAL Mapa de Densidade M dulo de Interpola o Edi o Offline Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Gestor de m dulos An lise do Terreno Matricial M dulo de An lise de Grafos M dulo SQL Anywhere Interroga o Espacial SPIT Estatisticas Locais Capture coordenadas com o rato em diferentes SRC Fa a a gest o das suas bases de dados dentro do QGIS Converte do DXF para o formato de ficheiro SHP Ferramenta de Visualiza o Event Um conjunto de ferramentas vectoriais Ferramentas para carregamento e importa o de dados GPS Funcionalidade GRASS Funcionalidade matricial GDAL Georeferenciar Rasters com o GDAL Criar um mapa de densidade a partir da entrada de pontos vectoriais Interpola o baseada nos v rtices da camada vectorial Edi o Offline e sincroniza o com a base de dados Acesso ao Oracle Spatial GeoRasters Gerir m dulos core e externos Computar caracter sticas geomorfol gicas a partir de MDE An lise do Caminho mais curto Acesso a BD SQL anywhere Interroga o espacial nos vectores Ferramenta de Importa o Shapefile para PostgreSQL PostGIS Calcular estatisticas matriciais a partir de poligonos vectoriais 19 2 Usando os Modulos QGIS Core Modulo de Captura de Coordenadas M dulo Gestor BD
283. ibute entries Rodar Simbolos de Pontos C Rotate Point Symbols allows you to change the rotation of point symbols in the map canvas You must first define a rotation column from the attribute table of the point layer in the Advanced menu of the Style menu of the Layer Properties Also you will need to go into the SVG marker and choose Data defined properties Activate C Angle and choose rotation as field Without these settings the tool is inactive 326 Figura 12 36 Rodar S mbolos de Pontos 6 To change the rotation select a point feature in the map canvas and rotate it holding the left mouse button pressed A red arrow with the rotation value will be visualized see Figure_edit_4 When you release the left mouse button again the value will be updated in the attribute table Note Se segurar a tecla Ct r1 premido a rota o ira ser feita em passos de 15 graus 12 3 6 Criando novas camadas Vectoriais QGIS allows you to create new shapefile layers new SpatiaLite layers and new GPX layers Creation of a new GRASS layer is supported within the GRASS plugin Please refer to section Criando uma nova camada vectorial GRASS for more information on creating GRASS vector layers Criando uma nova camada Shapefile To create a new shape layer for editing choose New Va New Shapefile Layer from the Layer menu The New Vector Layer dialog will be displayed as shown in Figure edit 5 Choose the type of layer point
284. icando este abrir as propriedades da projec o do projecto actual Tip Calculando a Escala Correcta para o Seu Enquadramento do Mapa Quando inicia o QGIS os graus s o a unidade padr o o que significa que QGIS ir interpretar as coordenadas na sua camada em graus Para obter os valores correctos da escala pode mudar para metros manualmente no separador Geral no menu Configura es Propriedades do Projecto ou pode seleccionar o SRC clicando no cone O Estado do SRC no canto inferior direito da barra de estado No ltimo caso as unidades s o definidas para o que a projec o do projecto especifica ex units m 34 Cap tulo 7 QGIS GUI CAP TULO 8 Ferramentas gerais 8 1 Atalhos do teclado QGIS provides default keyboard shortcuts for many features You can find them in section Barra de Menus Ad ditionally the menu option Settings Configure Shortcuts allows you to change the default keyboard shortcuts and to add new keyboard shortcuts to QGIS features Configure shortcuts Action Shortcut Add MSSQL Spatial Layer Ctrl Shift M Add Part S Add PostGIS Layers Ctrl Shift D Add Raster Layer Ctrl Shift R 8 Add Ring S Add SpatiaLite Layer Ctri shift L EA Add to Overview Ctrl Shift o L Add Vector Layer Ctrl ShiFt V av Add WCS Layer v Add WFS Layer Change Setnone Set default None Load Save Close Figura 8 1 Defi
285. id of a feature Conical linear and radial gradient types Data defined options i e to use an expression or a table column for all gradient properties Label support for palleted rasters Rasters that use a fixed colour pallette for instance a land cover map can now have category labels assigned which will be shown in the map legend and in the composer legend Colour ramps can be inverted A new option has been added to symbology dialogs that deal with colour ramps to allow you to invert the colour ramp when it is created Copy and Paste in rule based renderer In the rule based renderer you can now right click on a rule and then copy and paste the rule as a new rule On the fly feature generalisation QGIS 2 2 introduces support for on the fly feature generalisation This can improve rendering times when drawing many complex features at small scales This feature can be enabled or disabled in the layer settings There is also a new global setting that enables generalisation by default for newly added layers Note Feature generalisation may introduce artefacts into your rendered output in some cases These may include slivers between polygons and inaccurate rendering when using offset based symbol layers Anchor points can be set for marker layers When defining symbology with marker layers e g a point layer symbolized with SVG markers you can now specify what part of the image should correspond to the anchor point For example
286. idade de recalcular as coordenadas entre diferentes SRC introduzindo alguns erros que podem resultar descontinuidades mesmo quando o snapping usado Na tabela de atributos da camada os seguintes campos podem ser usados e Velocidade na sec o da rede vi ria campo n merico e direc o qualquer tipo que possa ser usada para string Direc es com avan o e recuo corresponde a uma estrada de sentido nico para ambas as direc es corresponde a estradas de dois sentidos Se alguns campos n o tiverem qualquer valor ou n o existam ser o usados valores por defeito Pode mudar os valores por defeito e algumas configura es na janela de configura es do m dulo 19 15 1 Usando o m dulo Depois da activa o do m dulo ira ver um painel adicional no lado esquerdo da janela principal do QGIS Agora introduza alguns par metros na janela Configura o do Caminho mais curto no menu Vector Caminho mais curto veja figure road graph 2 286 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Road graph plugin settings Time unit hour Distance unit kilometer A Topology tolerance 0 00000 Transportation layer Default settings Layer trails Direction field Always use default Value for Forward direction Value for reverse direction Value two way direction Speed field Always use default km h lt Help Cancel ams Figura 19 29 Configura es do m dulo de C lculo de Rotas
287. ide Release 2 2 BlueMax GPS 4044 datalogger com BT e USB MS Windows Note E necess rio instalar os controladores antes de usar o Windows 7 Veja o site do fabricante para a transfer ncia correcta Transferindo com o GPSBabel com o USB e BT retorna sempre um erro como gpsbabel t i mtk f COM12 o gpx E C temp test gpx mtk logger Can t create temporary file data bin Error running gpsbabel Process exited unsucessfully with code 1 Ubuntu Mint GNU Linux Com USB Ap s ter ligado o cabo use o comando dmesg para perceber que porta est a ser usada por exemplo dev ttyACM3 De seguida como habitual use o GPSBabel a partir do CLI ou GUI gpsbabel t i mtk f dev ttyACM3 o gpx F home user bluemax gpx Com Bluetooth Use o Gestor de Dispositivos Blueman para emparelhar os dispositivos e torn los dispon veis atrav s do sistema de portas e de seguida corra o GPSBabel gpsbabel t i mtk f dev rfcomm0 o gpx F home user bluemax_bt gpx 15 2 Live GPS tracking To activate live GPS tracking in QGIS you need to select Settings Panels Cd GPS information You will get a new docked window on the left side of the canvas There are four possible screens in this GPS tracking window f GPS position coordinates and an interface for manually entering vertices and features hn GPS signal strength of satellite connections Ro GPS polar screen showing number and polar position of satellites e A GPS options screen s
288. ies in the attribute table You can activate and deactivate the function with the right mouse button Hover over the symbol and you see the information about the data defined override including the current definition field We now describe an example using the data defined override function for the E Move label function see figure_labels_5 1 Importe o lakes shp a partir da amostra do conjunto de dados do QGIS 2 Double click the layer to open the Layer Properties Click on Labels and Placement Select Offset from centroid 3 Look for the Data defined entries Click the E icon to define the field type for the Coordinate Choose xlabel for X and ylabel for Y The icons are now highlighted in yellow 4 Ampliar ao lago 5 Go to the Label toolbar and click the a gt icon Now you can shift the label manually to another position see figure_labels_6 The new position of the label is saved in the xlabel and ylabel columns of the attribute table 12 2 3 Menu Campos Within the Fields menu the field attributes of the selected dataset can be manipulated The buttons ip New Column and la Delete Column can be used when the dataset is in 4 Editing mode Editar Widget 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 93 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Layer labeling settings 9 E Ag D lt A E Label this layer with NAMES lt amp E So amp A e ic b ID P A A e w Text Buf
289. ify the input point vector layer s from a list of loaded point layers If several layers are specified then data from all layers is used for interpolation Note It is possible to insert lines or 99 66 polygons as constraints for the triangulation by specifying either points structure lines or break lines in the Type IT combo box Interpolation attribute Select the attribute column to be used for interpolation or enable the Ed Use Z Coordinate checkbox to use the layer s stored Z values Interpolation Method Select the interpolation method This can be either Triangulated Irregular Network TIN or Inverse Distance Weighted IDW Number of columns rows Specify the number of rows and columns for the output raster file Ficheiro de Sa da Especifique o nome para o ficheiro raster de sa da 4 Adicionar resultado ao projecto para carregar o resultado para o enquadramento do mapa Interpolation plugin Input Output Vector layers elevation Interpolation method Triangular interpolation TIN Interpolation attribute ELEV Number of columns 998 Number of rows 708 a Cellsize X 5000 00000 Cellsize Y 5000 00000 m Add Remove Xmin 2 84614e 06 Xmax 2 14422e 06 Vector layer Attribute Type Y min 4 61336e 06 Y max 8 15568e 06 elevation ELEV Points e Output file datafelevation tin amp Add result to project cancel DR Figura 19 19 M dulo de Interpola o rs 19 10
290. ightness and alpha transparency attributes returns a string representation of a color saturation and value attributes returns a string representation of a color value and alpha transparency attributes returns a string representation of a color yellow and black components returns a string representation of a color based on its hue based on its hue based on its cyan based on ats cyan yellow black and alpha transparency components Geometry Functions This group contains functions that operate on geometry objects e g length area xat yat Sarea Slength Sperimeter ox Sy Sgeometry geomt romwkKT geomF romGML bbox disjoint intersects touches crosses contains overlaps within buffer centroid convexHull difference distance intersection symDifference combine Union geomToWKT retrieves an x coordinate of the current retrieves a y coordinate of the current f feature eature returns the area size of the current feature returns the length size of the current fe returns the perimeter length of the curre returns the x coordinate of the current f returns the y coordinate of the current f returns the geometry of the current featu for processing with other functions returns a geometry created from a well kn returns a geometry from a GML representat returns 1 if the geometries do not share returns 1 if the geometries spatially int share any portion of space and O if the ature n
291. igitize all vertices of the common boundary Activar atrac o nas intersec es Another option is to use Ed Enable snapping on intersection It allows you to snap on an intersection of back ground layers even if there s no vertex on the intersection 12 3 4 Digitalizar uma camada existente By default QGIS loads layers read only This is a safeguard to avoid accidentally editing a layer if there is a slip of the mouse However you can choose to edit any layer as long as the data provider supports it and the underlying data source is writable 1 e its files are not read only In general tools for editing vector layers are divided into a digitizing and an advanced digitizing toolbar described in section Digitaliza o Avan ada You can select and unselect both under Set tings Toolbars Using the basic digitizing tools you can perform the following functions Finalidade Finalidade Edi es actuais Alternar edi o Adicionando Elementos Capturar Ponto W Adicionando Elementos Capturar Linha Adicionando Elementos Capturar Pol gono Mover Elemento Ferramenta de N s Apagar Seleccionados Cortar Elementos Copiar Elementos Colar Elementos Guardar edi es da camada Edi o da Tabela Edi o b sica da camada vectorial pela barra de ferramentas All editing sessions start by choosing the f Toggle editing Option This can be found in the context menu after right clicking on the legend entry for a give
292. indows you might not be interested in reading the rest of this chapter Make sure you install QGIS in your system using the OSGeo4W application That will automatically install SAGA GRASS and OTB in your system and configure them so they can be run from QGIS All the algorithms in the simplified view of the toolbox will be ready to be run without needing any further configuration If you want to know more about how these providers work or if you want to use some algorithms not included in the simplified toolbox such as R scripts keep on reading 17 7 2 Uma nota para os formatos dos ficheiros When using an external software opening a file in QGIS does not mean that it can be opened and processed as well in that other software In most cases other software can read what you have opened in QGIS but in some cases that might not be true When using databases or uncommon file formats whether for raster or vector layers problems might arise If that happens try to use well known file formats that you are sure are understood by both programs and check the console output in the history and log dialog to know more about what is going wrong Usando as camadas raster GRASS por exemplo um dos casos em que pode ter problema e n o seja poss vel completar o seu trabalho se chamar um algoritmo externo usando uma camada como ficheiro de entrada Por esta raz o essas camadas n o ir o aparecer como dispon veis para os algoritmos You should
293. information on binary packages at the QGIS website at http download qgis org 6 1 1 Instala o a partir da fonte If you need to build QGIS from source please refer to the installation instructions They are dis tributed with the QGIS source code in a file called INSTALL You can also find them online at http htmlpreview github io https raw github com qgis QGIS master doc INSTALL html 6 1 2 Instala o no dispositivo de armazenamento externo QGIS allows you to define a configpath option that overrides the default path for user configuration e g qgis2 under Linux and forces QSettings to use this directory too This allows you to for instance carry a QGIS installation on a flash drive together with all plugins and settings See section Menu Sistema for additional information 6 2 Amostra de Dados O guia de utilizador cont m exemplos baseados no conjunto de amostra de dados do QGIS The Windows installer has an option to download the QGIS sample dataset If checked the data will be down loaded to your My Documents folder and placed in a folder called GIS Database You may use Windows Explorer to move this folder to any convenient location If you did not select the checkbox to install the sample dataset during the initial QGIS installation you may do one of the following e Use GIS data that you already have e Download sample data from http download osgeo org qgis data qgis_sample_data zip e Uninstall QGIS a
294. inicipal 19 11 1 Usando o m dulo e Open some vector layers e g from a PostGIS or WFS T datasource e Save it as a project e Go to Database Offline Editing h Convert to offline project and select the layers to save The content of the layers is saved to SpatiaLite tables e Edite as camadas offline e After being connected again upload the changes using Database Offline Editing Synchronize 19 12 Oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin In Oracle databases raster data can be stored in SDO_GEORASTER objects available with the Oracle Spatial extension In QGIS the a Oracle Spatial GeoRaster plugin is supported by GDAL and depends on Oracle s database product being installed and working on your machine While Oracle is proprietary software they provide their software free for development and testing purposes Here is one simple example of how to load raster images to GeoRaster S gdal_translate of georaster input file tif geor scott tiger orcl Isto ira carregar o raster para a tabela padr o GDAL IMPORT table como coluna designada de RASTER 19 12 1 Gerindo liga es Firstly the Oracle GeoRaster Plugin must be enabled using the Plugin Manager see The Plugins Menus The first time you load a GeoRaster in QGIS you must create a connection to the Oracle database that contains the data To do this begin by clicking on the a Add Oracle GeoRaster Layer toolbar button this will open the Select O
295. invoked and passed a URL to open The URL performs a Google search on the value of the nam field from our vector layer Note that the application or script called by the action must be in the path or you must provide the full path To be certain we could rewrite the first example as opt kde3 bin konqueror http www google com search g nam This will ensure that the konqueror application will be executed when the action is invoked The second example uses the notation which does not rely on a particular field for its value When the action is invoked the will be replaced by the value of the selected field in the identify results or attribute table Usando Accoes Actions can be invoked from either the Identify Results dialog an Attribute Table dialog or from Run Fea ture Action recall that these dialogs can be opened by clicking Q Toentity Features of Cum TS Or Q Run Feature Action To invoke an action right click on the record and choose the action from the pop up menu Ac tions are listed in the popup menu by the name you assigned when defining the action Click on the action you wish to invoke If you are invoking an action that uses the notation right click on the field value in the Identify Results dialog or the Attribute Table dialog that you wish to pass to the application or script Here is another example that pulls data out of a vector layer and inserts it into a file using bash and the echo com mand so it will onl
296. ionados de uma lista mas s em caso dos valores poss veis serem camadas ou tabelas carregadas no QGIS a lista dos dados de entrada do modelo do tipo correspondente ou outras camadas ou tabelas geradas por algoritmos que j tenham sido adicionadas ao modelo e Valores num ricos Valores literais podem ser introduzidos directamente na caixa de texto Mas esta caixa de texto tamb m uma lista que pode ser usada para seleccionar qualquer valor num rico de entrada do modelo Nesse caso o par metro ira tomar o valor introduzido pelo utilizador quando executado o modelo e Cadeia de texto Como no caso dos valores num ricos as cadeias de texto podem ser introduzidas ou uma cadeia de texto de entrada pode ser seleccionada e Campo da Tabela Os campos de uma tabela origem ou camada n o podem ser conhecidas na altura do seu desenho uma vez que dependem da selec o do utilizador cada vez que o modelo executado Para definir o valor para este par metro introduza o nome do campo directamente na caixa de texto ou usa a 17 3 O modelador gr fico 199 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Processing modeler 200 2 x Enter model name here Figura 17 19 Par metros do Modelo Convergence index Enter name if this is a final result Figura 17 20 Par metros do Modelo Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 lista para seleccionar a entrada do campo de tabela
297. ios dispendiosos com uma prespectiva vi vel para qualquer um com o acesso b sico a um computador pessoal O QGIS actualmente corre na maioria das plataformas Unix Windows e OS X O QGIS desenvolvido usando o toolkit do Qt http gt digia com e C Isto significa que o QGIS mostra se r pido no seu uso e tem uma agrad vel interface GUI e de f cil uso para o utilizador O QGIS tem como objectivo ser um SIG f cil de usar fornecendo fun es e caracter sticas comuns O objectivo inicial foi fornecer um SIG de visualiza o de dados O QGIS chegou ao ponto na sua evolu o onde est a ser usado por muitos na sua necessidade di ria de visualiza o de dados SIG O QGIS suporta um n mero de formatos de dados vectoriais e raster e suporta facilmente a adi o de novos formatos usando a arquitectura de m dulos O QGIS foi lan ado segundo a GNU Licen a P blica Geral GPL Desenvolver o QGIS segundo esta licen a significa que pode inspeccionar e modificar o c digo fonte e garantir que voc o nosso utilizador contente ter sempre acesso a um programa SIG que gratuito e pode ser gratuitamente modificado Deve receber uma c pia completa da licen a com a sua c pia do QGIS e pode tamb m encontr la no Ap ndice Licen a Geral P blica GNU Tip Documenta o Actualizada A ltima vers o deste documento pode ser sempre encontrado na rea de documenta o no s tio da internet do QGIS em http www qgis org en docs
298. is is different from shapefile creation with QGIS because shapefiles use the Simple Feature vector model see section Criando novas camadas Vectoriais Tip Criando uma tabela de atributos para uma nova camada vectorial GRASS Se desejar atribuir atributos aos seus elementos de geometria digitalizados tenha a certeza que criou uma tabela de atributos com as colunas antes de come ar a digitalizar veja figure grass digitizing 5 16 7 Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS The digitizing tools for GRASS vector layers are accessed using the Mp Edit GRASS vector layer icon on the toolbar Make sure you have loaded a GRASS vector and it is the selected layer in the legend before clicking on the edit tool Figure figure_grass_digitizing_2 shows the GRASS edit dialog that is displayed when you click on the edit tool The tools and settings are discussed in the following sections Tip Digitalizando poligonos no GRASS If you want to create a polygon in GRASS you first digitize the boundary of the polygon setting the mode to No category Then you add a centroid label point into the closed boundary setting the mode to Next not used The reason for this is that a topological vector model links the attribute information of a polygon always to the centroid and not to the boundary Barra de Ferramentas In figure_grass_digitizing_1 you see the GRASS digitizing toolbar icons provided by the GRASS plugin Table table grass
299. italizar a imagem e tentar definir todos os pixeis que existem perto do preto ou perto do branco volta do limite para exactamente preto ou branco Isto usado usualmente para corrigir perdas em fotos reas comprimidas para que esses pixeis de cor possam ser tratadas como transparentes nas opera es de mosaico Veja tamb m http www gdal org nearblack html Este utilit rio preenche as regi es raster seleccionadas usualmente conhecidas com reas sem valor por interpola o de de pixeis validados volta das bordas da rea Pode encontrar mais informa o em http www gdal org gdal_fillnodata html Este utilit rio gera um mapa de proximidade raster indicando a dist ncia desde o centro de cada pixel para o centro do pixel mais pr ximo identificado como pixel alvo Os pixeis alvo s o os que est o presentes no raster inicial em que cada valor do pixel definido como valores pixeis alvo Para mais informa o veja http www gdal org gdal proximity html Este utilit rio cria um grelha regular raster a partir da leitura de dados dispersos de um fonte de dados OGR Os dados de entrada ser o interpolados para preencher os n s da grelha com valores pode escolher v rios m todos de interpola o O utilit rio tamb m descrito no s tio na internet do GDAL http www gdal org gdal grid html Ferramentas para analisar e visualizar MDT Podem ser criados relevos sombreados declives exposi es relevo colorido
300. janela de Op es Event Browser Displaying records 03 of 76 Display Options Configure External Applications File path Attribute containing path to file image A O C Path is relative _ Remember this ES Reset Compass bearing Attribute containing compass bearing Display compass bearing Remember this Reset Compass offset Manual O From Attribute ELEV _ Remember this Reset Relative paths The base path or url from which images and documents can be relative 0 Path 51 Alexandre Dropbox Trabalho QGIS qggis sample data photos amp Remember this Reset E A Replace entire path url stored in image path attribute with user defined r n F Base Path i e keep only filename From attribute Remember this OS F Apply Path to Image rules when loading docs in external applications Remember this Reset Restore Defaults Os Figura 19 10 A janela de Op es eVis 1 File path A drop down list to specify the attribute field that contains the directory path or URL for the photographs or other documents being displayed If the location is a relative path then the checkbox must be clicked The base path for a relative path can be entered in the Base Path text box below Information about the different options for specifying the file location are noted in the section Especificando a localiza o e nome da fotografia below 2 Compass bearing A drop down li
301. l operators AND OR are available The Test button shows a message box with the number of features satisfying the current query which is useful in the process of query construction The Clear button clears the text in the SQL WHERE clause text field The OK button closes the window and selects the features satisfying the query The Cancel button closes the window without changing the current selection 12 4 2 Save selected features as new layer The selected features can be saved as any OGR supported vector format and also transformed into another coor dinate reference system CRS Just open the right mouse menu of the layer and click on Save selection as gt to define the name of the output file its format and CRS see section Legenda do Mapa It is also possible to specify OGR creation options within the dialog 12 5 Calculadora de Campos The Field Calculator button in the attribute table allows you to perform calculations on the basis of existing attribute values or defined functions for instance to calculate length or area of geometry features The results can be written to a new attribute column or they can be used to update values in an existing column You will need to bring the vector layer into editing mode before you can click on the field calculator icon to open the dialog see figure_attributes_3 In the dialog you first must select whether you want to only update selected features create a new attribute fiel
302. labeling of the bar Scale Bar Decoration Placement Top Right E Scale bar style Tick Down E Color of bar Do Size of bar 30 feet miles n Enable scale bar Automatically snap to round number on resize Help Cancel OK Figura 8 9 Di logo da Barra de Escala rs QGIS only supports displaying the scale in the same units as your map frame So if the units of your layers are in meters you can t create a scale bar in feet Likewise if you are using decimal degrees you can t create a scale bar to display distance in meters Para adicionar a barra de escala 1 Select from menu View Decorations Scale Bar The dialog starts see figure decorations 4 2 Choose the placement from the Placement LIT combo box 3 Choose the style from the Scale bar style IT combo box 4 Select the color for the bar Color of bar Border color change or use the default black color 5 Set the size of the bar and its label Size of bar 1 90 41 6 Make sure the A Enable scale bar checkbox is checked 7 Optionally check 4 Automatically snap to round number on resize 8 Clique OK Tip Separador das Decora es When you save a qgs project any changes you have made to Grid North Arrow Scale Bar and Copyright will be saved in the project and restored the next time you load the project 8 7 Ferramentas de Anota o The Text Annotation too in the attribute toolbar provides the pos
303. lated structure when zooming in This appearance can be improved by using the Bilinear or Cubic method which cause sharp features to be blurred The effect is a smoother image This method can be applied for instance to digital topographic raster maps 13 2 3 Menu Transpar ncia QGIS has the ability to display each raster layer at a different transparency level Use the transparency slider td to indicate to what extent the underlying layers if any should be visible though the current raster layer This is very useful if you like to overlay more than one raster layer e g a shaded relief map overlayed by a classified raster map This will make the look of the map more three dimensional Additionally you can enter a raster value that should be treated as NODATA in the Additional no data value menu Uma forma ainda mais flex vel para personalizar a transpar ncia pode ser feito no guilabel se o de op es de transpar ncia personalizado A transpar ncia de cada pixel pode ser definido aqui 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto 137 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 As an example we want to set the water of our example raster file Landcover tif to a transparency of 20 The following steps are neccessary 1 Carregar o ficheiro raster ficheiro landcover tif 2 Open the Properties dialog by double clicking on the raster name in the legend or by right clicking and choosing Properties from the pop up menu 3 S
304. layed If a compass bearing is provided then an arrow will appear pointing in the direction indicated by the value in the compass bearing display field in the Event Browser window The arrow will be centered over the point that is associated with the photograph or other document To close the Event Browser window click on the Close button from the Display window 19 6 5 Ferramenta de Eventos ID The Event ID module allows you to display a photograph by clicking on a feature displayed in the QGIS map window The vector feature must have attribute information associated with it to describe the location and name of the file containing the photograph and optionally the compass direction the camera was pointed when the image was acquired This layer must be loaded into QGIS before running the Event ID tool Iniciar o modulo de Eventos ID To launch the Event ID module either click on the WD Event ID icon or click on Database eVis Event ID Tool This will cause the cursor to change to an arrow with an 1 on top of it signifying that the ID tool is active To view the photographs linked to vector features in the active vector layer displayed in the QGIS map window move the Event ID cursor over the feature and then click the mouse After clicking on the feature the Event Browser window is opened and the photographs on or near the clicked locality are available for display in the browser If more than one photograph is a
305. layers from an existing GRASS LOCATION see section sec_load_grassdata Or you can create a new GRASS LOCATION with QGIS see section Criando uma nova LOCALIZA O GRASS and import some raster and vector data see section Importando dados para uma LO CALIZACAO GRASS for further analysis with the GRASS Toolbox see section The GRASS Toolbox 169 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 16 2 Carregando as camadas raster e vectoriais GRASS With the GRASS plugin you can load vector or raster layers using the appropriate button on the toolbar menu As an example we will use the QGIS Alaska dataset see section Amostra de Dados It includes a small sample GRASS LOCATION with three vector layers and one raster elevation map 1 Create a new folder called grassdata download the QGIS Alaska dataset agis sample data zip from http download osgeo org qgis data and unzip the file into grassdata 2 Start QGIS 3 If not already done in a previous QGIS session load the GRASS plugin clicking on Plugins gt x5 Manage Plugins and activate A GRASS The GRASS toolbar appears in the QGIS main window 4 Na barra de ferramentas GRASS clique no icone a Abrir conjunto de mapas sara iniciar o assistente de insta la o do CONJUNTO DE DADOS 5 For Gisdbase browse and select or enter the path to the newly created folder gras sdata 6 Poder agora ser capaz de seleccionar a LOCALIZA O DIV alaskaeo guilabel CONJUNTO DE DADOS demo 7
306. leave the vertex where you release the mouse button instead of snapping it to an existing vertex and or segment The snapping tolerance setting affects all tools that work with tolerance 1 A general project wide snapping tolerance can be defined by choosing Settings R Options On Mac go to QIS gt R Preferences On Linux Edit gt Options In the Digitizing tab you can select between to vertex to segment or to vertex and segment as default snap mode You can also define a default snapping tolerance and a search radius for vertex edits The tolerance can be set either in map units or in pixels The advantage of choosing pixels is that the snapping tolerance doesn t have to be changed after zoom operations In our small digitizing project working with the Alaska dataset we define the snapping units in feet Your results may vary but something on the order of 300 ft at a scale of 1 10000 should be a reasonable setting 2 A layer based snapping tolerance can be defined by choosing Settings or File gt Snapping options to enable and adjust snapping mode and tolerance on a layer basis see figure edit 1 Note that this layer based snapping overrides the global snapping option set in the Digitizing tab So if you need to edit one layer and snap its vertices to another layer then enable snapping only on the snap to layer then decrease the global snapping tolerance to a smaller value Furthermore snapping wi
307. lication are managed by their own algorithm provider This section will show you how to configure the processing framework to include these additional applications and it will explain some particular features of the algorithms based on them Once you have correctly configured the system you will be able to execute external algorithms from any component like the toolbox or the graphical modeler just like you do with any other geoalgorithm By default all algorithms that rely on an external appplication not shipped with QGIS are not enabled You can enable them in the configuration dialog Make sure that the corresponding application is already installed in your system Enabling an algorithm provider without installing the application it needs will cause the algorithms to appear in the toolbox but an error will be thrown when you try to execute them This is because the algorithm descriptions needed to create the parameters dialog and provide the information needed about the algorithm are not included with each application but with QGIS instead That is they are part of QGIS so you have them in your installation even if you have not installed any other software Running the algorithm however needs the application binaries to be installed in your system 212 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 17 7 1 Uma nota para utilizadores Windows If you are not an advanced user and you are running QGIS on W
308. licitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it 10 FUTURAS REVISOES DESTA LICENCA The Free Software Foundation may publish new revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns See http www gnu org copyleft Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of an
309. line is printed but the output of the first is not and neither are the outputs from other command lines added automatically by QGIS Se o seu algoritmo criar qualquer tipo de gr ficos usando o m todo plot adicione a seguinte linha showplots This will cause QGIS to redirect all R graphical outputs to a temporary file which will be opened once R execution has finished Tanto os gr ficos como os resultados da consola ser o exibidos no gestor de resultados do processamento For more information please check the script files provided with SEXTANTE Most of them are rather simple and will greatly help you understand how to create your own scripts 216 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Note rgdal and maptools libraries are loaded by default so you do not have to add the corresponding library commands you just have to make sure that those two packages are installed in your R distribution However other additional libraries that you might need have to be explicitly loaded Just add the necessary com mands at the beginning of your script You also have to make sure that the corresponding packages are installed in the R distribution used by QGIS The processing framework will not take care of any package installation If you run a script that requires a package that is not installed the execution will fail and SEXTANTE will try to detect which packages are missing You must
310. lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis commit 20 1 5 qgis trac A lista fornece notifica es de email relacionadas com a gest o do projecto incluindo relat rios de erros tarefas pedidos de novas caracter sticas Pode subscrever esta lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis trac 293 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 20 1 6 qgis community team Esta lista lida com t picos como a documenta o conte dos de ajuda manual de utilizador experi ncia online incluindo sitios na internet blogues listas de discuss o f runs e apoio nas tradu es Se tamb m desejar trabalhar no guia de utilizador esta lista boa para come ar a fazer perguntas para as suas quest es Pode subscrever na lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis community team 20 1 7 qgis release team Esta lista lida com os t picos relacionados com os processos de lan amento empacotamento de bin rios para os v rios SO e an ncio de novos lan amentos para o mundo Pode subscrever esta lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis release team 20 1 8 qgis ir Esta lista lida com os esfor os feitos nas tradu es Se quiser trabalhar na tradu o dos manuais ou na interface gr fica de utilizador GUI esta lista boa para come ar a fazer perguntas Pode subscrever nesta lista em http lists osgeo org mailman listinfo qgis tr 20 1 9 qgis edu Esta lista lida com os esfor os na rea de educa o do
311. ll never occur to a layer that is not checked in the snapping options dialog regardless of the global snapping tolerance So be sure to mark the checkbox for those layers that you need to snap to 12 3 Editando 107 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Snapping options Layer Mode Tolerance Units Avoid Int E popp to vertex and segment 0 000000 map units E railroads to vertex and segment 5 map units lt E regions to vertex and segment IE pixels L rivers to vertex and segment 0 000000 map units storagep to vertex and segment 0 000000 map units lt Zj swamp to vertex and segment 0 000000 map units Sj trails to vertex and segment J5 pixels amp Enable topological editing Enable snapping on intersection Apply Cancel ET Figura 12 33 Edi o das op es de atrac o numa camada base rs Raio de pesquisa Search radius is the distance QGIS uses to search for the closest vertex you are trying to move when you click on the map If you aren t within the search radius QGIS won t find and select any vertex for editing and it will pop up an annoying warning to that effect Snap tolerance and search radius are set in map units or pixels so you may find you need to experiment to get them set right If you specify too big of a tolerance QGIS may snap to the wrong vertex especially if you are dealing with a large number o
312. lu ncia na sele o de linhas Modificar a sele o na tela principal n o altera a posi o do cursor na tabela de atributos A tabela pode ser ordenada por qualquer coluna clicando no cabe alho da coluna Uma pequena seta indica a forma de ordena o apontar para baixo significa valores descendentes do topo da linha apontar para cima significa valores descendentes do topo da linha For a simple search by attributes on only one column choose the Column filter from the menu in the bottom left corner Select the field column on which the search should be performed from the drop down menu and hit the Apply button Then only the matching features are shown in the attribute table To make a selection you have to use the Gr Select features using an Expression icon on top of the attribute table Gr Select features using an Expression allows you to define a subset of a table using a Function List like in the A ae see Calculadora de Campos The query result can then be saved as a new vector layer For example if you want 12 3 Editando 119 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 to find regions that are boroughs from regions shp of the QGIS sample data you have to open the Fields and Values menu and choose the field that you want to query Double click the field TYPE 2 and also Load all unique values From the list choose and double click Borough In the Expression field the following query appears TIPR 2 Borough
313. ludes new front matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant To do this add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version s license notice These titles must be distinct from any other section titles You may add a section Entitled Endorsements provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties for example statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front Cover Text and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back Cover Text to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version Only one passage of Front Cover Text and one of Back Cover Text may be added by or through arrangements made by any one entity If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of you may not add another but you may replace the old one on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one The author s and publisher s of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version 5 COMBINACAO DE DOCUMENTOS
314. m dulos core 71 Barra de Menus ig QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 10 Processamento Menu de Op es Atalho Refer ncia Barra de Ferramentas RE caixa de veja 4 caixa de ferramentas Ferramentas ft Modelador Gr fico veja O modelador gr fico Hist rico e registo veja Gest o do hist rico a i Opes e veja Configurando a infraestrutura do configura es processamento W Visualizador de veja Configurando as aplica es externas resultados Comandos Ctrl Alt Mveja The SEXTANTE Commander O come o do QGIS pela primeira vez n o carrega todos os m dulos core 7 1 11 Ajuda Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas 9 Conte dos da Ajuda F1 Ajuda k O que isto Sharer Ajuda Documenta o API Necessita suporte comercial Q S tio na Internet do QGIS Ctr1 H w Verificar a Vers o qg i Sobre EP Patrocinadores Iggl Repare que para o Linux os items da Barra de Menus est o listados acima s o os padr es para o gestor de janelas no KDE No GNOME o menu Configura es tem conte dos diferentes e os items s o encontrados aqui Propriedades do Projecto Projecto w Op es Editar R Configurar atalhos Editar Gestor de Estilo Editar E SRC Personalizado Editar Pain is Ver Barra de Ferramentas Ver Activar Modo de Ecr Completo Ver Escala da quadr cula Ver Informa o do GPS Ver 7 2 Barra de Ferramentas A barra de ferramentas fornece o acesso maioria das mesmas fun
315. m Definition Define You can define your own custom Coordinate Reference System CRS here The definition must conform to the proj4 format for specifying a CRS Name Parameters Testurl proj tmerc lat_0 39 66825833333333 lon 0 8 1331083 Add new CRS Remove Name UTM 29 test Parameters proj utm zone 29 ellps wGS84 datum WG584 Copy towgs84 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 units m no_defs existing CRS Test Use the text boxes below to test the CRS definition you are creating Enter a coordinate where both the lat long and the transformed result are known for example by reading off a map Then press the calculate button to see if the CRS definition you are creating is accurate Geographic WGSB4 Destination CRS North 38 4 4 250 293 2132 East 9 45 460 706 6723 Help Cancel OK Figura 10 3 Janela de SC personalizado rs Note que os Par metros devem come ar com um bloco pro j para representar o novo sistema de coordenadas Pode testar os par metros do seu SC para ver se fornecem resultados aceit veis Para isto introduza valores conhecidos de latitude e longitude WGS 84 nos campos Norte e Este respectivamente Clique em Calcular e compare os resultados com os seus valores conhecidos no seu sistema de coordenadas 10 5 Transforma es de datum pr definidas A projec o din mica depende da capacidade de transformar dados num SC pr definido e o QGIS usa o WGS 84 Para alguns SC exi
316. mada e que tome como par metro o nome do ficheiro da camada para carregar import sextante def load xargs sextante load args 0 If you want to load the layerin home myuser points shp type load home myuser points shp in the Commander text box 220 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS CAP TULO 18 Compositor de Impress o O compositor de impress o fornece grandes recursos de layout e impress o Permite que possa adicionar ele mentos como o enquadramento do mapa QGIS etiquetas de texto imagens legendas barras de escala formas b sicas setas tabelas de atributo e molduras HTML Pode dimensionar agrupar alinhar e posicionar cada ele mento e ajustar as propriedades para criar o seu layout O layout pode ser impresso ou exportado para formatos de imagens Postscript PDF ou para SVG a exporta o para SVG n o est a trabalhar correctamente com algumas vers es recentes do Qt4 deve experimentar e verificar o seu sistema individualmente Pode guardar o layout como modelo e carreg lo outra vez noutra sess o Finalmente v rios mapas baseados num modelo podem ser gerados atrav s do Gerador de Atlas Veja a lista de ferramentas no table composer 1 221 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Finalidade Finalidade Novo Compositor Guardar Projecto Duplicar Compositor Gestor de Compositores Carregar a partir do modelo Guardar como modelo Exportar como imagem Imprimir ou exportar como PostScript Exporta
317. marker End marker Figura 18 22 Separador das propriedades da Seta rs Propriedades principais e For basic shapes this dialog allows you to choose an Ellipse Rectangle or Triangle shape and its rotation e Unlike the other items line style line color and background color of a basic shape are adjusted with the Frame and Background dialog No frame is drawn e For arrows you can define here the line style Color Line width and Arrow head width e Arrows markers can be adjusted If you want to set an SVG Start marker and or End marker browse to your SVG file by clicking on the button after selecting the SVG radio button Note Unlike other items the background color for a basic shape is the shape background and not the frame background 238 Capitulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 18 3 7 Add attribute table values to the Print Composer It is possible to add parts of a vector attribute table to the Print Composer canvas Click the Pde attribute lable icon place the element with the left mouse button on the Print Composer canvas and position and customize the appearance in the Item Properties tab The Item properties of an attribute table item tab provides the following functionalities see figure composer 23 Item Properties xl Attribute table Main properties amp show grid Fonts Position and size Frame amp Background Item ID Rendering Figura 18 23 Separador d
318. matos suportados automaticamente adicionado aos resultados da janela de identifica o e o formato seleccionado ir armazenar no projecto para a camada Suporte do formato GML A ferramenta Q Identificar Suporta respostas do Servidor WMS GetFeatureInfo no formato GML chamado de Elemento no GUI dolggl neste contexto Se o formato Elemento for suportado pelo servidor e seleccionado os resultados da ferramenta Identificar s o elementos vectoriais como normais camadas vectoriais Quando um elemento seleccionado na rvore destacada no mapa e pode ser copiada para a rea de transfer ncia e colada noutra camada vectorial Veja o exemplo da instala o em baixo do UMN Mapserver para suportar o formato GML GetFeaturelnfo in layer METADATA add which fields should be included and define geometry example gml include items all ows_geometries mygeom ows_mygeom_type polygon Then there are two possibilities formats available see a and b a basic output is generated by Mapserver and does not contain XSD in WEB METADATA define formats example wms_getfeatureinfo_formatlist application vnd ogc gml text html b using OGR output is generated by OGR it is send as multipart and contains XSD in MAP define OUTPUTFORMAT example OUTPUTFORMAT NAME OGRGML MIMETYPE ogr gml DRIVER OGR GML FORMATOPTION FORM multipart END in WEB METADATA define formats example wms_getfeatureinfo_
319. me type tointerval converts a string to an interval type can be used to take days hours months etc off a date Date and Time Functions This group contains functions for handling date and time data Snow current date and time age difference between two dates year extract the year part from a date or the number of years from an interva month extract the month part from a date or the number of months from an interval week extract the week number from a date or the number of weeks from an interval day extract the day from a date or the number of days from an interval hour extract the hour from a datetime or time or the number of hours from an interval minute extract the minute from a datetime or time or the number of minutes from an interval second extract the second from a datetime or time or the number of minutes from an interval String Functions This group contains functions that operate on strings e g that replace convert to upper case lower convert string a to lower case upper convert string a to upper case title converts all words of a string to title case all words lower case with leading capital letter trim removes all leading and trailing white space spaces tabs etc from a string length length of string a replace returns a string with the supplied string replaced regexp_replace a this that returns a string with the supplied regular expression replaced regexp_substr returns the portion of a string
320. mo nico ou correr um processo batch baseado nesse algoritmo Processing Toolbox x ki Recently used algorithms 48 Watershed from DEM and threshold i Convergence index ioe amp Polygon centroids di raspect Generates raster maps of aspect from a elevation ba i BP vw Voronoi Creates a Voronoi diagram from an input vector I EA o oe Cartographic to geographic coordinates conversion e B Geoalgorithms J 486 Domain specific 68 images E TH Raster E Raster vector Bb dk vector E alt Models El E Scripts EF Tools H Example scripts Figura 17 1 Caixa de Ferramentas Processamento 187 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e The graphical modeler Several algorithms can be combined graphically using the modeler to define a workflow creating a single process that involves several subprocesses e 2 Parameters Watershed from DEM and threshold Example models Boolean Extent File In ES Number o Raster Layer S Watershed basins Stri Table Out Table field Vector layer In Fill Sinks Out In F In E LES S Catchment area parallel P Channel network Out Out ES In S Vectorising grid classes P Out oar cP Threshold for channel def 2 Figura 17 2 Modelador do Processamento e The history manage
321. mo como um processamento em lote clique com o direito do rato na caixa de ferramentas e seleccione a op o Executar como processamento em lote no bal o de op es que ira aparecer Fag Diae amra d s a Gel Execute Execute as batch process Figura 17 25 Clique do bot o direito do rato do processamento em lote 17 4 2 Os par metros da tabela A execu o de um processamento em lote semelhante execu o nica de um algoritmo Os valores do par metro t m de ser definidos mas neste caso n s necessitamos um conjunto de par metros uma para cada vez que o algoritmo executado Os valores s o introduzidos usando uma tabela como mostrada a seguir Cada linha desta tabela representa uma nica execu o do algoritmo e cada c lula cont m o valor de um dos par metros E semelhante aos par metros do di logo que v quando executa o algoritmo a partir da caixa de ferramentas mas com uma diferente disposi o Por defeito a tabela cont m apenas duas linhas Pode adicionar ou remover linhas usando os bot es na parte inferior da janela Uma vez o tamanho da tabela ser configurado ter de ser preenchido com os valores desejados 17 4 3 Preenchendo os par metros da tabela Para a maioria dos par metros a configura o de um valor trivial Apenas introduza o valor ou seleccione o a partir de uma lista de op es dispon veis dependendo do tipo de par metro As principais diferen a
322. mo o QGIS reage a estes temas Isto pode ser feito globalmente ou por projecto no separador SC no Defini es Op es As op es mostradas na figure projections 1 s o 59 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Options CRS Ra General w Default CRS for new projects Don t enable on the fly reprojection Sy stem Automatically enable on the Fly reprojection if layers have different CRS EEE Data Sources Enable on the fly reprojection by default Rendering Always start new projects with this CRS Gi pair EPSG 4326 WGS 84 Select CS Map Tools w CRS For new layers When a new layer is created or when a layer is loaded that has no CRS Prompt for CRS Lia Composer Digitizing o O Use project CRS Use default CRS displayed below EPSG 4326 WGS 84 Select v Default datum transformations Ask for datum transformation when no default is defined E Source CRS Destination Cl Source datum Destination datum transform Figura 10 1 Separador SC na Janela de Op es QGIS 60 Cap tulo 10 Trabalhando com Projec es QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Entrada de SC e _ Usar SC do projecto e Usar o SC pr definido mostrado abaixo Se quer definir o sistema de coordenadas para um dado tema sem informa o de SC pode tamb m faz lo no separador Geral da janela de propriedade raster e vector ver Menu Ge
323. most usual case you will save 1t to a file but the architecture allows for any other way of storing it For instance a vector layer can be stored in a database or even uploaded to a remote server using a WFS T service Although solutions like these are not yet implemented the processing framework is prepared to handle them and we expect to add new kinds of output channels in a near feature To select an output channel just click on the button on the right side of the text box That will open a save file dialog where you can select the desired file path Supported file extensions are shown in the file format selector of the dialog depending on the kind of output and the algorithm The format of the output is defined by the filename extension The supported formats depend on what is supported by the algorithm itself To select a format just select the corresponding file extension or add it if you are directly typing the file path instead If the extension of the file path you entered does not match any of the supported formats a default extension usually dbf for tables t if for raster layers and shp for vector layers will 17 2 A caixa de ferramentas 195 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 be appended to the file path and the file format corresponding to that extension will be used to save the layer or table If you do not enter any filename the result will be saved as a temporary file in the corresponding default file format and it
324. mple demonstrates the use of an additional option in the r shaded relief module that was shown above The module r shaded relief can take a parameter zmu1t which multiplies the elevation values relative to the X Y coordinate units so that the hillshade effect is even more pronounced e Load the gtopo30 elevation raster as above then start the GRASS Toolbox and click on the GRASS shell In the shell window type the command r shaded relief map gtopo30 shade gtopo30_shade2 azimuth 315 zmult 3 and press Enter e After the process finishes shift to the Browse tab and double click on the new gtopo30 shade2 raster to display it in QGIS e As explained above move the shaded relief raster below the gtopo30 raster in the table of contents then check the transparency of the colored gtopo30 layer You should see that the 3 D effect stands out more strongly compared with the first shaded relief map 182 Cap tulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GRASS Tools alaska demo Modules Tree ModulesList Browser alexandre PCalexandre g list vect vector files available in mapset lt demo gt airports ctour_100 rivers alaska ctour_100_smooth alexandre PCalexandre g region rast gtopo30 ap projection 99 Albers Equal Area zone 0 datum nad27 ellipsoid clark66 north 7809680 south 1367760 west 7117600 east 4897040 nsres 3280 ewres 3280 rows 1964 cols 3663 cells 7194132 alexandre PCal
325. mported into PostgreSQL PostGIS using several tools including the SPIT plugin and the command line tools shp2pgsql and ogr2ogr DB Manager QGIS comes with a core plugin named DB Manager Tt can be used to load shapefiles and other data formats and it includes support for schemas See section M dulo Gestor BD for more information shp2pgsdl PostGIS includes an utility called shp2pgsql that can be used to import shapefiles into a PostGIS enabled database For example to import a shapefile named lakes shp into a PostgreSQL database named gis data use the following command shp2pgsql s 2964 lakes shp lakes new psql gis_data This creates a new layer named lakes_new in the gis data database The new layer will have a spatial reference identifier SRID of 2964 See section Trabalhando com Projec es for more information on spatial reference systems and projections Tip Exporting datasets from PostGIS Like the import tool shp2pgsql there is also a tool to export PostGIS datasets as shapefiles pgsql2shp This is shipped within your PostGIS distribution ogr2ogr Besides shp2pgsql and DB Manager there is another tool for feeding geodata in PostGIS ogr2ogr This is part of your GDAL installation To import a shapefile into PostGIS do the following ogr2ogr f PostgreSQL PG dbname postgis host myhost de user postgres password topsecret alaska shp This will import the shapefile alaska shp into the PostGIS database postgi
326. n SAGA 2 1 is needed In this case there is no need to configure the path to the SAGA executable and you will not see those folders Instead you must make sure that SAGA is properly installed and its folder is added to the PATH environment variable Just open a console and type saga cmd to check that the system can find where the SAGA binaries are located 17 7 4 Sobre as limita es do sistema de grelhas do SAGA Most SAGA algorithms that require several input raster layers require them to have the same grid system That is they must cover the same geographic area and have the same cell size so their corresponding grids match When calling SAGA algorithms from QGIS you can use any layer regardless of its cell size and extent When multiple raster layers are used as input for a SAGA algorithm QGIS resamples them to a common grid system and then passes them to SAGA unless the SAGA algorithm can operate with layers from different grid systems The definition of that common grid system is controlled by the user and you will find several parameters in the SAGA group of the settings window to do so There are two ways of setting the target grid system e Setting it manually You define the extent by setting the values of the following parameters Reamostragem do X min Reamostragem do X m x Reamostragem do Y min Reamostragem do Y m x Reamostragem do tamanho da c lula Tenha em aten o que o QGIS ir reamostrar as c
327. n gt Import photograph points that mention limestone lt shortdescription gt lt description gt This command will import only points that have photographs that mention limestone to QGIS lt description gt lt databaset ype gt SQLITE lt databasetype gt lt databasehost gt lt databaseport gt 19 6 Modulo eVis 265 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 lt databasename gt C Workshop eVis_Data PhotoPoints db lt databasename gt lt databaseusername gt lt databasepassword gt lt sglstatement gt SELECT Attributes Points x Points y FROM Attributes LEFT JOIN Points ON Points rec_id Attributes point_ID where COMMENTS like SlimestoneS lt sgqlstatement gt lt autoconnect gt false lt autoconnect gt lt query gt doc gt 19 7 M dulo fTools O objectivo do m dulo python fTools fornecer um recurso nico para v rias tarefas SIG comuns aos dados vectoriais sem a necessidade de software adicional bibliotecas ou trabalho complexo Fornece um conjunto em crescimento de formas de gest o de dados espaciais e fun es de an lise que s o r pidas e funcionais O fTools est automaticamente instalado e activado nas novas vers es do QGIS juntamente com todos os m dulos e pode ser desactivado e activado atrav s do Gestor de M dulos Veja Sec o The Plugins Menus Quando activado o m dulo fTools adiciona o menu Vector ao QGIS fornecendo fun es desde Ferramentas de An lise e Investiga o a Ferramentas
328. n layer Alternatively you can use the Toggle Editing J Toggle editing button from the digitizing toolbar to start or stop the editing mode Once the layer is in edit mode markers will appear at the vertices and additional tool buttons on the editing toolbar will become available 12 3 Editando 109 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Tip Guardar Regularmente Lembre se de a Guardar Edi es da Camada todas as altera es regularmente Isto ir tamb m verificar que a sua fonte de dados aceita Adicionando Elementos oo 7 oo Pode usar os icones a Adicionar Elemento Adicionar Elemento ou Adicionar Elemento da barra de ferramentas para por o cursor QGIS no modo de digitaliza o Para cada elemento primeiro digitaliza a geometria e de seguida introduz os atributos Para digitalizar a geome tria clique com o bot o direito do rato na rea do mapa para criar o primeiro ponto do seu novo elemento Para linhas e pol gonos mantenha o clique com o bot o direito do rato para cada ponto adicional que pretende capturar Quando acabar de adicionar os pontos clique com o direito do rato em qualquer s tio da rea do mapa para confirmar a finaliza o da introdu o da geometria desse elemento The attribute window will appear allowing you to enter the information for the new feature Figure edit 2 shows setting attributes for a fictitious new river in Alaska In the Digitizing menu under the Settings Options menu you can
329. n meta data table Restricts the displayed tables to those that are in the all_sdo_geom_metadata view This can speed up the initial display of spatial tables Only look for user s tables When searching for spatial tables restrict the search to tables that are owned by the user E Also list tables with no geometry Indicates that tables without geometry should also be listed by default g Use estimated table statistics for the layer metadata When the layer is set up various metadata are required for the Oracle table This includes information such as the table row count geometry type and spatial extents of the data in the geometry column If the table contains a large number of rows determining this metadata can be time consuming By activating this option the following fast table metadata operations are done Row count is determined from all_tables num_rows Table extents are always determined with the SDO_TUNE EXTENTS_OF function even if a layer filter is applied Table geometry is determined from the first 100 non null geometry rows in the table E Only existing geometry types Only list the existing geometry types and don t offer to add others 78 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Once all parameters and options are set you can test the connection by clicking on the Test Connect button Tip QGIS User Settings and Security Depending on your computing environment storing pass
330. n or by selecting the Layer i Add Raster Layer menu option More than one layer can be loaded at the same time by holding down the Ctr1 or Shift key and clicking on multiple items in the Open a GDAL Supported Raster Data Source dialog 131 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Once a raster layer is loaded in the map legend you can click on the layer name with the right mouse button to select and activate layer specific features or to open a dialog to set raster properties for the layer Opcoes do botao direito do rato para camadas raster e Aproximar Extens o da Camada e Ampliar Melhor Escala 100 e Esticar Usando o Enquadramento Actual e Adicionar ao Enquadramento e Remover e Duplicar Definir SRC da Camada Definir SRC do projecto a partir da Camada e Guardar como Propriedades e Renomear e Copiar Estilo e Adicionar Novo Grupo e Expandir Tudo e Ocultar Tudo e Actualizar Ordem de Desenho 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto Para visualizar e definir as propriedades da camada raster d um duplo clique no nome da camada na legenda do mapa ou clique com o bot o direito no nome da camada e escolha Propriedades a partir do menu de contexto Ir abrir o di logo Propriedades da Camada Raster see figure raster 1 Existem v rios menus na caixa de di logo e Separador Geral e Gestor de Estilo e Transpar ncia e Piramides e Histograma e Metadados 13 2 1 Menu Geral Informa o da camada O menu Gen
331. n to a new database To define a new connection click on New and use the file browser to point to your SpatiaLite database which is a file with a sqlite extension If you want to save a vector layer to SpatiaLite format you can do this by right clicking the layer in the legend Then click on Save as define the name of the output file and select SpatiaLite as format and the CRS Also you can select SQLite as format and then add SPATIALITE YES in the OGR data source creation option field This tells OGR to create a SpatiaLite database See also http www gdal org ogr drv_sqlite html QGIS also supports editable views in SpatiaLite Creating a new SpatiaLite layer If you want to create a new SpatiaLite layer please refer to section Criando uma nova camada SpatialLite Tip SpatiaLite data management Plugins For SpatiaLite data management you can also use several Python plugins QSpatiaLite SpatiaLite Manager or DB Manager core plugin recommended If necessary they can be downloaded and installed with the Plugin Installer 12 1 Supported Data Formats T QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 12 1 10 MSSQL Spatial Layers J QGIS also provides native MS SQL 2008 support The first time you load MSSQL Spatial data begin by clicking on the Add MSSQL Spatial Layer toolbar button or by selecting the Add MSSQL Spatial Layer option from the Layer menu or by typing Ctr1l Shift M 12 1 11 Oracle Spatial Layers Th
332. names of the table of attributes of the vector where the action was created qgis utils iface addVectorLayer yourpath filename shp layername r oor Para adicionar um raster uma imagem TIF neste exemplo ficara qgis utils iface addRasterLayer yourpath filename tif layername 5 J 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 103 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 12 2 8 Menu Uniao Q The Joins menu allows you to join a loaded attribute table to a loaded vector layer After clicking d the Add vector join dialog appears As key columns you have to define a join layer you want to connect with the target vector layer Then you have to specify the join field that is common to both the join layer and the target layer As a result of the join all information from the join layer and the target layer are displayed in the attribute table of the target layer as joined information QGIS currently has support for joining non spatial table formats supported by OGR e g CSV DBF and Excel delimited text and the PostgreSQL provider see figure_joins_1 General Join layer Join Field Target field regions NAME_1 NAME Style Labels Add vector join ES Fields Join layer regions Rendering Join field NAME 1 E Display Target field NAME EO Actions amp Cache join layer in virtual memory gt Joins IEE Diagrams Create attri
333. ncluding but not limited to the following versions both free and commercial Qt Non commerical Windows Qt Windows Qt X11 Qt Mac and Qt Embedded or with modified versions of Qt that use the same license as Qt and distribute linked combinations including the two You must obey the GNU General Public License in all respects for all of the code used other than Qt If you modify this file you may extend this exception to your version of the file but you are not obligated to do so If you do not wish to do so delete this exception statement from your version 21 2 Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU Vers o 1 3 Novembro de 2008 Copyright 2000 2001 2002 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation Inc lt http fsf org gt Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Pre mbulo The purpose of this License is to make a manual textbook or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it with or without modifying it either commercially or noncommercially Secondarily this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others 300 Capitulo 21 Ap ndice QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 This License is a kind of copyleft which means that derivative works of the docume
334. nd Password textboxes Enter the database host in the Database Host textbox This option is not available if you selected MS Access as the database type If the database resides on your desktop you should enter localhost Enter the name of the database in the Database Name textbox If you selected ODBC as the database type you need to enter the data source name When all of the parameters are filled in click on the Connect button If the connection is successful a message will be written in the Output Console window stating that the connection was established If a connection was not established you will need to check that the correct parameters were entered above 1 Database Type A drop down list to specify the type of database that will be used Servidor da Base de Dados O nome do servidor da base de dados Port The port number if a MySQL or PostgreSQL database type is selected Database Name The name of the database Connect A button to connect to the database using the parameters defined above Output Console The console window where messages related to processing are displayed Utilizador Utilizador para usar quando a base de dados protegida por uma palavra passe Palavra passe Palavra passe para usar quando a base de dados protegida por uma palavra passe O N A Oo A W N Consultas Pr Definidas Separador para abrir a janela Consultas Pr definidas pd Liga
335. nd Point In the diagram we want to display the values of the three columns T_F_JAN T_F_JUL and T_F_MEAN First select T F JAN as Attributes and click the button then T_F_JUL and finally T_F_MEAN Agora clique Aplicar para exibir o diagrama na janela principal do QGIS You can adapt the chart size in the Size tab Deactivate the A Fixed size and set the size of the diagrams on the basis of an attribute with the Find maximum value button and the Size menu If the diagrams appear too small on the screen you can activate the Ed Increase size of small diagrams checkbox and define the minimum size of the diagrams Change the attribute colors by double clicking on the color values in the Assigned attributes field Fig ure diagrams 2 gives an idea of the result Finalmente clique Ok 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 105 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 f E McGrath te E 34 Talkeetna 60 ran Anchorage 16 59 36 Homer 23 ing Salmon __34 GE 38 56 Kodiak 34 30 54 DO a Figura 12 31 Diagrama a partir da informa o da temperatura sobreposta no mapa Remember that in the Position tab a Ed Data defined position of the diagrams 1s possible Here you can use attributes to define the position of the diagram You can also set a scale dependent visibility in the Appearance tab The size and the attributes can also be an expression Use the amp button to add an expression 12 2 10 Me
336. nd if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC 1 had no cover texts or invariant sections and 2 were thus incorporated prior to November 1 2008 The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC BY SA on the same site at any time before August 1 2009 provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing ADENDA Como usar esta Licen a nos seus documentos To use this License in a document you have written include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME Permission is granted to copy distribute and or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License Version 1 3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections no Front Cover Texts and no Back Cover Texts A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License If you have Invariant Sections Front Cover Texts and Back Cover Texts replace the with Texts line with this with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES with the Front Cover Texts being LIST and with the Back Cover Texts being LIST If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts or some other combination of the three merge those two alternatives to suit the situa
337. nd reinstall with the data download option checked only recommended if the above solu tions are unsuccessful l X For GNU Linux and Mac OS X there are not yet dataset installation packages available as rpm deb or dmg To use the sample dataset download the file qgis_sample_data as a ZIP archive from http download osgeo org qgis data qgis_sample_data zip and unzip the archive on your system 17 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 The Alaska dataset includes all GIS data that are used for examples and screenshots in the user guide it also includes a small GRASS database The projection for the QGIS sample dataset is Alaska Albers Equal Area with units feet The EPSG code is 2964 PROJCS Albers Equal Area GEOGCS NAD27 DATUM North_American_Datum_1927 SPHEROID Clarke 1666 63 8206 4 294 9 70696213096 AUTHORITY BPSG 7006 TOWGS 64 3 142 163 0 0 0 0 AUTHORITY EPSG 6267 PRIMEM Greenwich 0O AUTHORITY EPSG 8901 UNIT degree 0 0174532925199433 AUTHORITY BPoG PSD AUTHORITY EPSG 4267 PROJECTION Albers_Conic_Equal_Area PARAMETER standard_parallel_1 55 PARAMETER standard_parallel_2 65 PARAMETER latitude of center 50 PARAMETER longitude of center 154 PARAMETER false easting 0 PARAMETER false northing 0 UNIT us survey feet 0 3048006096012192 If you intend to use QGIS as a graphical front end for GRASS you can find a selection of sam
338. nda Apar ncia padr o do mapa reescrita pelas propriedades do projecto Define a Cor da selec o e a Cor de fundo Legenda da camada Duplo clique na legenda IY duplo clique Pode Abrir propriedades da camada ou Abrir tabela de atributos com The following Legend item styles are possible g Maiusculizar os nomes das camadas H Tornar negrito os nomes das camadas g Tornar negrito os nomes dos grupos H Mostrar nomes de atributos de classifica o Criar cones matriciais pode ser lento g Adicionar novas camadas ao grupo actual ou seleccionado 9 3 6 Menu Ferramentas de Mapa Identify 52 C Open identify results in a dock window QGIS restart required The Mode setting determines which layers will be shown by the Identify tool By switching to Top down or Top down stop at first instead of Current layer attributes for all identifiable layers will be shown with the Identify tool In QGIS 2 2 you can now use a Layer selection option so that you can choose with the left mouse menu which layer you want to identify see the Project properties section under Projectos to set which layers are identifiable C Open feature form if a single feature is identified Cap tulo 9 Configura o QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Define Search radius for identifying and displaying map tips as a percentage of the map width Ferramenta de medida e Define Cor do el stico par
339. nded Opcoes 49 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 9 3 2 Menu Sistema Ambiente Vari veis de ambiente do sistema podem ser vistas agora e muitas configuradas no grupo Environment ver figure_environment_variables Isto util para plataformas tais como Mac onde um aplicativo GUI nao herda necessariamente o ambiente do utilizador da linha de comandos Tamb m til para configura o e visualiza o de vari veis de ambiente para os conjuntos de ferramentas externas controlados pela caixa de ferramentas de Pro cessamento p ex SAGA GRASS e para activar a sa da de depura o debugging para sec es espec ficas do c digo fonte E Use custom variables restart required include separators You can Add and Remove variables Already defined environment variables are displayed in Current environment variables and it s possible to filter them by activating C Show only QGIS specific variables Options System io General SVG paths ES System gt Plugin paths E Data Sources alto amp Use custom variables restart required include separators Add Remove Rendering eS a j i j Canvas amp Apply Variable Value Legend Overwrite QGIS LOG FILE Users larry QGIS github com qgis log Z Map Tools If Undefined QcGIS DEBUG 5 E QGIS DEBUG FILE Users larry github com Quantum GlS src core qqspall pee sess Prepend ER Digitizi
340. nderiza o de m ltiplos ficheiros 18 5 Ferramentas de Reverter e Restaurar 243 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 244 Atlas generation ef Generate an atlas w Configuration Coverage layer 4 Hidden coverage layer Filter with E w Output Output filename expression output_ Sfeature E 1 Single file export when possible Sort by Figura 18 29 Separador de Gera o de Atlas 4b Capitulo 18 Compositor de Impressao QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e A Ed Single file export when possible that allows you to force the generation of a single file if this is possible with the chosen output format PDF for instance If this field 1s checked the value of the Output filename expression field is meaningless e An optional 4 Sort by that 1f checked allows you to sort features of the coverage layer The associated combo box allows you to choose which column will be used as the sorting key Sort order either ascending or descending 1s set by a two state button that displays an up or a down arrow You can use multiple map items with the atlas generation each map will be rendered according to the coverage features To enable atlas generation for a specific map item you need to check Ef Controlled by Atlas under the item properties of the map item Once checked you can set e An input box Margin around feature that allows you to select the amount of space added around each geometry within the allocated map I
341. ne shortcut options A Gnome Configuration is very simple Just select a feature from the list and click on Change Set none or Set default Once you have finished your configuration you can save it as an XML file and load it to another QGIS installation 8 2 Ajuda de contexto When you need help on a specific topic you can access context help via the Help button available in most dialogs please note that third party plugins can point to dedicated web pages 8 3 Renderiza o By default QGIS renders all visible layers whenever the map canvas is refreshed The events that trigger a refresh of the map canvas include e Adicionando uma camada e Movendo e ampliando 35 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Resizing the QGIS window e Mudar a visibilidade da camada ou camadas O QGIS permite que possa controlar o processo de renderiza o de v rias formas 8 3 1 Renderiza o Dependente da Escala Scale dependent rendering allows you to specify the minimum and maximum scales at which a layer will be visible To set scale dependent rendering open the Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer in the legend On the General tab click on the Ed Scale dependent visibility checkbox to activate the feature then set the minimum and maximum scale values Pode determinar os valores da escala em primeiro lugar aumentando a um n vel que quer usar e n o ter valores de escala na barra de estado do QGIS 8 3 2 Controlando
342. ng Append GDAL gt CRS Locale v Current environment variables read only bold indicates modified at startup Variable Value XDG SEAT PATH forg freed esktop DisplayManager Seato q LC MONETARY pt PT UTF S DBUS SESSION BUS ADDRESS unix abstract tmp dbus 20Nt1zy3po guid 232 GIO LAUNCHED DESKTOP FILE PID 4890 GNOME KEYRING CONTROL ftmp keyring izx3Im MANDATORY PATH usr share gconf ubuntu mandatory path LOGNAME alexandre Show only QGIS specific variables ah sae Figura 9 3 Vari veis de ambiente do Sistema no QGIS Direct rios dos m dulos Adicionar ou Remover Caminho s para pesquisar bibliotecas de m dulos C adicionais 9 3 3 Menu Fonte de Dados Atributos dos elementos e tabela 50 Cap tulo 9 Configura o QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ed Abre a tabela de atributos na janela principal Necess rio reiniciar o QGIS 4 Copy geometry in WKT representation from attribute table When using B Copy selected rows to clipboard from the Attribute table dialog this has the result that the coordinates of points or vertices are also copied to the clipboard Comportamento da tabela de atributos Existem tr s possibilidades Mostrar todos os elementos Mostrar elementos seleccionados e Mostrar elementos visiveis no mapa Attribute table row cache 1 99 This row cache makes it possible to save the last loaded N attribute rows so that working
343. ng mode Normal Feature blending mode Normal A Labels al Eee EE Fields Point displacement a fer Center symbol O pete Renderer Single Symbol Es Renderer settings Joins Displacement circles IB f a IER Diagrams Circle pen width 0 40 O O Z Metadata Circle color _ eee Circle radius modification 0 00 n Point distance tolerance 0 0000100 Labels Label attribute None A Label font Label color A _ Use scale dependent labelling max scale denominator 1 Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Help Apply Cancel ook Figura 12 14 Janela do Deslocador de pontos 88 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Buffer e Fundo e Sombra e Posicionamento e Renderiza o Vamos ver como os novos menus podem ser usados para v rias camadas vectoriais Labeling point layers Inicie o QGIS e carregue uma camada vectorial de pontos Active a camada na legenda e clique no cone Op es de Rotulagem da Camada no menu da barra de ferramentas do QGIS The first step 1s to activate the A Label this layer with checkbox and select an attribute column to use for labeling Click if you want to define labels based on expressions See labeling_with_expressions The following steps describe a simple labeling without using the Data defined override functions which are
344. ng to View Panels and ensuring that A Coordinate Capture is enabled The coordinate capture dialog appears as shown in Figure figure coordinate capture 1 Alternatively you can also go to Vector Coordinate Capture and see if C Coordinate Capture is enabled Clique no cone me Clique para seleccionar o SRC para a exibi o de coordenadas e seleccione um SRC diferente a partir do que seleccionou acima Para iniciar a capturar coordenadas clique em Iniciar captura Pode clicar agora em qualquer sitio do enquadramento do mapa e o m dulo ir mostrar as coordenadas em ambos os SRC seleccionados ax Para activar o rastreio das coordenadas do rato clique no cone ii ae Pode tamb m copiar as coordenadas seleccionadas para a rea de trasnfer ncia 19 4 Modulo Gestor BD O m dulo Gestor DB uma parte oficial do nucleo do QGIS e pretende substituir o M dulo SPIT e adicionalmente integrar todas as outros formatos de base de dados suportados pelo QGIS numa nica Interface para o utilizador O m dulo Gestor BD fornece v rias caracter sticas Pode arrastar camadas do QGIS Browser para o Gestor BD e ir importar a sua camada para a sua base de dados espacial Pode arrastar e largar tabelas entre bases de dados espaciais e elas ser o importadas Pode tamb m usar o Gestor DB para executar interroga es SQL em rela o a sua base de dados espacial e de seguida ver a sa da espacial para as consultas adicionando os res
345. nment about 200 of the available GRASS modules and functionalities are also provided by graphical dialogs within the GRASS plugin Toolbox A complete list of GRASS modules available in the graphical Toolbox in QGIS version 2 2 is available in the GRASS wiki at http grass osgeo org wiki GRASS QGIS relevant module list Itis also possible to customize the GRASS Toolbox content This procedure 1s described 1n section Personalizar a Caixa de Ferramentas GRASS As shown in figure grass toolbox 1 you can look for the appropriate GRASS module using the thematically grouped Modules Tree or the searchable Modules List tab By clicking on a graphical module icon a new tab will be added to the Toolbox dialog providing three new sub tabs Options Output and Manual Op es The Options tab provides a simplified module dialog where you can usually select a raster or vector layer visualized in the QGIS canvas and enter further module specific parameters to run the module The provided module parameters are often not complete to keep the dialog clear If you want to use further module parameters and flags you need to start the GRASS shell and run the module in the command line A new feature since QGIS 1 8 is the support for a Show Advanced Options button below the simplified module dialog in the Options tab At the moment it is only added to the module v in ascii as an example of use but it will probably be part of more or all modules in the GRAS
346. nother field fk_region which acts as a foreign key if you have a database you will probably want to define a constraint on it 12 3 Editando 121 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 This field fk_region will always contain an id of a region It can be seen like a pointer to the region it belongs to And you can design a custom edit form for the editing and QGIS takes care about the setup It works with different providers so you can also use it with shape and csv files and all you have to do is to tell QGIS the relations between your tables Layers QGIS makes no difference between a table and a vector layer Basically a vector layer is a table with a geometry So can add your table as a vector layer To demostrate you can load the region shapefile with geometries and the airport csv table without geometries and a foreign key fk_region to the layer region This means that each airport belongs to exactly one region while each region can have any number of airports a typical one to many relation Definition Relation Manager The first thing we are going to do is to let QGIS know about the relations between the layer This is done in Settings Project Properties Open the Relations menu and click on Add e name is going to be used as a title It should be a human readable string describing what the relation is used for We will just call say Airports in this case e referencing layer is the one with the foreign ke
347. ns w Line IEF Diagrams 7 Metadata E E wre gt ie Marker line Bridlewz Canal Canal ri feat Crossing Cycle p Dam Ditch Drain Floodwa Footpatl Jetty Living s LockedR Motorw Motorw Pedestri Primary Gea Construction road Symbol Advanced Load Style Save AsDefault Restore Default Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel iio Figura 12 8 Propriedade da linha do s mbolo nico More detailed settings can be made when clicking on the second level in the Symbol layers dialog You can define Symbol layers that are combined afterwards A symbol can consist of several Symbol layers The following settings are possible 82 e Point layers e Symbol layer type You have the option to use Ellipse markers Font markers Simple markers SVG markers and Vector Field markers e Colors e Size Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Outline style Outline width e Angle e Offset X Y You can shift the symbol in the x or y direction e Anchor point e Data defined properties e Line layers e Symbol layer type Here you can use Simple Lines and Marker Lines e Color e Pen width e Offset e Pen style e Join style Cap style g Use custom dash pattern Dash pattern unit Data defined properties Polygon Layers Symbol layer type It s possible to use Centroid Fill Gradient Fill Line Patte
348. nse by entering the minimum and maximum X and Y values in the fields under Advertised extent Clicking Use Current Canvas Extent sets these values to the extent currently displayed in the QGIS map canvas By checking A CRS restrictions you can restrict in which coordinate reference systems CRS QGIS Server will offer to render maps Use the Co button below to select those CRS from the Coordinate Reference System Selector or click Used to add the CRS used in the QGIS project to the list If you have print composers defined in your project they will be listed in the GetCapabilities response and they can be used by the GetPrint request to create prints using one of the print composer layouts as a template This is a QGIS specific extension to the WMS 1 3 0 specification If you want to exclude any print composer from being published by the WMS check Ed Exclude composers and click the oh button below Then select a print composer from the Select print composer dialog in order to add it to the excluded composers list 14 2 QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC 153 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Settings Plugins Vect taster Processing Help Connection details Name Alaska URL http localhost cgi bin qgis_mapserv fcgi IF the service requires basic authentication enter a user name and optional password User name Password Referer Ignore GetMap URI reported in capabilities _ Ignore GetFeaturelnfo URI reported in capabili
349. nstall together with other necessary dependency packages After installation you should test to confirm that the web server and QGIS Server work as expected Make sure the apache server is running with etc init d apache2 start Opena web browser and type URL http localhost If apache is up you should see the message It works Now we test the QGIS Server installation The qgis mapserv fcgi is available at usr 1lib cgi bin qgis mapserv fcgi and provides a standard WMS that shows the state boundaries of Alaska Add the WMS with the URL http localhost cgi bin qgis mapserv fcgi as described in Seleccionando os Servidores WMS WMTS 14 2 2 Creating a WMS WFS WCS from a QGIS project To provide a new QGIS Server WMS WFS or WCS we have to create a QGIS project file with some data Here we use the Alaska shapefile from the QGIS sample dataset Define the colors and styles of the layers in QGIS and the project CRS if not already defined Then go to the OWS Server menu of the Project Project Properties dialog and provide some information about the OWS in the fields under Service Capabilities This will appear in the GetCapabilities response of the WMS WES or WCS If you don t check E Service capabilities QGIS Server will use the information given in the wms_metadata xml file located in the cgi bin folder WMS capabilities In the WMS capabilities section you can define the extent advertised in the WMS GetCapabilities respo
350. nt must themselves be free in the same sense It complements the GNU General Public License which is a copyleft license designed for free software We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software because free software needs free documentation a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does But this License is not limited to software manuals it can be used for any textual work regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference 1 APLICABILIDADE E DEFINICOES This License applies to any manual or other work in any medium that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License Such a notice grants a world wide royalty free license unlimited in duration to use that work under the conditions stated herein The Document below refers to any such manual or work Any member of the public is a licensee and is addressed as you You accept the license if you copy modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it either copied verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front matter section o
351. ntes de come ar a trabalhar com o compositor de impress o necessita de carregar algumas camadas vectoriais e matriciais no enquadramento do mapa QGIS e adaptar as suas propriedades para se ajustar sua conveni ncia 222 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ap s tudo estar renderizado ou simbolizado ao seu gosto clique no icone Ll Novo Compositor de Impresso na barra de ferramentas ou escolha Ficheiro Novo Compositor de Impress o Ser lhe pedido para escolher um t tulo para o novo compositor 18 1 2 Using Print Composer Opening the Print Composer provides you with a blank canvas to which you can add the current QGIS map canvas text labels images legends scale bars basic shapes arrows attribute tables and HTML frames Fig ure composer 1 shows the initial view of the Print Composer before any elements are added alaska ee a r anr eee Li m ju WS E W WW sbhhoo RS BALL ER T 200 250 Composition Atlas generation Command history Composition w Paper and quality Presets A4 210x297 mm width 297 00 Height 210 00 Units mm Number of pages 1 Orientation Landscape Export resolution 300 dpi Print as raster b Snap to grid amp Snap to alignments Figura 18 1 Compositor de Impress o The Print Composer provides four tabs e The Composition tab allows you to set paper size orientation the page background number of pages and print
352. ntificar Camada que retorna ou n o resultados atrav s do uso da ferramenta Identificar Pode ser Transparente Quando uma camada pode ou n o pode ser renderizada com transpar ncia Esta vers o do QGIS ir sempre usar a transpar ncia se esta Sim e a codifica o da imagem suportar transpar ncia Permite Aproximar Quando uma camada pode ou n o pode ser ampliada neste servidor Esta vers o do QGIS assume que todas as camadas WMS t m esta definida como Sim Camadas deficientes podem ser renderizadas de forma estranha Contagem em cascata Os servidores WMS pode funcionar como proxy para outros servidores WMS para obter dados matriciais para uma camada Esta entrada mostra quantas vezes o pedido para esta camada avan ada por peer nos servidores WMS para o resultado Largura Fixa Altura Fixa Quando uma camada pode ou n o pode ter dimens es de pixeis da fonte fixadas Esta vers o QGIS assume que todas as camadas WMS t m esta defini o como nada Camadas deficientes podem ser renderizadas de forma estranha Caixa de Enquadramento WGS 84 A caixa de enquadramento desta camada nas coordenadas WGS 84 Alguns servidores WMS n o configuram esta situa o correctamente ex usam as coor denadas UTM Se for esse o caso ent o a vista inicial desta camada pode ser renderizada com uma apar ncia afastada pelo QGIS O webmaster do WMS deve informar deste erro que pode ser con hecido como
353. ntify results or attribute table see using actions below Double quote marks can be used to group text into a single argument to the program script or command Double quotes will be ignored 1f preceded by a backslash If you have field names that are substrings of other field names e g col1 and co110 you should indicate that by surrounding the field name and the character with square brackets e g co110 This will prevent the co110 field name from being mistaken for the co11 field name with a O on the end The brackets will be removed by QGIS when it substitutes in the value of the field If you want the substituted field to be surrounded by square brackets use a second set like this co110 Using the Identify Features tool you can open the Identify Results dialog It includes a Derived item that contains information relevant to the layer type The values in this item can be accessed in a similar way to the other fields by preceeding the derived field name with Derived For example a point layer has an X and Y field and the values of these fields can be used in the action with Derived X and Derived Y The derived attributes are only available from the Identify Results dialog box not the Attribute Table dialog box Dois exemplo de ac es s o exibidos em baixo e konqueror http www google com search g Snam e konqueror http www google com search g In the first example the web browser konqueror is
354. nto do compositor pode o fazer usando a tecla Delete ou Backspace Ferramentas de Navega o Para navegar no enquadramento do layout o compositor de impress o fornece 4 ferramentas gerais ge Aproximar Afastar nd Ee Ver Tudo 11 ai 4 Visualizar a 100 ias l l l May Actualiza vista Se encotnrar uma vista com um estado insconscitente Ain U Mover Mapa l E 2 4 gt Modo Marquee zoom amplia numa regi o espec fica do Compositor Pode tamb m mudar o n vel de amplia o usando a roda do rato ou a combo box na barra de estado Se necessitar de mudar para o modo mover enquanto trabalha na rea do Compositor pode segurar a Barra de Espa os ou a roda do rato Com o Ctrl Barra de Espa os pode temporariamente mudar para o modo ampliar e com Ctrl Shift Barra de Espa os para o modo afastar 18 1 3 Op es do Compositor de Impress o A partir das Configura es Op es do Compositor pode definir algumas op es que ser o usadas como padr o durante o seu trabalho As Configura es padr o das Composi es deixam mo especificar a fonte padr o a usar Com o Apar ncia da Grelha pode definir o estilo da grelha e a sua cor A Grelha padr o define espa amento afastamento e toler ncia da grelha Existem tr s tipos de grelha Pontos S lida linhas e Cruzes As Guias padr o definem a toler ncia para as guias 18 1 4 Separador de Composi o Configura o geral da composi o No separad
355. nu Metadados O The Metadata menu consists of Description Attribution MetadataURL and Properties sections In the Properties section you get general information about the layer including specifics about the type and location number of features feature type and editing capabilities The Extents table provides you with layer extent information and the Layer Spatial Reference System which 1s information about the CRS of the layer This is a quick way to get information about the layer Additionally you can add or edit a title and abstract for the layer in the Description section It s also possible to define a Keyword list here These keyword lists can be used in a metadata catalogue If you want to use a title from an XML metadata file you have to fill in a link in the DataUrl field Use Attribution to get attribute data from an XML metadata catalogue In MetadataUrl you can define the general path to the XML metadata catalogue This information will be saved in the QGIS project file for subsequent sessions and will be used for QGIS server 12 3 Editando QGIS supports various capabilities for editing OGR SpatiaLite PostGIS MSSQL Spatial and Oracle Spatial vector layers and tables Note The procedure for editing GRASS layers is different see section Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS for details Tip Edi es Simult neas This version of QGIS does not track if somebody else is editing a feature at the same time
356. o algoritmo pode ser chamado a partir da linha de comandos Apart from browsing the entries in the registry you can also re execute processes by simply double clicking on the corresponding entry Along with recording algorithm executions the processing framework communicates with the user by means of the other groups of the registry namely Errors Warnings and Information In case something 1s not working properly having a look at the Errors might help you to see what is happening If you get in contact with a developer to report a bug or error the information in that group will be very useful for her or him to find out what is going wrong Third party algorithms are usually executed by calling their command line interfaces which communicate with the user via the console Although that console is not shown a full dump of it is stored in the Information group 17 6 Gestao do historico 211 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 History and log 2 x E INFO be fal Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 47 GRASS execution console output Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 46 GRASS execution commands E Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 35 SAGA execution console output i fal Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 29 SAGA execution commands J WARNING El ALGORITHM ca Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 46 processing runalg grass v voronoi C Wsers Wolaya qgis2 python plugins proces i E Thu Oct 10 2013 13 07 29 processing runalo saga polygoncentroids C Wsers Wolaya q
357. o de configura o do processamento no grupo Mode lador Os modelos carregados a partir da pasta modelos aparecem na caixa de ferramentas mas tamb m na rvore de algoritmos do separador Algoritmos da janela do modelador Isto significa que pode incorporar o modelo como parte de um modelo maior tal como adiciona qualquer outro algoritmo Em alguns casos um modelo pode n o ser carregado porque nem todos os algoritmos inclu dos est o dispon veis Se tiver usado um dado algoritmo como parte do seu modelo este dever estar dispon vel isto dever aparecer na caixa de ferramentas de forma a carregar o modelo Desactivando um fornecedor de algoritmos nas configu ra es do da janela do processamento poder desactivar o modelador o que pode trazer problemas quando carrega os modelos Tenha isso em aten o quando tiver problemas a carregar ou a executar modelos 17 3 4 Editando um modelo Pode editar o modelo que criou redefinindo o fluxo de trabalho e as rela es entre os algoritmos e os dados de entrada que defeniu no modelo 17 3 O modelador gr fico 201 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Se clicar com o direito do rato num algoritmo na rea que representa o modelo ira ver o menu contexto como mostrado a seguir Figura 17 21 Clique direito do Modelador 7 Seleccionando a op o Remover ira fazer com que o algoritmo para ser removido Um algoritmo s pode ser removido apenas se existir outros algoritmos dependen
358. o o QGIS inicia apresentado um GUI como demonstrado na figura os n meros de 1 a 5 em c rculos amarelos referem se a cinco grandes reas da interface est o abordados em baixo QGIS 2 2 0 Valmiera QGIS GUI Project Edit View ayer Settings Plug aster Database Web Processing Help TILEF GAAL ie gt CSO SF RPO ARe 4 H R amp EB e F YO pMe arcu 5 Ec Re aRaanerne uae m pag mS a VO J lakes ARESE oe E v amp WH landcover fa Water E Evergreen Neddleleaf For a Evergreen Broadleaf Forest HH Deciduous Needleleaf Fo E Deciduous Broadleaf Forest E Mixed Forest E Woodland 3 a Wooded Grassland IW closed shrubland Open Shrubland E Grassland Cropland Bare Ground DY urban and Built Layers Layer order Browser Coordinate 1114358 4783471 15400000 9 MB Render EPSG 2964 O Figura 7 1 GUI do QGIS com dados amostra do Alaska 4b Note As decora es na sua janela Barra de T tulos etc podem aparecer diferente maneira dependendo do seu sistema operativo e gestor de janelas O GUI do QGIS dividido em cinco reas L Barra de Menus 2 Barra de Ferramentas 3 Legenda do Mapa 4 5 Vista do Mapa Barra de Estado Estes cinco componentes da interface do QGIS s o descritos em mais detalhe nas seguintes sec es Mais duas sec es apresentam atalhos de teclado e ajuda do contexto 23 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 Barra de Menus A barra de menu
359. o perform this task you need a GPS Bluetooth device and a Bluetooth receiver on your computer At first you must let your GPS device be recognized and paired to the computer Turn on the GPS go to the Bluetooth icon on your notification area and search for a New Device On the right side of the Device selection mask make sure that all devices are selected so your GPS unit will probably appear among those available In the next step a serial connection service should be available select it and click on Configure button Remember the number of the COM port assigned to the GPS connection as resulting by the Bluetooth properties After the GPS has been recognized make the pairing for the connection Usually the autorization code is 0000 Now open guilabel GPS information panel and switch to A GPS options screen Select the COM port assigned to the GPS connection and click the Connect After a while a cursor indicating your position should appear If QGIS can t receive GPS data then you should restart your GPS device wait 5 10 seconds then try to connect again Usually this solution work If you receive again a connection error make sure you don t have another Bluetooth receiver near you paired with the same GPS unit 15 2 Live GPS tracking 165 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GPS Information 50 of map extent i vm T Figura 15 6 GPS tracking options window A 166 Cap tulo 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS
360. o raio ser o atribu dos metade da densidade dos pixeis que est o no raio do centro de pesquisa O valor de 1 refere que a densidade espalha se por todo o raio do circulo de pesquisa Isto equiva lente ao kernel Uniforme Um valor maior que 1 indica que a densidade mais alta para a borda do raio de pesquisa e em seguida no centro A camada de pontos de entrada pode ter tamb m campos de atributos que podem afectar como influencia o mapa de densidade e Usar o raio a partir do campo define o raio de pesquisa para cada elemento da camada de entrada e Usar o peso a partir do campo permite a introdu o de elementos para ser pesado por um campo de atributo Isto pode ser usado para aumentar a influ ncia de certos elementos existente no resultado de mapa de densidade Quando o nome do ficheiro matricial de sa da especificado o bot o OK pode ser usado para criar o mapa de densidade 19 14 3 Tutorial Criando um Mapa de Densidade Para o seguinte exemplo n s iremos usar a camada de pontos vectorial airports do conjunto de dados amostra do QGIS veja Amostra de Dados Outro excelente tutorial QGIS de produzir mapas de densidade podem ser encontrados em http qgis spatialthoughts com Na Figure Heatmap 1 est o demonstrados os aeroportos do Alaska Quantum GI5 eb4TFFs is Help View Layer Settings Plugins Vector taster Anal ki ect dit J a H TETZEN ia Layers x E airports v MM
361. o suporte para esquemas Para usar o SPIT abre o Gestor de M dulos do menu M dulos no menu ar Instalado e marque a caixa perto do 4 guilabel SPIT e clique OK Para importar uma shapefile use Database Spit Importar Shapefiles para PostgreSQL da barra de menu para abrir a janela SPIT Ferramenta de Importacdo de Shapefile para PostGIS Seleccione a base de dados PostGIS 288 Capitulo 19 Modulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 que quer ligar e clique em Ligar Se quiser pode definir ou alterar op es de importa o Agora pode adicionar um ou mais ficheiros para a fila clicando no bot o Adicionar Para processar os ficheiros clique no bot o OK O progresso de importa o assim como algum tipo de erros avisos ser o exibidos em cada shapefile processada g an SPIT Shapefile to PostGIS Import Tool aa ws es PostgreSQL connections Alaska w Connect New Edit Remove Import options and shapefile list Geometry column name Use default geometry column name SRID 2964 Use default SRID Primary key column name gid Global schema public vw File Name Feature Class Features DB Relation Name Schema arbeit grassdata qgis sample data shapefiles majrivers shp public farbeit grassdata qgis sample data shapefiles pipelines shp public arbeit grassdata qgis sample data shapefiles popp shp POINT 1891 popp public arbeit grassdata qgis sample data shapefiles railroads shp LINESTRING 84 railroad
362. o tamanho do ficheiro de sa da Os valores nas Linhas e Colunas tamb m est o ligados portanto duplicando o n mero de linhas ira automaticamente duplicar o n mero de colunas e o tamanho da c lula ir passar para metade A rea geogr fica do raster de sa da ira ser o mesmo e Tamanho da c lula X e Tamanho da c lula Y controle o tamanho geogr fico de cada pixel para o raster de sa da Alterando estes valores ir tamb m mudar o n mero de Linhas e Colunas do raster de sa da e Forma do kernel A forma do kernel controla o r cio que influencia o ponto decrescente como a dist ncia proveniente do ponto de crescente Diferentes kerneis enfraquecem em diferentes r cios portanto um kernel triweight d elementos de maior peso para dist ncias perto do ponto que o kernel de Epanechnikov d Consequentemente o resultado triweight resulta em pontos quentes n tidos e Epanechnikov resulta em pontos quentes suavizados Um n mero de fun es kernel padr o est o dispon veis no QGIS que s o descritos e ilustrados no Wikipedia e R cio de decl nio pode ser usado com kerneis triangulares para maior controlo de como a densidade a partir dos elementos decrescem com a dist ncia a partir do elemento 282 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ovalor de O minimo indica que a densidade ira ser concentrada no centro do raio dado e ser extinto no borda O valor de 0 5 inca que esses pixeis da borda d
363. o teclado 35 Atlas Generation 243 Atrac o 106 attribute table 119 Attribute Actions 101 Attribute Table 238 Attribute Table Selection 119 atualizar renderiza o durante o desenho 37 Avoid Intersections Of Polygons 109 Banda Raster Simples 133 Barra de Escala Map Scalebar 234 barra de ferramentas do layout 31 Browse Maps 65 c lculo da escala 34 caixa de ferramentas GRASS 177 personalizar 184 Pesquisar 184 Calculator Field 125 CAT 143 Categorized Renderer 84 CGL 152 Colliding labels 89 Color Ramp 84 ColorBrewer 84 Comma Separated Values 70 Common_Gateway_Interface 152 Compose_Maps 221 Composer_Manager 246 Composer_Template 222 Coordinate_Reference_System 147 Indice Cor do mapa 136 Cor Interpola o 136 Create Maps 221 Create New Layers 116 crossing the 180 degrees longitude line 76 CRS 147 CSV 70 111 Current_Edits 110 Custom_Color_Ramp 84 Datum transforma o 63 DB Manager 77 Debian Squeeze 153 define an action 101 Derived Fields 125 Digitaliza o 109 Discreto 136 Displacement plugin 87 documenta o 7 documento de licen a 297 editing 106 Elements Alignment 240 Enquadramento do Mapa 47 EPSG 59 Equal Interval 84 Erdas Imagine 131 Escala 36 ESRI 67 European Petroleom Search Group 59 exemplo de ac es 101 Export as image 245 Export as PDF 245 Export as SVG 245 FastCGI 152 Ferramenta Consulta 123 Ferramen
364. om Horning N K Koy P Ersts 2009 eVis v1 1 0 User s Guide American Museum of Natural History Center for Biodiversity and Conservation Available from http biodiversityinformatics amnh org and released under the GNU FDL The Biodiversity Informatics Facility at the American Museum of Natural History s AMNH Center for Biodi versity and Conservation CBC has developed the Event Visualization Tool eVis another software tool to add to the suite of conservation monitoring and decision support tools for guiding protected area and landscape plan ning This plugin enables users to easily link geocoded 1 e referenced with latitude and longitude or X and Y coordinates photographs and other supporting documents to vector data in QGIS eVis is now automatically installed and enabled in new versions of QGIS and as with all plugins it can be disabled and enabled using the Plugin Manager see The Plugins Menus O m dulo eVis constitu do por tr s m dulos a ferramenta de Liga o a Base de Dados ferramenta do ID de Evento e a Pesquisa de Eventos Tudo isto junto permitir ver fotografias geocodificadas e outros documentos que est o ligados aos elementos armazenados nos ficheiros vectoriais base de dados ou folhas de c lculo 19 6 1 Pesquisa de Eventos The Event Browser module provides the functionality to display geocoded photographs that are linked to vector features displayed in the QGIS map window
365. omogenizer C Coordinate Capture dE Copy Coords dE Crayfish dE Create labeled layer dE Cxf_in dE Data Driven Input Mask Not installed Settings Help T Accuracy Assessment E Accuracy Assessment Generate an error matrix and measures of mapping accuracy for raster and reference data Sedese det 2 rating vote s 11304 downloads Tags confusion matrix error matrix accuracy assessment remote sensing map comparison More info homepage tracker code repository Author Jared Kibele Available version 0 4 2 in QGIS Official Repository Upgrade all Install plugin Close Figura 19 1 O menu Ee Tudo rs Plugins Installed 28 Search E A GRASS C gt Heatmap amp F Html Image Map Plugin amp fF Interpolation plugin amp Layer to labeled layer E amp multipart split Installed Not installed Settings oracle Spatial GeoRaster Plugin Builder Plugin Reloader amp Processing C A Raster Terrain Analysis plu C Road graph plugin B p Spatial Query Plugin O Sp SPIT EA Table Manager E topology Checker E Aa Walking time F Zonal statistics plugin Emo amp OfflineEditing 1 Table Manager Es Manages the attribute table structure 24 rating vote s 49567 downloads Category Vector Tags attribute table table fields vector More info homepage tracker cod
366. on SSL connection Require Only try an SSL connection e Username User name used to log in to the database e Password Password used with Username to connect to the database Optionally you can activate the following checkboxes o A Save Username E Save Password E Only look in the geometry_columns table E Don t resolve type of unrestricted columns GEOMETRY E Only look in the public schema E Also list tables with no geometry E Use estimated table metadata 121 Supported Data Formats RB QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Once all parameters and options are set you can test the connection by clicking on the Test Connect button Tip QGIS User Settings and Security Depending on your computing environment storing passwords in your QGIS settings may be a security risk Your customized settings for QGIS are stored based on the operating system The settings are stored in your home directory in qgis2 e The settings are stored in the registry Loading a PostGIS Layer T Once you have one or more connections defined you can load layers from the PostgreSQL database Of course this requires having data in PostgreSQL See section Importing Data into PostgreSQL for a discussion on importing data into the database To load a layer from PostGIS perform the following steps Add PostGIS Layer option from the If the Add PostGIS layers dialog is not already open selecting the Layer menu
367. on an input raster layer or based on X Y coordinates and on columns and rows to set the resolution of the output layer If the input layer has a different resolution the values will be resampled with the nearest neighbor algorithm The Operators section contains all available operators To add an operator to the raster calculator expression box click the appropriate button Mathematical calculations x and trigonometric functions sin cos tan are available Stay tuned for more operators to come With the C Add result to project checkbox the result layer will automatically be added to the legend area and can be visualized 13 3 1 Exemplos Convert elevation values from meters to feet Creating an elevation raster in feet from a raster in meters you need to use the conversion factor for meters to feet 3 28 The expression is 140 Cap tulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial Raster bands elevation 1 landcover 1 Operators as z gt QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Raster calculator Result layer Output layer Current layer extent X min 7117600 00000 XMax Y min 1367760 00000 Y max Columns 3663 Rows Output format GeoTIFF amp Add result to project sqrt sin cos asin tan ata home alex elevation_feet tif 4897040 00000 a 7809680 00000 n 1964 Raster calculator expression elevation 1 gt 0
368. on x 10 Then only the values within the standard deviation or within multiple standard deviations are considered for the color table Renderizacao Cor For every Band rendering a Color rendering 1s possible You can also achieve special rendering effects for your raster file s using one of the blending modes see Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial Further settings can be made in modifiying the Brightness the Saturation and the Contrast You can also use a Grayscale option where you can choose between By lightness By luminosity and By average For one hue in the color table you can modify the Strength Reamostragem The Resampling option makes its appearance when you zoom in and out of an image Resampling modes can optimize the appearance of the map They calculate a new gray value matrix through a geometric transformation Layer Properties cascais map copy Style ol Band rendering General v Color rendering Blending mode Normal E 9 Reset Transparency q Brightness 0 oat 0 as Ba Pyramids l Saturation o Grayscale OFF IE Histogram lt q Hue Colorize az Strength SS SS ri Metadata v Resampling Zoomed in Nearest neighbour out Nearest neighbour Oversampling 2 00 Figura 13 6 Renderiza o Raster Reamostragem When applying the Nearest neighbour method the map can have a pixe
369. or Composi o pode definir as configura es globais sua composi o 224 Pode escolher uma das Predefini es para o seu formato de papel ou introduza a sua largura e altura personalizada A composi o pode ser agora separada em v rias p ginas Por exemplo a primeira p gina pode mostrar o enquadramento do mapa e a segunda p gina ira mostrar a tabela de atributos associada camada enquanto a terceira apenas mostra uma moldura HTML ligado ao s tio da internet da sua organiza o Configure o N mero de p ginas que deseja Pode escolher a p gina Orienta o e a sua Resolu o exportada Quando activa a op o Ed imprimir como raster indica que todos os elementos ser o rasterizados antes de ser imprimidos ou guardados como PostScript ou PDF A Grelha permite que possa personalizar as configura es da grelha como espa amentos afastamentos e toler ncia s suas necessidades Na Toler ncia aos alinhamentos pode alterar a Toler ncia que a m xima dist ncia abaixo que cada item atra do s guias Inteligentes Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 A atrac o a grelha e ou as guias Inteligentes podem ser activadas a partir do menu Vista Neste menu pode tamb m esconder ou mostrar a grelha e as guias inteligentes 18 1 5 Composer items general options Composer items have a set of common properties you will find on the bottom of the Item Properties tab Position and siz
370. or Unico Universal se estiver vazio e Fotografia Campo que contem o nome do ficheiro da imagem A largura e altura do campo podem se definidos e Webview Field contains a URL The width and height of the field is variable e Color A field that allows you to enter color codes During data entry the color is visible through a color bar included in the field Relation Reference This widged lets you embed the feature form of the referenced layer on the feature form of the actual layer See Creating one to many relations With the Attribute editor layout you can now define built in forms for data entry jobs see figure_fields_2 Choose Drag and drop designer and an attribute column Use the H icon to create a category that will then be shown during the digitizing session see figure_fields_3 The next step will be to assign the relevant fields to the category with the D icon You can create more categories and use the same fields again When creating a new category QGIS will insert a new tab for the category in the built in form Other options in the dialog are Autogenerate and Provide ui file Autogenerate just creates editors for all fields and tabulates them The Provide ui file option allows you to use complex dialogs made with the Qt Designer Using a Ul file allows a great deal of freedom in creating a dialog For detailed information see http nathanw net 201 1 09 05 qgis tips custom feature forms
371. or typing Ctrl Shift D opens the dialog e Choose the connection from the drop down list and click Connect Select or unselect Ed Also list tables with no geometry Optionally use some Ed Search Options to define which features to load from the layer or use the Build query button to start the Query builder dialog Find the layer s you wish to add in the list of available layers Select it by clicking on it You can select multiple layers by holding down the Shift key while clicking See section Ferramenta de Consulta for information on using the PostgreSQL Query Builder to further define the layer Click on the Add button to add the layer to the map Tip PostGIS Layers Normally a PostGIS layer is defined by an entry in the geometry_columns table From version 0 9 0 on QGIS can load layers that do not have an entry in the geometry_columns table This includes both tables and views Defining a spatial view provides a powerful means to visualize your data Refer to your PostgreSQL manual for information on creating views Some details about PostgreSQL layers This section contains some details on how QGIS accesses PostgreSQL layers Most of the time QGIS should simply provide you with a list of database tables that can be loaded and it will load them on request However if you have trouble loading a PostgreSQL table into QGIS the information below may help you understand any QGIS messages and give you direction on changing th
372. orta liga es de entrada e autentica o HttpProxy Implementado usando o comando LIGAR apenas suporta liga es TCP de sa da su porta autentica o HttpCachingProxy Implementado usando comandos HTTP normais til apenas no contexto de pedidos HTTP FtpCachingProxy Implementado usando um proxy FTP til no contexto de pedidos FTP Alguns URLs exclu dos podem ser adicionados na caixa de texto debaixo das configura es de proxy veja Fig ure Network Tab If you need more detailed information about the different proxy settings please refer to the manual of the under lying QT library documentation at http doc trolltech com 4 5 qnetworkproxy html ProxyType enum Tip Usando Proxies Using proxies can sometimes be tricky It is useful to proceed by trial and error with the above proxy types to check to see if they succeed in your case Pode modificar as op es de acordo com as suas necessidades Algumas das altera es pode requerer o reinicio do QGIS antes de ser efectiva Settings are saved in a text file SHOME config QGIS qgis conf X pode encontrar as configura es em HOME Library Preferences org qgis qgis plist e As configura es s o armazenadas no registo em HKEY CURRENT_USER Software QGIS qgis 9 4 Personaliza o A ferramenta de personaliza o permite que des active a maioria dos elementos na interface de utilizador QGIS Isto pode ser muito
373. orts in their respective form If you work on the airport table a new widget type is available which lets you embed the feature form of the referenced region on the feature form of the airports It can be used when you open the layer properties of the airports table switch to the Fields menu and change the widget type of the foreign key field fk_region to Relation Reference If you look at the feature dialog now you will see that the form of the region is embedded inside the airports form and will even have a combobox which allows you to assign the current airport to another region 12 3 Editando 123 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Attributes airports ELEV 1167 000 NAME ALLEN AAF USE Military Cancel Figura 12 43 Identification dialog airport with relation to regions 12 4 Ferramenta de Consulta The Query Builder allows you to define a subset of a table using a SQL like WHERE clause and to display the result in the main window The query result can then be saved as a new vector layer 12 4 1 Consulta Open the Query Builder by opening the Layer Properties and going to the General menu Under Feature subset click on the Query Builder button to open the Query builder For example if you have a regions layer with a TYPE_2 field you could select only regions that are borough in the Provider specific filter expression box of the Query Builder Figure attributes 2 shows an example of the Query Builder popula
374. osition Falirosds or Sr A Distance 1 0000 E v E Boundaries Group S r gt amp regions Pa A mm j e e v 4 Er 7 v alaska J 7 Maximum angle between curved characters v KZ water Group al inside 20 0 outside 20 0 E V majrivers A E v amp lakes eed S gt Data defined gt B swamp Ys a gt Priority ro Lay Brow Browser Apply Cancel ss DK Coordinate B58443 5642424 SCHON TPA TARP I Render rs In Figura 12 16 Smart labeling of vector line layers Use the Background menu to create a complex user defined background for the polygon layer You can use the menu also as with the point and line layers as entradas no menu Sombra s o as mesmas para as camadas de pontos e linhas In the Placement menu you find special settings for polygon layers see Figure_labels_3 Offset from centroid s Horizontal slow Around centroid Free and Using perimeter are possible In the Offset from centroid settings you can specify if the centroid is of the visible polygon or whole polygon That means that either the centroid is used for the polygon you can see on the map or the centroid is determined for the whole polygon no matter if you can see the whole feature on the map You can place your label with the quadrants here and define offset and rotation The Around centroid setting makes it possible to place the label around the centroid with a certain distance A
375. ositor de Impress o Projecto Imprimir Compositores veja Compositor de Impress o O sair do Iggl Ctr ito 24 Capitulo 7 QGIS GUI QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 Barra de Menus 25 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 1 2 Editar Menu de Op es Atalho Refer ncia Barra de Ferramentas po ON o Refazer Cortar Elementos Copiar Elementos Colar Elementos Colar elementos como gt a oO 3 Adicionar Elemento a Mover Elemento s a Apagar Seleccionados Gs Rodar Elemento s Simplificar Elemento Adicionar Anel Adicionar Parte a ES Preencher Anel om Ed Apagar Anel dE Apagar Parte o A Redesenhar Elementos Curva de Afastamento yi Dividir Elementos ao Dividir Partes Juntar Elementos Seleccionados untar Atributos dos Elementos 26 ran E Ferramenta de N s ne Cel FZ veja Digitaliza o Avan ada Ctrl Shi fti veja Digitaliza o Avan ada CCELI veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Ctrl C veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Ctrl V veja Digitalizar uma camada existente Veja Trabalhando com a Tabela de Atributos veja Digitalizar uma camada existente veja Digitalizar uma camada existente veja Digitalizar uma camada existente veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada veja Digitaliza o Avan ada
376. ostGIS documentation POSTGIS PROJECT Literatura e Refer ncias Web for more information The following is an example of creating a GiST index gsherman madison current psql gis data Welcome to psql 8 3 0 the PostgreSQL interactive terminal Type copyright for distribution terms h for help with SQL commands for help with psgl commands g or terminate with semicolon to execute query Na co quit gis data CREATE INDEX sidx alaska lakes ON alaska lakes gis_data USING GIST the geom GIST GEOMETRY OPS CREATE INDEX gis _data VACUUM ANALYZE alaska lakes VACUUM gis data f Ng gsherman madison current 12 1 8 Vector layers crossing 180 longitude Many GIS packages don t wrap vector maps with a geographic reference system lat lon crossing the 180 degrees longitude line http postgis refractions net documentation manual 2 0 ST_Shift_Longitude html As result if we open such a map in QGIS we will see two far distinct locations that should appear near each other In Figure_vector_4 the tiny point on the far left of the map canvas Chatham Islands should be within the grid to the right of the New Zealand main islands Quantum GIS 1 2 0 Daphnis S54 EG SBRP PPS BRERA LAAARAABALO VY ESRORR Soe Q o gt ODREOWDRPOPKLOSSFK BBLAS EE KO TFONDBABHKONK Layers amp v g te nz 5Sdeg grid LL 255453 Scale 1 1137 M Render E Figura 12 5 Map in lat lon crossing the 180 longitude line 4
377. ound Coordinate 495242 3850406 Scale 2206834 Qf KZ Render EPSG 2964 A Rule Layer 1 Layer 2 Tolerance oo0000000000000000000 wA ka Figura 19 33 O M dulo Verificador de Topologia 290 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 muito simples para criar regras topol gicas com o m dulo Verificador de Topologia Nas camadas do tipo vector as seguintes regras est o dispon veis Must be covered by Here you can choose a vector layer from your project Points that aren t covered by the given vector layer occur in the Error field Must be covered by endpoints of Here you can choose a line layer from your project Must be inside Here you can choose a polygon layer from your project The points must be inside a polygon Otherwise QGIS writes an Error for the point Must not have duplicates Whenever a point is represented twice or more it will occur in the Error field Must not have invalid geometries Checks whether the geometries are valid Must not have multi part geometries All multi part points are written into the Error field On line layers the following rules are available End points must be covered by Here you can select a point layer from your project Must not have dangles This will show the overshoots in the line layer Must not have duplicates Whenever a line feature is represented twice or more it will oc
378. output river200m E Buffering lines Building topology for vector map Registering primitives 1000040 4 E 2000 40 30000 4 444 dA Stop View output Close Figura 16 10 GRASS Toolbox Module Output 4b 16 9 The GRASS Toolbox 179 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GRASS Tools alaska demo Tree Modules List Browser gt amp la Module v buffer Options Output Manual NAME v buffer Creates a buffer around features of given type areas must contain centroid KEYWORDS vector buffer Run close Figura 16 11 GRASS Toolbox Module Manual Tip Exibir os resultados imediatamente Se quiser exibir os seus resultados do c lculo imediatamente no seu enquadramento do mapa pode usar o bot o Ver ficheiro de sa da no fundo do separador do m dulo 16 9 2 Exemplos de m dulos GRASS Os seguintes exemplos ir o demonstrar o poder de alguns m dulos GRASS Criando linhas de contorno The first example creates a vector contour map from an elevation raster DEM Here it is assumed that you have the Alaska LOCATION set up as explained in section Importando dados para uma LOCALIZA O GRASS e First open the location by clicking the LA Open mapset button and choosing the Alaska location a Add GRASS raster layer e Now load the gtopo30 elevation raster by clicking and selecting the gtopo30 raster from the demo location e Now open the Toolbox with
379. para o tipos de dispositivo pr definido Garmin Serial e de seguida use o para trasnferir os s tios de interesse a partir da porta dev ttyS0O para o ficheiro output gpx o QGIS ira substituir as palavras chave e correr o comando gpsbabel w i garmin O px dev ttvS0 outpuL gpx 15 1 M dulo GPS 161 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 O comando de upload o comando que usado para fazer upload de dados para o dispositivo As mesmas palavras chave s o usadas mas in agora substitu da pelo o nome do ficheiro GPX para a camada que vai ser feita um upload e Sout substitu da pelo o nome da porta Pode aprender mais sobre o GPSBabel e as suas op es de linhas de comandos em http www gpsbabel org Ap s ter criado um novo tipo de dispositivo Ir aparecer na lista de dispositivos para as ferramentas de transfer ncia e upload 15 1 8 Transfer ncia de pontos trilhos a partir de unidades GPS As described in previous sections QGIS uses GPSBabel to download points tracks directly in the project QGIS comes out of the box with a pre defined profile to download from Garmin devices Unfortunately there is a bug that does not allow create other profiles so downloading directly in QGIS using the GPS Tools is at the moment limited to Garmin USB units Garmin GPSMAP 60cs MS Windows Instale os controladores USB do Garmin a partir do http www8 garmin com support download_details jsp id 59 1 Ligue o aparelho Abra a
380. ple locations e g Spearfish or South Dakota at the official GRASS GIS website http grass osgeo org download sample data 6 3 Sessao Amostra Now that you have QGIS installed and a sample dataset available we would like to demonstrate a short and simple QGIS sample session We will visualize a raster and a vector layer We will use the landcover raster layer qgis sample data raster landcover img and the lakes vector layer qgis_sample_data gml lakes gml 6 3 1 Iniciar o QGIS Start QGIS by typing QGIS at a command prompt or if using a precompiled binary by using the Applications menu e Inicie o QGIS usando o menu Iniciar ou o atalho do ambiente de trabalho ou fa a duplo clique no ficheiro de projecto QGIS X Fa a duplo clique no cone na sua pasta de Aplica es 6 3 2 Carregue camadas vectoriais ou raster a partir do conjunto de amostras de dados 1 Clique no icone a Carregar Raster 2 Browse to the folder qgis sample data raster select the ERDAS IMG file landcover img and click Open 3 If the file is not listed check if the Files of type Geld combo box at the bottom of the dialog is set on the right type in this case Erdas Imagine Images 1mg IMG 4 Agora clique no cone qa Carregar Vector 18 Cap tulo 6 Iniciando QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 5 54 File should be selected as Source Type in the new Add vector layer dialog Now click Browse to select the vector l
381. posi o actual das coordenadas do mapa ex metros ou graus decimais medida que o apontador do rato movido ao longo da vista do mapa No lado esquerdo da exibi o de coordenadas na barra de estado est um bot o pequeno que ira alternar entre a exibi o de coordenadas ou o enquadramento da vista de mapa medida que move amplia e afasta Perto da exibi o das coordenadas encontra a exibi o da escala Mostra a escala da vista de mapa Se ampliar ou afastar o QGIS mostra a escala actual Existe um seleccionador de escala que permite que possa escolher entre escalas pr definidas de 1 500 at 1 1000000 Uma barra de progesso na barra de estado mostra o progresso da renderiza o para cada camada que desenhada na vista de mapa Em alguns casos tais como a recolha de dados estat sticos em camadas matriciais a barra de progresso ser usada para mostrar o estado das opera es demoradas Se um novo m dulo ou actualiza o de m dulo estiver dispon vel poder ver uma mensagem no lado direito mais afasto da barra de estado No lado direito da barra de estado est uma pequena caixa de verifica o que pode ser usada para evitar temporariamente a renderiza o da vista de mapa veja sec o Renderiza o em baixo O cone p ra imediatamente o processo de renderiza o do mapa actual No lado direito das fun es de rendiraza o encontra o c digo ESPG do SRC actual do projecto e um cone da projec o Cl
382. precisar de pedir a lista de camadas clicando no bot o Ligar Esta op o especialmente til quando quer pesquisar mapas por palavras chave espec ficas Basicamente esta op o um frontend para a API do http geopole org Mosaicos Ao usar Servi os WMTS WMS em cache como http opencache statkart no gatekeeper gk gk open_wmts service WMTS amp request GetCapabilities pode procurar atrav s do separador Conjuntos de Mosaicos dados pelo servidor Informa o adicional como o tamanho do mosaico formatos e SRC suportados est o na lista desta tabela Em combina o com esta caracter s tica pode usar a escala da quadr cula do Configura es Pain is KDE e Windows ou Ver Pain is Gnome e MacOSX e de seguida escolha Escala da quadr cula que da escalas dispon veis do servidor de mosaicos com uma barra de deslizamento acoplada mM Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Usando a Ferramenta Identificar Uma vez adicionado o servidor WMS e se qualquer camada do servidor WMS consult vel pode usar a ferra menta Q Identificar para seleccionar o pixel do enquadramento do mapa A consulta feita ao servidor WMS para cada selec o feita Os resultados da consulta v m na forma de um texto plano A formata o desse texto depende do servidor WMS particular usado Selec o do formato Se m ltiplos formatos s o suportados pelo servidor uma caixa de combina o com os for
383. promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 12 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTH ERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IM PLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFEC TIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDIS TRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES IN CLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PRO GRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBIL ITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Excepcao do QGIS Qt para GPL In addition as a special exception the QGIS Development Team gives permission to link the code of this program with the Qt library i
384. quality for the output file in dpi Furthermore you can also activate the A Print as raster checkbox This means all elements will be rastered before printing or saving as PostScript or PDF In this tab you can also customize settings for grid and smart guides e The Item Properties tab displays the properties for the selected item element Click the RY A a OeMIEID icon to select an element e g legend scale bar or label on the canvas Then click the Item Properties tab and customize the settings for the selected element e The Command history tab hidden by default displays a history of all changes applied to the Print Composer layout With a mouse click it is possible to undo and redo layout steps back and forth to a certain status e O separador Gerador de Atlas permite activar a cria o de um atlas para o compositor actual e d acesso aos seus par metros No fundo da janela do Compositor de Impress o pode encontrar a barra de estado com a posi o do rato o n mero da p gina actual e uma combo box para definir o n vel de zoom 18 1 Primeiros passos 223 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Pode adicionar m ltiplos elementos no compositor tamb m poss vel ter mais do que uma vista de mapa ou legenda ou escala grafica no enquadramento do compositor de impressao numa ou em varias paginas Cada elemento tem as suas pr prias propriedades e no caso do mapa a sua pr pria extens o Se quiser remover alguma elemento do enquadrame
385. r Comma Tab Space Colon amp Semicolon Other delimiters Quote Escape Record options Number of header lines to discard 0 First record has field names Field options Trim fields Discard empty fields Decimal separator is comma Geometry definition Point coordinates Well known text WKT No geometry attribute only table X field X Y field Y gt _ DMS coordinates Layer settings _ Use spatial index _ Use subset index _ Watch file X Y ELEV 1 300120 7689960 13 2 654360 7562040 52 3 1640 7512840 3 E Help concel_ SKINS Figura 12 4 Delimited Text Dialog If spatial information is represented by WKT activate the Well Known Text option and select the field with the WKT definition for point line or polygon objects If the file contains non spatial data activate No geometry attribute only table and it will be loaded as an ordinal table Additionaly you can enable Use spatial index to improve the performance of displaying and spatially selecting features o A Use subset index Watch file to watch for changes to the file by other applications while QGIS is running 12 1 5 OpenStreetMap data In recent years the OpenStreetMap project has gained popularity because in many countries no free geodata such as digital road maps are available The objective of the OSM project is to create a free editable map of the world from GPS data aerial photography or local knowledge To s
386. r All actions performed using any of the aforementioned elements are stored in a history file and can be later easily reproduced using the history manager e A interface de processamento batch Esta interface permite que possa executar processos batch e automati camente a execu o de um nico algoritmo num m ltiplo conjunto de dados In the following sections we will review each one of these elements 1n detail 17 2 A caixa de ferramentas The Toolbox is the main element of the processing GUI and the one that you are more likely to use in your daily work It shows the list of all available algorithms grouped in different blocks and it is the access point to run them whether as a single process or as a batch process involving several executions of the same algorithm on different sets of inputs A caixa de ferramentas cont m todos os algoritmos disponiveis divididos em grupos pr definidos Todos esses grupos podem ser encontrados numa rvore nica com uma entrada que chama Geoalgoritmos Additionally two more entries are found namely Models and Scripts These include user created algorithms and they allow you to define your own workflows and processing tasks We will devote a full section to them a bit later In the upper part of the toolbox you will find a text box To reduce the number of algorithms shown in the toolbox and make it easier to find the one you need you can enter any word or phrase on the text box Notice that as
387. r ntesis ap s o nome da fun o 17 8 2 Criando fun es personalizadas As fun es personalizadas s o adicionadas ao introduzir o c digo Python correspondente no ficheiro commands py que pode ser encontrado qgis sextante commander directory na pasta do uti lizador E apenas um ficheiro Python simples onde pode adicionar as fun es que necessita 17 8 The SEXTANTE Commander 219 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 The file is created with a few example functions the first time you open the Commander If you haven t launched the Commander yet you can create the file yourself To edit the commands file use your favorite text editor You can also use a built in editor by calling the edit command from the Commander It will open the editor with the commands file and you can edit it directly and then save your changes Por exemplo pode adicionar a seguinte fun o que remove todas as camadas from qgis gui import x def removeall mapreg QgsMapLavyerRegistry instance mapreg removeAl IMapLayers Once you have added the function it will be available in the Commander and you can invoke it by typing removeall There is no need to do anything apart from writing the function itself Functions can receive parameters Add xargs to your function definition to receive arguments When calling the function from the Commander parameters have to be passed separated by spaces Aqui est um exemplo de uma fun o que carrega uma ca
388. r como SVG Exportar como PDF Reverter ltima altera o Restaurar a ltima altera o so Visualizar a 100 Y re Zoom Total WD Aproximar Afastar Actualizar vista uct Movimentar Zoom a uma rea especifica Seleccionar Mover item Mover conte do do item Adicionar novo mapa do QGIS no enquadramento do mapa Adicionar imagem a Adicionar nova etiqueta Adicionar nova legenda Adicionar barra de escala ao compositor de impress o Adicionar forma b sica Adicionar seta Adicionar tabela de atributos Adicionar uma HTML Frame Desagrupar itens Desbloquear todos os itens Agrupar itens Bloquear itens seleccionados Elevar itens seleccionados Abaixar itens seleccionados H Trazer para a frente Enviar para tr s EE Alinhar esquerda Alinhar direita LJ Alinhar ao centro Centraliza na vertical Alinhar ao topo Alinhar ao fundo Pr Visualizar Atlas Primeiro Elemento Elemento Anterior Pr ximo Elemento Ultimo Elemento Imprimir Atlas ee Exportar Atlas como Imagem Atlas Configura es Tabela 1 do Compositor Ferramentas do Compositor de Impress o Todas as ferramentas do Compositor de Impress o est o dispon veis nos menus e como cones na barra de fer ramentas A barra de ferramentas pode ser desligada ou ligada usando o bot o direito do rato sobre a barra de ferramentas 18 1 Primeiros passos 18 1 1 Abrir um novo Modelo de de Compositor de Impress o A
389. r this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in Or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Licen a Geral P blica GNU 299 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 10 Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of
390. racao de Atlas The Print Composer includes generation functions that allow you to create map books in an automated way The concept is to use a coverage layer which contains geometries and fields For each geometry in the coverage layer a new output will be generated where the content of some canvas maps will be moved to highlight the current geometry Fields associated with this geometry can be used within text labels Every page will be generated with each feature To enable the generation of an atlas and access generation parameters refer to the Atlas generation tab This tab contains the following widgets see Figure_composer_29 Generate an atlas which enables or disables the atlas generation e A Coverage layer T combo box that allows you to choose the vector layer containing the geometries on which to iterate over e An optional SF Hidden coverage layer that if checked will hide the coverage layer but not the other ones during the generation e An optional Filter with text area that allows you to specify an expression for filtering features from the coverage layer If the expression is not empty only features that evaluate to True will be selected The button on the right allows you to display the expression builder e A caixa de texto Express o do nome do ficheiro de sa da que usada para criar o nome do ficheiro para cada geometria se necess ria E baseado em express es Este campo significativo apenas para a re
391. racle Spatial GeoRaster dialog window Click on New to open the dialog window and specify the connection parameters See Figure oracle raster 1 e Name Enter a name for the database connection e Database instance Enter the name of the database that you will connect to 278 Capitulo 19 Modulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 FIBRAS pair Layers v geo acoes v amp unidadesdegestao E Agricola 7 caminho Create offline project LJ Lagoa Offline data home alex offline sqlite Browse E Floresta Select remote layers _ Mato e prado th E Floresta aberta paia 7 C limites Ed _ O unidadesdegestao 5 concelho cascais Show only editable layers Cancel oO oS e jo Ja D po sa Layers Browser Coordinate 111899 100822 Scale 1 5489 v 9 E Render EPSG 27493 QD A Figura 19 20 Cria o de um projecto offline de camadas PostGIS ou WFS e Username Specify your own username that you will use to access the database e Password Provide the password associated with your username that is required to access the database g O Create Oracle Connection a D Name example Database instance arel Username scott Password s wv Save Password ES Figura 19 21 Janela de Cria o de Liga o Oracle Agora volte janela principal Oracle Spatial GeoRaster veja Figure oracle raster 2 use a lista drop down para escolh
392. ral para rasters e Menu Geral para vectores Se o seu tema j tem um SC definido este ser mostrado como na Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial Tip SC na Legenda do Mapa Clicando com o bot o direito num tema na Legenda do Mapa sec o Legenda do Mapa mostra dois atalhos SC Definir SC do tema abre a janela de Selec o de Sistema de Coordenadas ver figure projection 2 Definir SC do projecto a partir do Tema redefine o SC do projecto usando o SC do tema 10 3 Definir Reprojec o Din mica RD O QGIS suporta reprojec o din mica para dados raster e vector Contudo RD n o est activa por omiss o Para usar projec o din mica deve activar a caixa de op o fF Activar transforma o din mica de SC no separador SC na janela E Propriedades do Projecto H tr s formas de fazer isto 1 Seleccione menuselecion Propriedades do Projecto no menu Projecto Gnome OSX ou Defini es KDE Windows _ o 2 Clique no cone e estado SC no canto inferior direito da barra de estado 3 Active a projec o din mica por omiss o no separador SC da janela Op es selecionando a 4 Activar reprojec o din mica por omiss o ou Automaticamente activar a reprojec o din mica se temas t m difer entes SC Se tem j carregado um tema e quer activar a projec o din mica a melhor pr tica abrir o separador SC na janela Propriedades do Projecto selecionar um SC e activar a caixa de selec
393. rameters The last parameter that has to be configured is related to the mapset A mapset is needed to run GRASS and the processing framework creates a temporary one for each execution You have to specify if the data you are working with uses geographical lat lon coordinates or projected ones GDAL No additional configuration is needed to run GDAL algorithms Since they are already incorporated into QGIS the algorithms can infer their configuration from it Orfeo Toolbox Orfeo Toolbox OTB algorithms can be run from QGIS if you have OTB installed in your system and you have configured QGIS properly so it can find all necessary files command line tools and libraries As in the case of SAGA OTB binaries are included in the stand alone installer for Windows but they are not included if you are runing Linux so you have to download and install the software yourself Please check the OTB website for more information Once OTB is installed start QGIS open the processing configuration dialog and configure the OTB algorithm provider In the Orfeo Toolbox image analysis block you will find all settings related to OTB First ensure that algorithms are enabled Then configure the path to the folder where OTB command line tools and libraries are installed Usually OTB applications folder points to usr lib otb applications and OTB command line tools folder is usr bin Py e amp If you use the OSGeo4W installer then install
394. rart pg LEESEARA FLAD SAE E 43 Oo Nene PIOUS 0 544 S46 Hee bos aeeai ade a E EG eS ESS 45 Configuracao QGIS 47 9 1 Pain is e Barras de Ferramentas lt lt 6 lt 264 b86 SEDA TELAS PES HEHE SS EEG 47 92 rOprcdades dO Projectos siso 8S be bse BEE ORES ds ninian GE HG 48 dO Cee preparei ERRA hee eho Shek eaehae ee eres ED oe 49 Moe Personaliza O 4c ae gee keh ee eee OER SEE EEE eH e EEE EE RES 56 Trabalhando com Projec es 59 10 1 Vis o geral do Suporte a Projec es 2 ht amp we GG BR ESE rw ECR Ka Ss EE E 59 10 2 Especifica o Geral da ProjeccaG i s ss e4 n cee e rea Rebe E E E a EOD 59 10 3 Definir Reprojeccao Dindmica RD 3 4446684 648543 68445 6 SS REG we we 61 10 4 Sistema de Coordenadas personalizado 1 1 62 10 5 Transforma es de datum pr definidas 4 i 228s e 2b G Oke we ewe PER HE De O A 63 QGIS Browser 65 Trabalhando com Informacao Vectorial 67 12 1 Supported Data Formats 4 62h amp ere BE SEGRE Cosas EER SA 67 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 2 2 19 Do Condo sz esata TOTAL RA CAD RRO eee ee awe DEE 106 124 Genre de Consulta assar LEAEADRETECNAENRS SSE HEE ESSE ESS 124 LZ Calenladoride Campos lt ge4 42448 3 40464684 SEO FREE EEE REE EK EA 125 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial 131 13 1 A trabalhar com Dados Matriciais cccccccccccc 131 13 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto 0 0 ee ee 132 13 3 Calculadora Matricial 2 5 6 sass
395. rccos of a atan a arctan of a atan2 y xX arctan of y x using the signs of the two arguments to determine the quadrant of the result exp exponential of a value In value of the natural logarithm of the passed expression log10 value of the base 10 logarithm of the passed expression log value of the logarithm of the passed value and base round round to number of decimal places rand random integer within the range specified by the minimum and maximum argument inclusive randf random float within the range specified by the minimum and maximum argument inclusive ma x largest value in a set of values min smallest value in a set of values clamp restricts an input value to a specified range 12 5 Calculadora de Campos 127 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 scale_linear transforms a given value from an input domain to an output range using linear interpolation scale_exp transforms a given value from an input domain to an output range using an exponential curve floor rounds a number downwards ceil rounds a number upwards Spi pi as value for calculations Conversions This group contains functions to convert one data type to another e g string to Integer integer to string Osi converts a string to integer number toreal converts a string to real number tostring converts number to string todatetime converts a string into Qt data time type todate converts a string into Ot data type totime converts a string into Qt ti
396. reas brancas da carta militar seriam transparentes Finalmente A guilabel Carregar no QGIS quando concluido carrega o raster de sa da automaticamente para o enquadramento do mapa do QGIS depois de ser feita a transforma o Mostrar e adaptar as propriedades do matricial Clicando na janela das Propriedades do matricial no menu Configura es abre as propriedades do matricial da camada que quer georeferenciar Configurar o georeferenciador 276 Pode definir se deseja mostrar as coordenadas GCP e ou IDs Assim como as unidades de residuos pixel e as unidades de mapa podem ser escolhidos Para o relat rio PDF a margem esquerda e direita pode ser definida e pode tamb m configurar o tamanho da folha para o mapa PDF Finalmente pode activar o Mostrar a janela do georeferenciador ancorada Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Correndo a transforma o Depois de recolher todos os GCPS e as configura es de transforma o definidas pressione o bot o gt sup Iniciar georeferenciamento para criar o novo raster georeferenciado 19 10 M dulo de Interpola o The Interplation plugin can be used to generate a TIN or IDW interpolation of a point vector layer Itis very simple to handle and provides an intuitive graphical user interface for creating interpolated raster layers see Figure interpolation 1 The plugin requires the following parameters to be specified before running Input Vector layers Spec
397. refore you can add a to the end of the action text select another field and click on Insert Field In this example there is just no other field available that would make sense to search for You can define multiple actions for a layer and each will show up in the dentify Results dialog There are all kinds of uses for actions For example if you have a point layer containing locations of images or photos along with a file name you could create an action to launch a viewer to display the image You could also use actions to launch web based reports for an attribute field or combination of fields specifying them in the same way we did in our Google search example Podemos tamb m efectuar exemplos mais complexo por exemplo usando ac es Python 102 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Identify Results Feature Value 70 lakes Y cat 11 Actions f View Feature form 4 Google search gt Derived AREA MI 1018 225 cal 11 NAMES lliamna Lake rotation xlabel ylabel ERIE e Help close Figura 12 28 Seleccione o elemento e escolha a ac o l Usually when we create an action to open a file with an external application we can use absolute paths or eventually relative paths In the second case the path is relative to the location of the external program executable file But what about if we need to use relative paths relative to the selecte
398. remos de adicionar o nosso Carregando uma camada WFS 7 Como exemplo n s usaremos o servidor WFS DM Solutions e exibiremos uma camada O URL http www2 dmsolutions ca cgi bin mswfs gmap 1 Clique na ferramenta H Adicionar Camada WFS WFS do Servidor aparecer na barra de ferramentas Camadas a janela Adicionar Camada Clique em Novo Introduza DM Solutions como nome Introduza o URL veja em cima Clique OK nA A Ww N 6 Escolha DM Solutions da lista Liga es do Servidor 14 1 QGIS como Cliente de Dados OGC 151 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 Clique Ligar 8 Espera pela lista de camadas a ser preenchida 9 Seleccione a camada Parques da lista 10 Clique Aplicar para adicionar a camada ao mapa Repare que as configura es proxy que definiu nas suas prefer ncias s o tamb m reconhecidas Add WFS Layer From a Server Server connections dmsolutions E Connect New Edit Delete Load Save Filter Title Name Abstract Cache Feature Filter Parks park wi Cities popplace Zj Use title for layer name Coordinate reference system EPSG 42304 Change Help Add Build query Close Figura 14 4 Adicionando uma camada WFS rs You ll notice the download progress is visualized in the lower left of the QGIS main window Once the layer is loaded you can identify and select a province or two and view the attribute table Ap
399. ressed Restaurar valores Restaurar os valores nesta linha para a configura o padr o Restore defaults This will reset all of the fields to their default settings It has the same effect as clicking all of the Reset buttons Guardar Isto guardar as configura es sem fechar o painel das Op es Entendendo a janela de Configura o de Aplica es Externas Event Browser Displaying records 03 of 76 Display Options Configure External Applications File extension and external application in which to load a document of that type Extension Application O ED 1 pdf usc bin evince sd EI 2 html usr bin google chrome O 3 odt usr bin write Figura 19 11 A janela de aplica es Externas eVis File reference table A table containing file types that can be opened using eVis Each file type needs a file extension and the path to an application that can open that type of file This provides the capability of opening a broad range of files such as movies sound recordings and text documents instead of only images Adicionar novo tipo de ficheiro Adicionar um novo tipo de ficheiro com uma extens o nica e o caminho para a aplica o que pode abrir o ficheiro Apagar a linha actual Apagar o tipo de ficheiro destacado na tabela e definido por uma extens o de ficheiro e o caminho para aplica o associada 19 6 2 Especificando a localiza o e nome da fotografia The location and name of th
400. rface de Processamento Batch 17 2 A caixa de ferramentas 189 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Processing Toolbox El Recently used algorithms 8 Watershed from DEM and threshold age Convergence index on Polygon centroids TH raspect Generates raster maps of aspect from a elevation y voronoi Creates a Voronoi diagram from an input vector I Er Cartographic to geographic coordinates conversion E dp Geoalgorithms E amp Domain specific E db Images E iD Raster vector E Vector E q els S E Scripts E Tools H Example scripts Figura 17 5 Caixa de Ferramentas Processamento Processing Toolbox H Recently used algorithms dB GDAL OGR 21 geoalgorithms E E GeoServer PostGls tools 8 geoalgorithms E Models 8 geoalgorithms E Orfeo Toolbox Image analysis 76 geoalgorithms QGIS geoalgorithms 67 geoalgorithms a SAGA 252 geoalgorithms H E Scripts 10 geoalgorithma Tools for LIDAR data 42 geoalgorithms E Figura 17 6 Caixa de Ferramentas Processamento modo avan ado 7 190 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 In the advanced view each group represents a so called algorithm provider which is a set of algorithms coming from the same source for instance from a third party application with geoprocessing capabilities Some of these groups represent algorithms from third party applications like S
401. rid characteristics of the table Stroke width and Color of the grid and the header and content font 18 3 8 Add an HTML frame to the Print Composer BA It is possible to add a clickable frame linked to a URL Click the 3 Add HTML frame icon place the element with the left mouse button on the Print Composer canvas and position and customize the appearance in the Item Properties tab Propriedades principais The Main properties dialog of the HTML frame Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see figure_composer_26 e Point the URL field to the URL or the HTML file you want to insert in the Composer e You can adjust the rendering of the page with the Resize mode e Use existing frames constrains the page inside its first frame or in the frame created with the next settings e Extent to next page will create as many frames and corresponding pages as necessary to render the height of the web page Each frame can be moved around on the layout If you resize a frame the webpage will be divided up between the other frames The last frame will be trimmed to fit the web page e Repeat on every page will repeat the upper left of the web page on every page in frames of the same size e Repeat until finished will also create as many frames as the Extend to next page option except all frames will have the same size 240 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Item Properties x HTML frame wv
402. rious reasons For example some require external commercial libraries or the GDAL OGR installation of your OS may not have been built to support the format you want to use Only those formats that have been well tested will appear in the list of file types when loading a vector into QGIS Other untested formats can be loaded by selecting x x Working with GRASS vector data is described in Section Integra o GRASS SIG This section describes how to work with several common formats ESRI shapefiles PostGIS layers SpatiaLite layers OpenStreetMap vectors and Comma Separated data CSV Many of the features available in QGIS work the same regardless of the vector data source This is by design and it includes the identify select labeling and attributes functions 12 1 1 ESRI Shapefiles The standard vector file format used in QGIS is the ESRI shapefile Support is provided by the OGR Simple Feature Library http www gdal org ogr A shapefile actually consists of several files The following three are required 1 shp file containing the feature geometries 2 dbf file containing the attributes in dBase format 3 shx index file Shapefiles also can include a file with a prj suffix which contains the projection information While it is very useful to have a projection file it is not mandatory A shapefile dataset can contain additional files For further details see the ESRI technical specification at http www esri com library w
403. rma verdadeiramente o raster Este algoritmo provavelmente n o ser suficiente se estiver a lidar com material digitalizado A transforma o de Helmert executa um simples escalonamento e transforma es de rota o O algoritmo Polinomial 1 3 est o entre os algoritmos mais utilizados introduzidos para coincidir com a origem e o destino dos pontos de controlo O algoritmo polinomial mais amplamente utilizado a transfor ma o polinomial de segunda ordem o que permite alguma curvatura Primeira transforma o polinomial ordem afim preserva a colinearidade e permite apenas o escalonamento transla o e rota o e O algoritmo Suavizador de Placas Finas TPS o m todo mais moderno de georeferencia o que per mite deforma es locais nos dados Este algoritmo til quando originais de baixa qualidade est o a ser georeferenciados e A transforma o Projectiva uma rota o linear e de transla o de coordenadas 19 9 M dulo Georeferenciador 275 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Definir o metodo de Reamostragem O tipo de amostragem que escolhe ira depender dos seus dados de entrada e do objectivo do exercicio Se nao quiser mudar as estat sticas da imagem dever querer escolher Vizinho mais pr ximo visto que a Amostragem c bica ira fornecer um resultado mais suavizado E poss vel escolher entre cinco diferentes m todos de amostragem L 2 3 4 5 Vizinho mais pr ximo Linear
404. rn Fill Point Pattern Fill SVG Fill Simple Fill and two Outlines Marker line and Simple line Colors Fill style Border style Border width Offset X Y Data defined properties Gradient Fill Symbol layer type allows you to select between a Two color and Color ramp setting You can use the 4 Feature centroid as Referencepoint All fills Gradient Fill Symbol layer type is also available through the Symbol menu of the Categorized and Graduated Renderer and through the Rule properties menu of the Rule based renderer It is possible to only draw polygon borders inside the polygon Using Outline Simple line select A Draw line only inside polygon Note that once you have set the size in the lower levels of the Symbol layers dialog the size of the whole symbol can be changed with the Size menu in the first level again The size of the lower levels changes accordingly while the size ratio is maintained After having made any needed changes the symbol can be added to the list Tr of current style symbols using Symbol Save in symbol library and then it can easily be used in the future Furthermore you can use the Save Style TI button to save the symbol as a QGIS layer style file qml or SLD file sld SLDs can be exported from any type of renderer single symbol categorized graduated or rule based but when importing an SLD either a single symbol or rule based renderer is created That me
405. rramenta Colar Elementos 9 Parar a edi o e guardar as altera es What happens 1f the source and target layers have different schemas field names and types are not the same QGIS populates what matches and ignores the rest If you don t care about the attributes being copied to the target layer it doesn t matter how you design the fields and data types If you want to make sure everything the feature and its attributes gets copied make sure the schemas match Tip Congru ncia dos Elementos Colados If your source and destination layers use the same projection then the pasted features will have geometry identical to the source layer However if the destination layer is a different projection then QGIS cannot guarantee the ge ometry is identical This is simply because there are small rounding off errors involved when converting between projections Apagando os Elementos Seleccionados Se quisermos apagar o pol gono todo podemos faze lo seleccionando o pol gono usando a ferramenta y Seleccionar Elemento Unico Pode seleccionar m ltiplos elementos para apagar Uma vez feita a selec o do conjunto use a ferramenta 3 Apagar Seleccionados nara apagar os elementos The Cut Features tool on the digitizing toolbar can also be used to delete features This effectively deletes the feature but also places it on a spatial clipboard So we cut the feature to delete We could then use the Paste Features too
406. rrent raster layer From this menu entries may be made for the Description Attribution MetadataUrl and Properties In Properties statistics are gathered on a need to know basis so it may well be that a given layer s statistics have not yet been collected Layer Properties landcover copy Metadata Na Cener w Description Title AVHRR Global Land Cover Classification Style RE Over the past several years researchers have ua Transparency stract E Pyramids Keyword list landcover Format A v Attribution Title Hansen M R DeFries J R G Townshend and R Sohlberg Url http glcf umd edu data landcover index shtml Restore Default Style Save As Default LoadStyle Save Style Help Apply Cancel lok Figura 13 9 Metadados Raster 13 3 Calculadora Matricial The Raster Calculator in the Raster menu allows you to perform calculations on the basis of existing raster pixel values see figure_raster_2_ The results are written to a new raster layer with a GDAL supported format The Raster bands list contains all loaded raster layers that can be used To add a raster to the raster calculator expression field double click its name in the Fields list You can then use the operators to construct calculation expressions or you can just type them into the box In the Result layer section you will need to define an output layer You can then define the extent of the calculation area based
407. rs Ap s configurar a Unidade de tempo Unidade de dist ncia e Toler ncia da topologia pode escolher a camada vectorial no separador Camada de Transporta o Aqui pode tamb m escolher Campo de direc o e o Campo da velocidade No separador Configura es padr o pode definir guilabel Direc o para o c lculo Finalmente no painel guilabel Caminho mais curto seleccione um ponto de Iniciar e Parar na camada de rede vi ria e clique em Calcular 19 16 M dulo de Consulta Espacial y O m dulo 7 M dulo de Consulta Espacial Hermite que fa a consultas espaciais ex seleccionar elementos numa ca mada alvo com refer ncia a outra camada A funcionalidade baseada na biblioteca GEOS e depende de uma camada fonte de elementos seleccionada Os operadores poss veis s o e Cont m e Igual e Sobrep e se e Cruza e Instersecta e separado e Toca e Dentro de 19 16 1 Usando o m dulo Como exemplo n s queremos encontrar as regides no conjunto de dados do Alaska que cont m os aeroportos Os seguintes passos s o necess rios 19 16 M dulo de Consulta Espacial 287 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 1 Inicie o QGIS e carregue uma camada vectorial regions shp eairports shp 2 Carregue o m dulo Consulta Espacial no Gestor de M dulos see The Plugins Menus e clique no cone Consulta Espacial que aparece no menu de ferramentas do QGIS A janela do m dulo aparece 3 Seleccione a camada regions como c
408. rsonalize a sua apar ncia no separador Propriedades Item da imagem Adicionar imagem The image Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see figure composer 11 Main properties Search directories and Rotation The Main properties and Search directories dialogs of the image Item Properties tab provide the following func tionalities see Figure_composer_12 e The Main properties dialog shows the current image that is displayed in the image item Click on the button to select a file on your computer 18 3 Itens do Compositor 231 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Item Properties x Picture Main properties Search directories Rotation Position and size Frame amp Background Item ID rTr ro r FY TF FF YF Rendering Figura 18 11 Separador Propriedades do Item da Imagem wv Main properties Path lation bed and breakfast svg mi w Search directories AA A oho A inked TOE MA 1 SGP xey K ME ac Bre tTAAILATO OSS A XX CARA amp Image search paths usr share qgis svg Remove Add Rotation 0 00 Sync with map Figura 18 12 Image Main properties Search directories and Rotation Dialogs 232 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e This dialog shows all pictures stored in the selected directories e The Search directories area allows you to add and remove directories with image
409. rt expression NAME 2 Insert Field ne Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style ence 7 Metadata Em Apply Figura 12 25 C digo HTML para as dicas de mapa rs 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 99 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 p an Bi fr EE ue es BETHEL E JT J DILLINGHAM K Name of feature Dillingham is this place a Borough No It is a Census Area Figura 12 26 Dicas de mapa feitas com c digo HTML T Layer Properties lakes Actions w Action list General style Type Name Action Capture 5 Python Clicked coordinates Run featu QtGui QMe _ Labels m 6 Open Open file PATH E Fields foren Search on web based on attrib http www oo E Rendering O Add default actions DP Display l E w Action properties sda e Open Capture output Joins Name Search on web based on attribute s value ER Diagrams Action http www google com search q ATTRIBUTE E 7 Metadata Insert expression cat Insert field Add to action list Update selected action Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style Help Apply Cancel BK Figura 12 27 Overview action dialog with some sampl
410. rts p C y gt al majrivers 7 C lakes alaska LJ E landcover S Coordinate 6877403 7758555 J Scale 27740717 1 E Render EpsG 2964 O Figura 19 27 Mapa de Densidade decorado dos aeroportos do Alaska A 19 15 Modulo de Calculo de Rotas 285 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 QGIS 2 0 1 Dufour Shortest path Start 1 04099e 06 4 67976e 06 Stop 1 04219e 06 4 6792e 06 Criterion Length Length 1197 42m Time 1 19742h Calculate Export clear e PN EA a 7 Y E nn N A i ON O Help E N O Toggles the editing s Coordinate 1041721 4679296 Scale 1 8398 99 E Render EPSG 3857 OQ A Figura 19 28 M dulo de C lculo de Rotaslnixl Caracter sticas principais e Calcula o caminho o seu comprimento e o tempo de viagem e Optimiza por comprimento ou por tempo de viagem e Exporta o caminho para uma camada vectorial e Destaca as direc es na estrada isto lento e usado principalmente para fins de depura o e para testes de configura o Como camada vectorial de rede vi ria pode ser usada em qualquer formato de camada vectorial poli linha supor tado pelo QGIS Duas linhas ligadas por um ponto em comum s o considerados ligados Por favor repare que necess rio usar o SRC da camada como SRC do projecto enquanto edita as camadas de rede vi ria Isto deve se ao facto da necess
411. ry quick way to create a LOCATION The LOCATION alaska is now ready for data import see section Importando dados para uma LOCALIZA O GRASS You can also use the already existing vector and raster data in the sample GRASS LOCATION alaska included in the QGIS Alaska dataset Amostra de Dados and move on to section O modelo de dados vectoriais do GRASS 16 3 2 Adicionando um novo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS A user has write access only toa GRASS MAPSET he or she created This means that besides access to your own MAP SET you can read maps in other users MAPSETs and they can read yours but you can modify or remove only the maps in your own MAPSET All MAPSETs include a WIND file that stores the current boundary coordinate values and the currently selected raster resolution see Neteler amp Mitasova 2008 in Literatura e Refer ncias Web and section A ferramenta da regido GRASS 1 Start QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded 2 Na barra de ferramentas GRASS clique no icone Novo conjunto de mapas nara iniciar o assistente de insta la o do CONJUNTO DE DADOS 3 Select the GRASS database GISDBASE folder grassdata with the LOCATION alaska where we want to add a further MAP SET called test 4 Clique Seguinte 5 Podemos usar este assistente para criar um novo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS dentro de uma LOCALIZA O existente ou criar uma nova LOCALIZA O tudo junto Clique no bot o de r dio
412. s o Deve usar uma cadeia de texto com xmin xmax ymin e ymax valores separados por v rgulas G Os par metros booleanos de ficheiro cadeia de texto e n mericos n o necessitam de explica es adicionais Input parameters such as strings booleans or numerical values have default values To use them specify None for the corresponding parameter entry For output data objects type the file path to be used to save it just as it is done from the toolbox If you want to save the result to a temporary file use None The extension of the file determines the file format If you enter a file extension not supported by the algorithm the default file format for that output type will be used and its corresponding extension appended to the given file path Unlike when an algorithm is executed from the toolbox outputs are not added to the map canvas if you execute that same algorithm from the Python console If you want to add an output to the map canvas you have to do it yourself after running the algorithm To do so you can use QGIS API commands or even easier use one of the handy methods provided for such tasks The runalg method returns a dictionary with the output names the ones shown in the algorithm description as keys and the file paths of those outputs as values You can load those layers by passing the corresponding file paths to the Load method 17 5 2 Fun es adicionais para a manipula o dos dados Al m das fun
413. s Ferramentas GPS e use type garmin serialeport usb Preencha os campos Nome da camada e Ficheiro de saida Podera ter problemas algumas vezes a guardar numa pasta usando algo como c temp funcionar Ubuntu Mint GNU Linux preciso ter em conta as permiss es do dispositivo como descrito em https wiki openstreetmap org wiki USB Garmin on GNU Linux Pode tentar criar um ficheiro etc udev rules d 51 garmin rules contendo esta regra ATTRS idVendor 09le ATTRS idProduct 0003 MODE 666 Depois disto necess rio ter a certeza que o m dulo kernel do garmin gps n o est carregado rmmod garmin gps and then you can use the GPS Tools Unfortunately there seems to be a bug and usually QGIS freezes several times before the operation work fine BTGP 38KM datalogger apenas com Bluetooth MS Windows O erro atr s referido n o permite que possa transferir os dados a partir do QGIS por isso necess rio usar o GPSBabel a partir da linha de comandos ou us lo atrav s da sua interfac O comando que o executa gpsbabel t i skytraqg baud 9600 initbaud 9600 f COM9 o gpx F C GPX aaa gpx Ubuntu Mint GNU Linux Use o mesmo comando ou configura es se usa o GUI do GPSBabel como no Windows No Linux aparecer uma mensagem como skytrag Too many read errors on serial port uma quest o de deslig lo e lig lo no datalogger e voltar a tentar 162 Cap tulo 15 Trabalhando com dados GPS QGIS User Gu
414. s available 9 3 10 Menu SRC SRC padrao para novos projectos e Don t enable on the fly reprojection e Automatically enable on the fly reprojection if layers have different CRS e Enable on the fly reprojection by default e Seleccione um SRC em Iniciar sempre um novo projecto com este SRC SRC para novas camadas This area allows you to define the action to take when a new layer is created or when a layer without a CRS is loaded e 54 Pergunta por SRC e Usar SRC do projecto e Utilizar SRC padr o mostrado em baixo Default datum transformations E Ask for datum transformation when no default is defined e If you have worked with the on the fly CRS transformation you can see the result of the transformation in the window below You can find information about Source CRS and Destination CRS as well as Source datum transform and Destination datum transform 54 Capitulo 9 Configura o QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 9 3 11 Locale Menu g Sobrepor idioma do sistema e Idioma a utilizar em alternativa e Informa o sobre a regi o do sistema activo local 9 3 12 Network Menu Geral e Define Pesquisa de endere o WMS padr o como http geopole org wms search search 1 amp type rss e Define Tempo esgotado para pedidos de rede ms o padr o 60000 e Define Per odo de validade por defeito para tiles WMSC WMTS horas por defeito 24 e Define Max re
415. s can be arranged in several columns Select the correct value in the Count 1 09 field A 4 Largura igual de colunas define como as colunas da legenda devem ser ajustadas A op o Ed Dividir camadas permite categorizar ou graduar a legenda da camada para ser dividida mediante as colunas Pode alterar a largura e altura para o s mbolo da legenda nesta janela Spacing aroung title group subgroup symbol icon label box space or column space can be customized through this dialog 18 3 5 Adding a Scale Bar item to the Print Composer E a E Para adicionar uma barra de escala clique no cone B Adicionar nova Escala Gr fica posicione o elemento com o bot o esquerdo do rato no enquadramento do Compositor de Impress o posicione e personalize a sua apar ncia no separador da legenda Propriedades do Item 234 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Y Fonts Title Font Subgroup Font Group Font Item Font Font color Columns Count 4 n Equal column widths Split layers w Symbol Symbol width 7 00 mm Symbol height 4 00 mm w Spacing Title space 2 00mm Group Space 2 00 mm Subgroup space 2 00 mm Symbol space 2 00 mm Icon label space 2 00 mm Box space 2 00 mm Column space 2 00 mm Figura 18 16 Legenda da Janela Fontes Colunas S mbolos e Espa amento 4 18 3 Itens do Compositor 235 QGIS User Guide Release
416. s do enquadramento apenas usado quando a transforma o SRC est desactivada e a precis o das casas decimais a usar Pode definir tamb m uma escala de projecto que rescrever sobre as escalas globais pr definidas O menu SRC permite que escolha o Sistema de Coordenadas Refer ncia para o projecto e para activar a reprojec o on the fly das camadas matricias e vectoriais na exibi o de camadas de diferentes SRC Com o terceiro menu Identificar camadas pode definir ou desactivar que camadas irao responder ferra menta identificar Veja o par grafo das Ferramentas de Mapa da sec o Op es Sec o para activar a identifica o de m ltiplas camadas The Default Styles menu lets you control how new layers will be drawn when they do not have an existing qml style defined You can also set the default transparency level for new layers and whether symbols should have random colours assigned to them O separador Servidor OWS permite definir a informa o sobre as Capacidades do WMS e WFS a extens o e as restri es SRC do Servidor QGIS O menu Macros para editar macros Python para os projectos Actualmente apenas est o dispon veis tr s macros openProject saveProject ecloseProject Project Properties Macros Me General amp python macros From qgis utils import iface CRS from qgis gui import QgsMessageBar EM identify layers def openProject msgbar iface messageBar Default s
417. s fornece o acesso a v rias caracter sticas QGIS usando um menu hier rquico padr o Os menus de topo e um sum rio de algumas op es dos menus est o listados em baixo juntamente com os cones corre spondentes s ferramentas como aparecem na barra de ferramentas assim como os atalhos de teclado Os atalhos de teclado podem ser configurados manualmente usando o di logo Configurar Atalhos aberto a partir do Config ura es Configurar Atalhos Embora a maioria das op es do menu ter ferramentas correspondentes e vice versa os menos n o est o organiza dos como as barras de ferramentas A barra de ferramenta que cont m a ferramenta listada depois de cada op o de menu como uma entrada de caixa de verifica o Algumas op es de menu apenas aparecem se o m dulo correspondente estiver carregado Para mais informa o sobre as ferramentas e barra de ferramentas veja sec o Barra de Ferramentas 7 1 1 Projecto Menu de Op es Atalho Barra de Ferramentas Ctrl N veja Projectos Projecto Ctrl o veja Projectos Projecto Novo a partir do modelo veja Projectos Projecto Abrir Recente veja Projectos Guardar Ceri s veja Projectos Projecto td Guardar Como Ctrl Shift S veja Projectos Projecto Guardar como Imagem see Ficheiro de Sa da Exportar como DXF see Ficheiro de Sa da Lg Novo Compositor de Impress o veja Compositor de Impress o Projecto EN Gestor de compositores veja Comp
418. s in SVG format to the picture database A Images can be rotated with the Rotation 4 field e Activating the Ed Sync with map checkbox synchronizes the rotation of a picture in the QGIS map canvas 1 e a rotated north arrow with the appropriate Print Composer image 18 3 4 Adding a Legend item to the Print Composer Oo Para adicionar uma legenda de mapa clique no cone 9 Adicionar nova legenda posicione o elemento com o bot o esquerdo do rato no enquadramento do compositor de impress o e posicione e personalize a sua apar ncia no separador da legenda Propriedades do Item The Item properties of a legend item tab provides the following functionalities see figure composer 14 Item Properties E Legend Main properties Legend items Fonts Columns Symbol Spacing Position and size Frame amp Background Item ID T F F F Y rr rT TFT TFT F Rendering Figura 18 13 Propriedades do Separador da Legenda l Propriedades principais The Main properties dialog of the legend Item Properties tab provides the following functionalities see fig ure_composer_14 w Main properties Title Legend Map Map 0 wrap text on Figura 18 14 Janela das Propriedades principais da Legenda 6 e Here you can adapt the legend title e You can also choose which Map item the current legend will refer to in the select list e Since QGIS 1 8 you can wrap the text of the legend title on a given character 1
419. s public arbeit grassdata qgis sample data shapefiles regions shp MULTIPOLYGON 26 regions public Add Remove Remove All to Help ew OK Cancel Figura 19 31 Usando o M dulo SPIT para importar Shapefiles para PostGIS 19 18 M dulo SQL Anywhere SQL Anywhere is a proprietary relational database management system RDBMS from Sybase SQL Anywhere provides spatial support including OGC shapefiles and built in functions to export to KML GML and SVG formats A SQL Anywhere allows you to connect to spatially enabled SQL Anywhere databases The Add SOL Anywhere layer dialog is similar in functionality to the dialogs for PostGIS and SpatiaLite 19 19 Modulo Verificador de Topologia Topology describes the relationships between points lines and polygons that represent the features of a geographic region With the Topology Checker plugin you can look over your vector files and check the topology with several topology rules These rules check with spatial relations whether your features Equal Contain Cover are CoveredBy Cross are Disjoint Intersect Overlap Touch or are Within each other It depends on your individual questions which topology rules you apply to your vector data e g normally you won t accept overshoots in line layers but if they depict dead end streets you won t remove them from your vector layer QGIS has a built in
420. s que uma camada ou grupo de uma s vez atrav s da selec o de v rias camadas com a tecla Ctr1 e pressionando Ctrl D depois Desta forma todos as camadas ou grupos ser o removidos da lista de camadas 7 3 1 Trabalhando com a Ordem da legenda de camada indepenente Existe um painel que permite definir a ordem independente de desenho da legenda do mapa Pode activar neste menu Settings Pain is Ordem da camada Esta caracter stica permite por exemplo ordenar as camadas por ordem de import ncia para exibi los na ordem correcta veja figure layer order Marcando a caixa Ed Controlar ordem de renderiza o num fundo da lista de camadas ir retroceder para o op o padr o Layers x v E Boundaries Group E regions 7 E alaska v E water Group gt E V majrivers 7 E A lakes E gt E swamp E di group1 popp v airports a WADI PHAMPTON A i y j S 46ETH E Hy t m Layer order E amp swamp ony amp airports Py 7 E majrivers eu E lakes es amp E regions amp Control rendering order Figura 7 2 Definir a ordem da legenda de camada indepenente 7 4 Vista do Mapa Este o rendimento do QGIS os mapas s o exibidos nesta rea O mapa exibido nesta janela ir depender na camada vectorial e raster que escolheu no carregamento veja as sec es a seguir para mais informa o de como carregar camadas
421. s s o encontradas para par metros que representam camadas ou tabelas e para caminhos de ficheiros de sa da Relativamente s camadas e tabelas de entrada quando o algoritmo executado como parte de um processamento em lote esses objectos de dados de entrada s o usados directamente dos ficheiros e n o de um conjunto deles j abertos no QGIS Por essa raz o qualquer algoritmo pode ser executado como um processamento em lote mesmo se os objectos de dados estiverem todos abertos e o algoritmo n o possa ser executado a partir da caixa de ferramentas O nome do ficheiro para os objectos de dados de entrada s o introduzidos directamente ou mais convenientemente atrav s do clique no bot o no lado direito da c lula que exibe um t pico di logo de escolha de ficheiros 204 Cap tulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Ei Batch Processing Gaussian Filter Figura 17 26 Processamento em Lote 7 Podem ser seleccionados de uma vez ficheiros m ltiplos Se o par metro de entrada representar um objecto nico de dados e v rios ficheiros s o seleccionados cada um deles ser o postos numa linha separada adicionando novos se necess rio Se representa m ltiplas entradas todos os ficheiros seleccionados irao ser adicionados a uma c lula nica separada por ponto e v rgulas Os dados de sa da s o sempre guardados num ficheiro e contrariamente execu o do algoritmo na caixa de f
422. s such Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work s title preceding the beginning of the body of the text The publisher means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public A section Entitled XYZ means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below such as Acknowledgements Dedications Endorsements or History 21 2 Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU 301 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 To Preserve the Title of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section Entitled XYZ according to this definition The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License but only as regards disclaiming warranties any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License 2 COPIA INTEGRAL You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium either commercially or noncommercially provided that this License the copyright notices and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies and that
423. s using the user postgres with the password topsecret on host server myhost de Note that OGR must be built with PostgreSQL to support PostGIS You can verify this by typing in D ogrinto Lormats grep i post If you prefer to use PostgreSQL s COPY command instead of the default INSERT INTO method you can export the following environment variable at least available on A and X export PG USE COPY TES 12 1 Supported Data Formats TB QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 ogr2ogr does not create spatial indexes like shp2pgsl does You need to create them manually using the nor mal SQL command CREATE INDEX afterwards as an extra step as described in the next section Improving Performance Improving Performance Retrieving features from a PostgreSQL database can be time consuming especially over a network You can improve the drawing performance of PostgreSQL layers by ensuring that a PostGIS spatial index exists on each layer in the database PostGIS supports creation of a GiST Generalized Search Tree index to speed up spatial searches of the data GiST index information is taken from the PostGIS documentation available at http postgis refractions net The syntax for creating a GiST index is CREATE INDEX indexname ON tablename USING GIST geometryfield GIST GEOMETRY OPS Note that for large tables creating the index can take a long time Once the index 1s created you should perform a VACUUM ANALYZE See the P
424. scolha Novo fa Nova Camada SpatiaLite do menu Camada O di logo Nova Camada SpatiaLite ir aparecer como mostrado na Figure edit 6 The first step is to select an existing SpatiaLite database or to create a new SpatiaLite database This can be done with the browse button to the right of the database field Then add a name for the new layer define the layer type and specify the coordinate reference system with Specify CRS If desired you can select A Create an autoincrementing primary key To define an attribute table for the new SpatiaLite layer add the names of the attribute columns you want to create with the corresponding column type and click on the Add to attribute list button Once you are happy with the attributes click OK QGIS will automatically add the new layer to the legend and you can edit it in the same way as described in section Digitalizar uma camada existente above Further management of SpatiaLite layers can be done with the DB Manager See M dulo Gestor BD Criando uma nova camada GPX To create a new GPX file you need to load the GPS plugin first Plugins E Plugin Manager opens the Plugin Manager Dialog Activate the A GPS Tools checkbox When this plugin is loaded choose New 3 Create new GPX Layer from the Layer menu In the Save new GPX file as dialog you can choose where to save the new GPX layer 12 3 Editando 117 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 New Spatialite Layer
425. sh or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100 you must either include a machine readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer network location from which the general network using public has access to download using public standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document free of added material If you use the latter option you must take reasonably prudent steps when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy directly or through your agents or retailers of that edition to the public It is requested but not required that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document 4 MODIFICACOES You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it In addition you must do these things in the Modified Version 1 Use in the Title Page and on the covers if any a title di
426. sibility to place formatted text in a balloon on the QGIS map canvas Use the Text Annotation tool and click into the map canvas Double clicking on the item opens a dialog with various options There is the text editor to enter the formatted text and other item settings For instance there is the choice of having the item placed on a map position displayed by a marker symbol or to have the item on a screen position not related to the map The item can be moved by 42 Capitulo 8 Ferramentas gerais QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Annotation text B Ubuntu 11 QGIS rocks amp Fixed map position Frame width 1 00 E Background color Frame color Delete Cancel OK Figura 8 10 Di logo do texto de anota o rs map position by dragging the map marker or by moving only the balloon The icons are part of the GIS theme and they are used by default in the other themes too The E Move Annotation too allows you to move the annotation on the map canvas 8 7 1 Anotacoes Html The J Himi Annotation tools in the attribute toolbar provides the possibility to place the content of an html file in a balloon on the QGIS map canvas Using the Html Annotation tool click into the map canvas and add the path to the html file into the dialog 8 7 2 Anota es SVG Po The ES SVG Annotation too in the attribute toolbar provides the possibility to place an SVG symbol in a balloon on the QGIS map can
427. ss available with two possible methods set Text text and setPercentage percent to modify the progress text and the progress bar 210 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Several examples are provided Please check them to see real examples of how to create algorithms using the processing framework classes You can right click on any script algorithm and select Edit script to edit its code or just to see it 17 5 4 Documentando Os seus scripts As in the case of models you can create additional documentation for your scripts to explain what they do and how to use them In the script editing dialog you will find an Edit script help button Click on it and it will take you to the help editing dialog Check the section about the graphical modeler to know more about this dialog and how to use it Help files are saved in the same folder as the script itself adding the help extension to the filename Notice that you can edit your script s help before saving the script for the first time If you later close the script editing dialog without saving the script 1 e you discard it the help content you wrote will be lost If your script was already saved and is associated to a filename saving the help content 1s done automatically 17 5 5 Pr e p s execu o de encaixe da script Os scripts podem tamb m ser usados para definir um encaixe de pr e p s execu o que correm antes e depois
428. st o vazias mas pode edit los usando os elementos do lado esquerdo do di logo Seleccione um elemento na parte superior e escreva a descri o na caixa de texto em baixo A ajuda do Modelo guardada num ficheiro na mesma pasta ao p do seu respectivo modelo N o tem de ser preocupar como guard lo uma vez ser feito automaticamente 17 3 7 Sobre os algoritmos dispon veis Poder notar que alguns algoritmos podem ser executados a partir da caixa de ferramentas mas n o aparecem na lista de algoritmos dispon veis quando est a desenhar o modelo Para ser inclu do no modelo o algoritmo deve ter uma sem ntica correcta assim como liga es apropriadas a outros fluxos de trabalho Se um algoritmo n o tiver uma boa sem ntica bem definida por exemplo se o n mero de camadas de sa da n o s o conhecidas portanto n o poss vel us lo dentro do modelo e n o aparece na lista na janela do di logo do modelador Adicionalmente ira ver algoritmos no modelador que n o se encontram na caixa de ferramentas Esses algoritmos s o para ser usados exclusivamente como parte do modelo e eles n o t m interesse noutro contexto diferente O algoritmo Calculadora um exemplo disso apenas uma simples calculadora aritm tica que pode usar para modificar valores num ricos introduzidos pelo utilizador ou gerados por outro tipo de algoritmo Estas ferramentas s o realmente teis dentro do modelo mas fora do contexto n o fazem s
429. st to specify the attribute field that contains the compass bearing asso ciated with the photograph being displayed If compass bearing information is available it is necessary to click the checkbox below the drop down menu title 3 Compass offset Compass offsets can be used to compensate for declination to adjust bearings collected using magnetic bearings to true north bearings Click the Manual radio button to enter the offset in the text box or click the From Attribute radio button to select the attribute field containing the offsets 258 Capitulo 19 Modulos 10 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 For both of these options east declinations should be entered using positive values and west declinations should use negative values Direct rio do caminho base O caminho base para o caminho relativo definido na Figure_eVis_2 A sera anexado Replace path If this checkbox is checked only the file name from A will be appended to the base path Apply rule to all documents If checked the same path rules that are defined for photographs will be used for non image documents such as movies text documents and sound files If not checked the path rules will only apply to photographs and other documents will ignore the base path parameter Remember settings If the checkbox is checked the values for the associated parameters will be saved for the next session when the window is closed or when the Save button below is p
430. ste um n mero de transforma es dispon veis O QGIS permite que defina a transforma o a usar de outro modo o QGIS usa a transforma o pr definida No separador SC dentro de Selec o Op es pode e configurar o QGIS para perguntar lhe quando necessitar de definir uma transforma o usando o radiobut tonl Solicitar a transforma o de datum quando nenhuma pr definida existir e editar uma lista do utilizador de transforma es pr definidas O QGIS pergunta qual a transforma o a usar abrindo uma janela mostrado o texto PROJ 4 que descreve as transforma es de origem e destino Mais informa o pode ser encontrada ao passar com o rato sobre uma transforma o Pr defini es do utilizador podem ser gravadas seleccionando o lradiobuttonl Lembrar selec o 10 5 Transforma es de datum pr definidas 63 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 64 Capitulo 10 Trabalhando com Projeccoes CAPITULO 11 QGIS Browser The QGIS Browser is a panel in QGIS that lets you easily navigate in your filesystem and manage geodata You can have access to common vector files e g ESRI shapefiles or MapInfo files databases e g PostGIS Oracle SpatiaLite or MS SQL Spatial and WMS WES connections You can also view your GRASS data to get the data into QGIS see Integra o GRASS SIG QGIS Browser a ba Refresh ER Manage WMS IM New Shapefile A Set layer CRS v in shapefiles Param
431. stinct from that of the Document and from those of previous versions which should if there were any be listed in the History section of the Document You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission 2 List on the Title Page as authors one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifi cations in the Modified Version together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document all of its principal authors if it has fewer than five unless they release you from this requirement State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version as the publisher Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices oe SON ae ae Include immediately after the copyright notices a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License in the form shown in the Addendum below 302 Capitulo 21 Ap ndice QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 7 Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document s license notice 8 Incluir uma c pia inalterada desta Licen a 9 Preserve the section Entitled History Preserve its Title and add to it an item stating at least the title year new authors and publisher of the Modified Version as
432. t feature eature eature re can be used green green saturation saturation magenta magenta own text WKT representation ion of geometry any space together ersect y don t returns 1 if the geometries have at least one point in common but their interiors do not intersect returns 1 if the supplied geometries have interior points in common some but not all returns true if and only if no points of b lie in the exterior of a and at least one point of the interior of b lies in the interior of a returns 1 if the geometries share space but are not completely contained by each returns 1 if geometry a is completely ins returns a geometry that represents all points whose distance are of the same dimension other ide geometry b from this geometry is less than or equal to distance returns the geometric center of a geometr returns the convex hull of a geometry th y is represents the minimum convex geometry that encloses all geometries within the set returns a geometry that represents that part of geometry a that does not intersect with geometry b returns the minimum distance based on sp two geometries in projected units returns a geometry that represents the sh of geometry a and geometry b returns a geometry that represents the po that do not intersect returns the combination of geometry a and atial ref between ared portion FELONS of a ana b geometry b returns a geometr
433. tart QGIS and make sure the GRASS plugin is loaded Visualize the alaska shp shapefile see section vector_load_shapefile from the QGIS Alaska dataset see Amostra de Dados Na barra de ferramentas GRASS clique no cone x Novo conjunto de mapas sara iniciar o assistente de insta la o do CONJUNTO DE DADOS Select an existing GRASS database GISDBASE folder grassdata or create one for the new LOCATION using a file manager on your computer Then click Next N s podemos usar este assistente para criar um novo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS dentro de uma LOCALIZA O existente veja sec o Adicionando um novo CONJUNTO DE MAPAS ou pata criar jun tamente um nova LOCALIZA O Seleccione Criar nova localiza o veja figure grass location 2 Enter a name for the LOCATION we used alaska and click Next Defina a projec o clicando no bot o Projec o para activar a lista de projec o We are using Albers Equal Area Alaska feet projection Since we happen to know that it is represented by the EPSG ID 2964 we enter it in the search box Note If you want to repeat this process for another LOCATION and projection and haven t memorized the EPSG ID click on the CRS Status icon in the lower right hand corner of the status bar see section Trabalhando com Projec es In Filter insert 2964 to select the projection 10 11 Clique Seguinte To define the default region we hav
434. tart the preview function select the page you need and click on Composer Print or create a PDF 18 7 Criando um ficheiro de Saida Figure composer 30 shows the Print Composer with an example print layout including each type of map element described in the sections above The Print Composer allows you to create several output formats and it is possible to define the resolution print quality and paper size The Print icon allows you to print the layout to a connected printer or a PostScript file depending on installed printer drivers 18 7 Criando um ficheiro de Saida 245 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 alaska Composer View i gt De 4 FEN 7 a o sO RBBB RARO DORMI RA Is e i E a OD ER i pe tee 150 200 230 300 330 400 EE Compositi Atlas generati Item Propert Atlas generation e West Alasko Nome Region Generate an atlas v Configuration Composer map Map 0 Coverage layer airports Nome Region Nearby ar ports oa e w Visibility Hidden coverage layer b Feature sorting 204 b Feature filtering v Scaling Fixed scale mooo w Output Output filename expression output Sfeature Help Close Single file export when possible Figura 18 30 Print Composer with map view legend image scale bar coordinates text and HTML frame added A e The zs Export as image icon exports the Composer canvas in sever
435. tas de An lise 266 Ferramentas de investiga o 266 Ferramentas do Georeferenciador 272 ficheiro de sa da guardado como imagem 21 Field Calculator 125 Field Calculator Functions 126 GDAL 131 GeoTIFF 131 309 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 GeoTiff 131 GiST Generalized Search Tree index 76 GML 143 GNU General Public License 297 Gradient_Color_Ramp 84 Graduated_Renderer 84 GRASS 169 ver Criando novos tores editando criando uma nova camafa armazenamento de atributos 174 caixa de ferramentas 181 configura es da categoria 175 configura es de simbologia 176 edi o da regi o 177 edi o de tabela 177 exibir regi o 177 exibir resultados 178 181 ferramentas de digitaliza o 174 liga o de atributos 174 regi o 177 toler ncia de atrac o 176 Grelha Map Grid 227 vec Histograma 138 HTML Frame 240 Identificar elementos 38 IGNF 59 Import Maps 65 impress o r pida do compositor de impress o 21 Imprimindo Export Map 245 Institut Geographique National de France 59 InteProxy 151 janela principal 23 join 104 join layer 104 Layout Maps 221 legenda 31 load a shapefile 68 loading raster 131 Map Legend 233 Map Navigation 108 Map Template 222 MapInfo 70 marcadores 43 Marcadores espaciais ver marcadores 43 medir 37 areas 37 angulos 37 comprimento da linha 37 Melhorar_Contraste 134 menus 24 merge attributes of features 115 Merge_Attrib
436. te data in external programs such as Excel use the Copy selected rows to clipboard button You can copy the information without vector geometries if you deactivate Settings Options Data sources menu Ed Copy geometry in WKT representation from attribute table Guardar elementos seleccionados como nova camada The selected features can be saved as any OGR supported vector format and also transformed into another coor dinate reference system CRS Just open the right mouse menu of the layer and click on Save selection as gt to define the name of the output file its format and CRS see section Legenda do Mapa It is also possible to specify OGR creation options within the dialog 120 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Paste into new layer Features that are on the clipboard may be pasted into a new layer To do this first make a layer editable Select some features copy them to the clipboard and then paste them into a new layer using Edit Paste Features as and choosing New vector layer or New memory layer This applies to features selected and copied within QGIS and also to features from another source defined using well known text WKT Trabalhando com tabelas de atributos nao espaciais QGIS allows you also to load non spatial tables This currently includes tables supported by OGR and delimited text as well as the PostgreSQL MSSQL and Oracle provider The tables can
437. te e servidor Escolha de acordo com as exig ncias de precis o da sua imagem Tip Codifica o da Imagem Tipicamente ir encontrar servidores WMS que oferecem a escolha da codifica o de imagem JPEG ou PNG O JPEG um formato de perda de compress o enquanto que o PNG reprodu o fielmente os dados brutos do matricial Use JPEG se espera dados WMS para fotografia na natureza e ou n o se importa da perda de alguma qualidade na imagem Este t pico trade off reduz em 5 vezes o requerimento de transfer ncia comparado ao PNG Use o PNG se necessitar representa es precisas dos dados originais e n o se importa dos requerimentos de transfer ncia de dados Op es O campo Op es fornece um campo de texto onde pode adicionar Nome da Camada para a camada WMS Este nome ir ser apresentado na legenda ap s carregamento da camada Em baixo do nome da camada pode definir Tamanho do mosaico se quiser configurar os tamanhos do mosaico ex 256x256 para dividir o pedido do WMS em pedidos m ltiplos O Limite de elementos para GetFeaturelInfo define quais os elementos do servidor para consulta Se seleccionou um WMS da lista um capo com a projec o padr o fornecida pelo mapserver aparece Se o bot o Change est activo pode clicar e mudar para a projec o padr o do WMS para outro SRC fornecido pelo Servidor WMS Ordem das Camadas O separador Ordem de Camada tem uma lista das camadas seleccionadas disponiveis do
438. te que o c lculo de peir mides pode modificar o arquivo original de dados e uma vez criado n o pode ser apagado Se desejar preservar uma vers o sem pir mides do seu raster fa a uma c pia de seguran a antes do c lculo das mesmas 13 2 5 Menu Histograma The Histogram menu allows you to view the distribution of the bands or colors in your raster The histogram is generated automatically when you open the Histogram menu All existing bands will be displayed together You can save the histogram as an image with the button With the Visibility option in the Q Prefs Actions menu you can display histograms of the individual bands You will need to select the option Show selected band The Min max options allow you to Always show min max markers to Zoom to min max and to Update style to min max With the Actions option you can Reset and Recompute histogram after you have chosen the Min max options 138 Capitulo 13 Trabalhando com Informa o Matricial Layer Properties landcover Pyramids QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 gt General as Resolutions escription Em D P 1832 x 982 i Large resolution raster layers can slow navigation in QGIS By 2 916x491 a Transparency creating lower resolution copies of the data pyramids 458x246 performance can be considerably improved as QGIS selects 229 x 123 Pyramids the most suitable resolution to use
439. ted with the regions shp layer from the QGIS sample data The Fields Values and Operators sections help you to construct the SQL like query regions Fields Values NAME_1 Borough NAME_2 Census Area HASC 2 Municipality TYPE 2 City And Borough Sample All Use unfiltered layer vY Operators Provider specific filter expression TYPE 2 Borough Help Test Clear Cancel ok Figura 12 44 Ferramenta de Consulta The Fields list contains all attribute columns of the attribute table to be searched To add an attribute column to 124 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 the SQL WHERE clause field double click its name in the Fields list Generally you can use the various fields values and operators to construct the query or you can just type it into the SQL box The Values list lists the values of an attribute table To list all possible values of an attribute select the attribute in the Fields list and click the all button To list the first 25 unique values of an attribute column select the attribute column in the Fields list and click the Sample button To add a value to the SQL WHERE clause field double click its name in the Values list The Operators section contains all usable operators To add an operator to the SQL WHERE clause field click the appropriate button Relational operators gt string comparison operator LIKE and logica
440. tegoria ser o atribu dos a um novo elemento de geometria GRASS Edit m EE E e oa R Bp E Category Settings Symbology Table m E O o Oo E Mode Next not u sed Category Layer 1 Figura 16 4 Separador de Digitaliza o de Categorias e Mode The category value that will be applied to new geometry elements Next not used Apply next not yet used category value to geometry element 16 7 Digitalizando e editando as camadas vectoriais GRASS 175 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Manual entry Manually define the category value for the geometry element in the Category entry field No category Do not apply a category value to the geometry element This is used for instance for area boundaries because the category values are connected via the centroid e Category The number ID that is attached to each digitized geometry element It is used to connect each geometry element with its attributes e Field layer Each geometry element can be connected with several attribute tables using different GRASS geometry layers The default layer number is 1 Tip Creating an additional GRASS layer with Iqgl If you would like to add more layers to your dataset just add a new number in the Field layer entry box and press return In the Table tab you can create your new table connected to your new layer Separador das Configura es The Settings tab allows you to set the snapping
441. tes dele Isto se n o estiver a ser usado um ficheiro de sa da de um algoritmo usado como ficheiro de entrada diferente Se tentar remover um algoritmo que tenha outros que dependa dele uma mensagem de aviso igual que v aqui em baixo ti Could not remove element x Other elements depend on the selected one A Remove them before trying to remove it Figura 17 22 N o pode apagar o Algoritmo Seleccionando a op o Editar ou fazendo simplesmente duplo clique no cone do algoritmo ira ser exibido o di logo de par metros do algoritmo para que possa mudar os ficheiros de entrada e os valores do par metro Tenha em aten o que nem todos os elementos dispon veis no modelo aparecer o neste caso como ficheiros de entrada dispon vel Camadas ou valores gerados num passo mais avan ado no fluxo de trabalho definido pelo modelo n o ira estar dispon vel se causar depend ncias em ciclo Seleccione novos valores e de seguida clique no bot o OK como comum As liga es entre os elementos do modelo irao alterar de acordo com o enquadramento do modelador 17 3 5 Activating and deactivating algorithms Algorithms can be deactivated in the modeler so they will not be executed once the model is run This can be used to test just a given part of the model or when you do not need all the outputs it generates To deactivate an algorithm right click on its icon in the model canvas and select the Deactivate option You will
442. th all of the data included in the original image e g QGIS creates a color table with 256 values given the fact that you have 8 bit bands You can also calculate your color table using the Mean standard deviation x 19 Then only the values within the standard deviation or within multiple standard deviations are considered for the color table This is useful when you have one or two cells with abnormally high values in a raster grid that are having a negative impact on the rendering of the raster Todos os c lculos podem ser feitos atrav s da Atual extens o Tip Visualiza o de uma Banda Simples e Multibanda raster Se quiser ver uma nica banda de uma imagem multibanda por exemplo vermelho pode pensar que iria definir o verde e faixas azuis para Not Set Mas esta n o a maneira correta Para apresentar a banda vermelha defina o tipo de imagem para Banda simples cinza em seguida selecione vermelha como a banda para usar a Cinza Paletizada This 1s the standard render option for singleband files that already include a color table where each pixel value is assigned to a certain color In that case the palette is rendered automatically If you want to change colors assigned to certain values just double click on the color and the Select color dialog appears Also in QGIS 2 2 it s now possible to assign a label to the color values The label appears in the legend of the raster layer then Melhorar
443. th for all user configuration code path run the given python file on load help this text FILES Files specified on the command line can include rasters vectors and OGIS project files qgs 1 Rasters Supported formats include GeoTiff DEM and others supported by GDAL 2 Vectors Supported formats include ESRI Shapefiles and others supported by OGR and PostgreSQL layers using the PostGIS extension Tip Exemplo do Uso dos argumentos da linha de comandos You can start QGIS by specifying one or more data files on the command line For example assuming you are in the ggis_sample_data directory you could start QGIS with a vector layer and a raster file set to load on startup using the following command qgis raster landcover img gml lakes gml Op o da linha de comandos snapshot Esta op o permite que possa criar uma captura de ecr no formato PNG da vista actual Isto vem a calhar quando tem v rios projectos e quer gerar capturas de ecr dos seus dados Currently it generates a PNG file with 800x600 pixels This can be adjusted using the width and height command line arguments A filename can be added after snapshot Op o da linha de comandos 1 ang Based on your locale QGIS selects the correct localization If you would like to change your language you can specify a language code For example lang it starts QGIS in italian localization A list of currently supported languages with l
444. the desktop or in the Applications menu e Inicie o QGIS usando o menu Iniciar ou o atalho do ambiente de trabalho ou fa a duplo clique no ficheiro de projecto QGIS X Double click the icon in your Applications folder If you need to start QGIS in a shell run path to installation executable Contents MacOS Qgis To stop QGIS click the menu option A Y File X QGIS Quit or use the shortcut Ctr1 Q 6 5 Opcoes da Linha de Comandos 4b QGIS supports a number of options when started from the command line To get a list of the options enter qgis help on the command line The usage statement for QGIS is agis help QGIS 2 2 0 Valmiera Valmiera exported QGIS is a user friendly Open Source Geographic Information System Usage gqgis OPTION FILE options snapshot filename emit snapshot of loaded datasets to given file width width width of snapshot to emit height height height of snapshot to emit lang language use language for interface text project projectfile load the given QGIS project extent xmin ymin xmax ymax set initial map extent nologo hide splash screen noplugains don t restore plugins on startup nocustomization don t apply GUI customization customizationfile use the given ini file as GUI customization 6 4 Starting and Stopping QGIS 19 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 optionspath path use the given QSettings path configpath path use the given pa
445. this case the dialog corresponds to the SAGA Convergence index algorithm Convergence index x Parameters Log Help Elevation Method 0 Aspect Lv Gradient Calculation 0 2x2 la Convergence Index C a sm em ee E I mmanrari t JAE CO EMP ad y Te X Open output file after running algorithm Run Close Cancel Figura 17 7 Di logo dos Par metros This dialog is used to set the input values that the algorithm needs to be executed It shows a table where input values and configuration parameters are to be set It of course has a different content depending on the require 17 2 A caixa de ferramentas 191 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 ments of the algorithm to be executed and is created automatically based on those requirements On the left side the name of the parameter is shown On the right side the value of the parameter can be set Although the number and type of parameters depend on the characteristics of the algorithm the structure is similar for all of them The parameters found in the table can be of one of the following types e A raster layer to select from a list of all such layers available currently opened in QGIS The selector contains as well a button on its right hand side to let you select filenames that represent layers currently not loaded in QGIS e A vector layer to select from a list of all vector layers available in QGIS Layers not loaded in QGIS can be sele
446. this definition and creates a new tab inside the Toolbox when you select the module A more detailed description for adding new modules changing a module s group etc can be found on the QGIS wiki at http hub qgis org projects quantum gis wiki Adding New Tools to the GRASS Toolbox 16 9 The GRASS Toolbox 185 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 186 Cap tulo 16 Integra o GRASS SIG CAPITULO 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS 17 1 Introdu o This chapter introduces the QGIS processing framework a geoprocessing environment that can be used to call native and third party algorithms from QGIS making your spatial analysis tasks more productive and easy to accomplish In the following sections we will review how to use the graphical elements of this framework and make the most out of each one of them There are four basic elements in the framework GUI which are used to run algorithms for different purposes Choosing one tool or another will depend on the kind of analysis that is to be performed and the particular characteristics of each user and project All of them except for the batch processing interface which is called from the toolbox as we will see can be accessed from the Processing menu item You will see more than four entries The remaining ones are not used to execute algorithms and will be explained later in this chapter e A caixa de ferramentas O elemento principal do GUI usado para executar um algorit
447. ties Ignore axis orientation WMS 1 3 WMTS Invert axis orientation Smooth pixmap transform Layers Browser 2 Coordinate 11921858 11616184 Scale 34189814 v 9 E Render EPSG 2964 Gy A Figura 14 5 WMS padrao com os limites dos EUA incluido no Servidor QGIS KDE 154 Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Project Properties OWS server General b amp Service capabilities E vw WMS capabilities Ge CRS v amp Advertised extent v amp CRS restrictions I identify layers Min X 342159 530707977246493 EPSG 2964 Default styles Min Y 3602918 50832555256783 OWS server Max X 899577 137060660868883 ROM rere Max Y 3998591 43753513135015 Relations Use Current Canvas Extent SS set v amp Exclude composers v amp Exclude layers alaska A4 climate railroads e e e Add geometry to feature response Advertised URL Maximums for GetMap request Width Height gt WFS capabilities gt WCS capabilities Help Apply Cancel ok Figura 14 6 Definitions for a QGIS Server WMS WES WCS project KDE 14 2 QGIS com Servidor de Dados OGC 155 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 If you want to exclude any layer or layer group from being published by the WMS check Ed Exclude Layers and click the E button below This opens the Select restricted lay
448. tilizador possa visualizar e procurar o GUI e encontrar alguma coisa parecida no manual Menu Op es Camada Adicionar Camada Raster ou Configura es Barra de Ferramentas Digi taliza o Ferramenta o Adicionar Camada Raster Bot o Guardar como Padr o T tulo da Caixa de Di logo Propriedades da Camada Separador Geral Caixa de Verifica o Ed Renderiza o Bot o de Op o Postgis SRID EPSG ID l z Seleccionar um n mero 1 00 Seleccionar uma cadeia de texto Pesquisar por um ficheiro Seleccionar uma cor Border color B change Slider ht Texto de Entrada Display name lakes shpl Uma sombra indica um componente clic vel no GUI 2 2 Convencoes de Texto ou Teclado O manual tamb m inclui estilos relacionados com o texto comandos do teclado e codifica o que indica diferentes entidades tais como classes ou m todos Estes estilos n o correspondem a qualquer apar ncia actual de qualquer texto ou c digo dentro do QGIS Hiperliga o http ggis org Combina es de Atalho pressione Ctrl B significa pressionar e segura a tecla Ctrl e de seguida pres sionae a tecla B QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Nome do Ficheiro lakes shp e Nome da Classe NewLayer e M todo classFactory e Servidor meuservidor pt e Texto do Utilizador ggis help Linhas de c digo s o indicados por uma fonte com largura fixa PROJCS NAD 1927 Albers GEOGCS GCS Nort
449. tion If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license such as the GNU General Public License to permit their use in free software 21 2 Lican a de Documenta o Livre GNU 305 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 306 Capitulo 21 Ap ndice CAPITULO 22 Literatura e Refer ncias Web GDAL SOFTWARE SUTTE Biblioteca de Abstrac o de Dados Geoespaciais http www gdal org 2013 GRASS PROJECT Sistema de suporte de recursos de an lise geogr fica http grass osgeo org 2013 NETELER M AND MITASOVA H Open source gis A grass gis approach 2008 OGR SOFTWARE SUITE Biblioteca de Abstrac o de Dados Geoespaciais http www gdal org ogr 2013 OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM Especifica o de implementa o de servi os do mapa Web 1 1 1 http portal opengeospatial org 2002 OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM Especifica o de implementa o de servi os do mapa Web 1 3 0 http portal opengeospatial org 2004 POSTGIS PROJECT Suporte espacial para postgresql http postgis refractions net 2013 307 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 308 Capitulo 22 Literatura e Refer ncias Web 101 dulos 249 A es 101 Ajuda de contexto 35 amplia o com a roda do rato 33 anota o 42 apache 153 apache2 153 Arc Info ASCIIL Grid 131 Arc Info Binary Grid 131 ArcInfo Binary Coverage 70 Atalhos d
450. tivo para o marcador at 255 caracteres 4 Pressione Enter para adicionar o marcador ou Apagar para remover o marcador Repare que tem m ltiplos marcadores com o mesmo nome 8 8 2 Trabalhando com Marcadores To use or manage bookmarks select the menu option View Show Bookmarks The Geospatial Bookmarks dialog allows you to zoom to or delete a bookmark You cannot edit the bookmark name or coordinates 8 8 3 Aproximando a um Marcador From the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog select the desired bookmark by clicking on it then click Zoom To You can also zoom to a bookmark by double clicking on it 8 8 4 Apagando um Marcador To delete a bookmark from the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog click on it then click Delete Confirm your choice by clicking Yes or cancel the delete by clicking No 44 Capitulo 8 Ferramentas gerais QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 8 9 Nesting Projects If you want to embed content from other project files into your project you can choose Layer Embed Layers and Groups 8 9 1 Embebendo camadas A seguinte janela permite que possa embeber camadas de outros projectos Aqui est um pequeno exemplo 1 Pressione para ver outro projeto a partir do conjunto de dados Alaska 2 Select the project file grassland You can see the content of the project see figure embed dialog 3 Press Ctrl and click on the layers grassland and regions Press OK The selected layers are embedded in the map le
451. to PROJ 4 Este um texto de SC usado pelo motor de projec es PROJ 4 Este texto de apenas leitura e fornecido para fins de informa o 10 3 Definir Reprojec o Din mica RD 61 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Project Properties CRS gt General amp Enable on the fly CRS transformation ae CRS Filter o Recently used coordinate reference systems IES identify layers y y Coordinate Reference System Authority ID Default styles Generated CRS proj aea lat_1 55 la USER 100001 WGS 84 Pseudo Mercator EPSG 3857 J OWS server NAD27 Alaska Albers EPSG 2964 O WGSs 84 EPSG 4326 a Macros Datum 73 Modified Portuguese Grid EPSG 27493 Cae al a ee CREED ee Relations Coordinate reference systems of the world Hide deprecated CRSs Coordinate Reference System Authority ID GDA94 Australian Albers EPSG 3577 Hawaii Albers Equal Area Conic EPSG 102007 NAD27 Alaska Albers EPSG 2964 NAD27 California Albers EPSG 3309 kra ma fm Tl l o l IN A T Selected CRS NAD27 Alaska Albers proj aea lat_1 55 lat 2 65 lat 0 50 lon 0 154 x 0 0 y 0 0 e ellps clrk66 datum NAD27 units us ft no defs Figura 10 2 Janela de Propriedades do Projecto Tip Janela de Propriedades do Projecto Se abrir a janela Propriedades do Projecto a partir do menu menuselecion Projecto deve clicar no separador SC para ver as defini es de SC Abrindo a janela a partir do
452. to external drives and network mounts Improving Performance for Shapefiles To improve the performance of drawing a shapefile you can create a spatial index A spatial index will improve the speed of both zooming and panning Spatial indexes used by QGIS have a qix extension Use these steps to create the index e Load a shapefile by clicking on the Va Add Vector Layer toolbar button or pressing Ctrl Shift V Open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the shapefile name in the legend or by right clicking and choosing Properties from the context menu e In the General tab click the Create Spatial Index button Problem loading a shape prj file If you load a shapefile with a prj file and QGIS is not able to read the coordinate reference system from that file you will need to define the proper projection manually within the General tab of the Layer Properties dialog of the layer by clicking the Specify button This is due to the fact that prj files often do not provide the complete projection parameters as used in QGIS and listed in the CRS dialog For the same reason if you create a new shapefile with QGIS two different projection files are created a prj file with limited projection parameters compatible with ESRI software and a qp7 file providing the complete parameters of the used CRS Whenever QGIS finds a gp 3 file it will be used instead of the prj 12 1 2 Loading a MapInfo Layer Vo To load
453. to put it back giving us a one level undo capability Cut copy and paste work on the currently selected features meaning we can operate on more than one at a time Guardando as Camadas Editadas When a layer is in editing mode any changes remain in the memory of QGIS Therefore they are not commit ted saved immediately to the data source or disk If you want to save edits to the current layer but want to continue editing without leaving the editing mode you can click the E Save Layer Edits button When you turn editing mode off with Toggle editing gr quit QGIS for that matter you are also asked if you want to save your changes or discard them If the changes cannot be saved e g disk full or the attributes have values that are out of range the QGIS in memory state is preserved This allows you to adjust your edits and try again 112 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Tip Integridade dos dados sempre boa ideia fazer c pias de seguran a da sua fonte de dados antes de come ar a editar Enquanto os autores do QGIS fizeram todo o esfor o para preservar a integridade dos seus dados n s n o oferecemos garantia neste sentido 12 3 5 Digitaliza o Avan ada Finalidade Finalidade o Retroceder Retomar Rodar Elemento s Simplificar elemento Adicionar An l W Adicionar Parte Fill Ring Apagar An l Apagar Parte Refazer elementos Curva de Afastamento Dividir
454. tools available in the GUI include Pesquisador QGIS Reprojec o On the fly Gestor BD Compositor de Mapas Painel de Vista Global Marcadores espaciais Ferramentas de anota o Identificar seleccionar elementos Editar ver procurar atributos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Data defined feature labeling e Data defined vector and raster symbology tools e Atlas map composition with graticule layers e North arrow scale bar and copyright label for maps e Support for saving and restoring projects 4 3 Criar editar gerir e exportar dados You can create edit manage and export vector and raster layers in several formats QGIS offers the following e Digitizing tools for OGR supported formats and GRASS vector layers e Ability to create and edit shapefiles and GRASS vector layers e Georeferencer plugin to geocode images e GPS tools to import and export GPX format and convert other GPS formats to GPX or down upload directly to a GPS unit On Linux usb has been added to list of GPS devices e Support for visualizing and editing OpenStreetMap data e Ability to create spatial database tables from shapefiles with DB Manager plugin e Tratamento melhorado de tabelas de bases de dados espaciais e Tools for managing vector attribute tables e Option to save screenshots as georeferenced images 4 4 An lise de dados You can perform spatial data analysis on spatial databases and other OGR supported formats QGIS currently offers
455. topological editing feature which is great for creating new features without errors But existing data errors and user induced errors are hard to find This plugin helps you find such errors through a list of rules 19 18 Modulo SQL Anywhere 289 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 g w Add SQL Anywhere layer EN leg eS tes g w Create anew SQL Anywhere co gy x ia es SQL Anywhere Connections Connection Information Name Doo Host a Port Server Database Connection Parameters e a p Figura 19 32 Janela SQL Anywhere KDE A TS BRR VETAR A DO 882 gt B cRmnesgge ccoco MSPP Layers E i Topology Checker E E group A i Error Layer Feature ID amp popp 0 gaps regions Topology Rule Settings 1 jc regions regions Current Rules regions airports e must be inside alaska regions regions Delete Rule Add gue le regions 7 lc regions regions 1 must be inside popp alaska No tolerance 9 regions 2 must not have gaps regions Nolayer No tolerance 40 gaps__ regions 11 gaps regions 3 must not have invalid geometries lakes No layer No tolerance 12 gaps regions E l l 13 gaps regions 14 gaps regions 15 gaps regions 16 gaps regions 17 gaps regions 18 gaps regions 19 gaps regions 20 gaps regions E Configure majrivers Elvalidateall Hi Validate Extent E Co Rr TRE pre Becharo f Lake Show errors 81 errors were f
456. tor Detailed Resolution Lowest scale denominator Figura 14 1 Conceito dos conjuntos de mosaicos do WMTS Os dois tipos de interfaces WMTS que o QGIS suporta s o via Key Value Pairs KVP e RESTful Estas duas interfaces sao diferentes e necessita especifica los ao QGIS de forma diferente 1 In order to access a WMTS KVP service a QGIS user must open the WMS WMTS interface and add the following string to the URL of the WMTS tile service 2SERVICE WMTS amp REQUEST GetCapabilities Um exemplo deste tipo de endere o http opencache statkart no gatekeeper gk gk open wmts N service WMTS amp request GetCapabilities A camada topo2 funciona lindamente para testar neste WMTS Adicionando esta linha e texto indica que um servi o web WMTS que dever ser usado em vez de o servi o WMS 2 O servi o WMTS RESTful torna se uma forma diferente um URL simples a forma recomendada pela OGC WMTSBaseURL 1 0 0 WMTSCapabilities xml Este formato ajuda o a reconhecer que isto um endere o RESTful O WMTS RESTful acedido no QGIS adicionando simplesmente o endere o na configura o do WMS no campo do URL da forma Como exemplo para um mapa base Austr aco deste tipo de endere o http maps wien gv at basemap 1 0 0 WMTSCapabilities xml mM o Cap tulo 14 Trabalhando com dados OGC QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Note Pode encontrar alguns servi os antigos chamados de WMS C Esses servi os s o muito semelhantes ao
457. tre as vistas no modelador e pode faz lo na caixa de ferramentas O modo que seleccionado na caixa de ferramentas aquele que ser usado para a lista de algoritmos no modelador To add an algorithm to a model double click on its name An execution dialog will appear with a content similar to the one found in the execution panel that is shown when executing the algorithm from the toolbox The one shown next corresponds to the SAGA Convergence index algorithm the same example we saw in the section dedicated to the toolbox Como pode ver existem algumas diferen as Em vez da caixa de sa da do ficheiro ser usada para configurar o caminho do ficheiro para as camadas e tabelas de sa da usado apenas uma caixa de texto simples Se a camada gerada pelo algoritmo apenas um resultado tempor rio este ser usado como o ficheiro de entrada de outro algoritmo e n o ser mantido como resultado final mas n o edite essa caixa de texto Introduzindo alguma coisa nela significa que o resultado final e o texto que forneceu ser a descri o para o ficheiro de sa da que ser aquele que o utilizador ira ver quando executar o modelo A selec o do valor para cada par metro tamb m um pouco diferente uma vez que existem diferen as impor tantes entre o contexto do modelador e a caixa de ferramentas Vamos ver como introduzido os valores para cada tipo de par metro e Camadas raster e vector e tabelas Estes s o selecc
458. tribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Deste modo n o inten o desta sec
459. try in case of tile request errors e Define User Agent Options Network General General System WMS search address http geopole org wms search search 1 amp type rss Data Sources Timeout For network requests ms 60000 Rendering Default expiration period for WMS C WMTS tiles hours 24 7 Canvas amp Max retry in case of tile request errors 3 Legend User Agent Mozilla 5 0 IZM Map Tools oo E Composer Cache settings Directory home alexandre qgis2 cache Digitizing Size KiB 51200 GDAL GE CRS v amp Use proxy for web access Host localhost Port 64609 User Password Proxy type DefaultProxy Exclude URLs starting with www proprietary gis com Remove Cancel RD Figura 9 4 Configura es proxy no QGIS Configura es de cache Define a Pasta e Tamanho para o cache g Usar proxy para aceder web e define M quina Porta Utilizador e Palavra chave 9 3 Op es 55 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e Configura o Tipo de proxy l de acordo com as necessidades Default Proxy Proxy determinado baseando se na defini o do proxy da aplica o em uso Socks5Proxy Proxy gen rico para qualquer tipo de liga o Suporta TCP UDP unindo a uma p
460. ts value is meaningful only when using the auto scaling mode A 4 Fixed scale that allows you to toggle between auto scale and fixed scale mode In fixed scale mode the map will only be translated for each geometry to be centered In auto scale mode the map s extents are computed in such a way that each geometry will appear in its entirety 18 6 1 Labels In order to adapt labels to the feature the atlas plugin iterates over use a label with this special notation expres sion using field nameYo For example for a city layer with fields CITY NAME and ZIPCODE you could insert this The area of Il upper CITY_NAME ZIPCODE I is format number area 1000000 2 1 km2 Jo That would result in the generated atlas as The area of PARIS 75001 is 1 94 km2 18 6 2 Preview Once the atlas settings have been configured and map items selected you can create a preview of all the pages by clicking on Atlas Preview Atlas and using the arrows in the same menu to navigate through all the features 18 6 3 Cria o The atlas generation can be done in different ways For example with Atlas Print Atlas you can directly print it You can also create a PDF using Atlas Export Atlas as PDF The user will be asked for a directory for saving all the generated PDF files except 1f the Ed Single file export when possible has been selected If you need to print just a page of the atlas simply s
461. tyles msgbar PushMessage WARNING project contains sensitive data Do not publish W ows server QgsMessageBar WARNING 10 E Macros def saveProject pass g Re lations def closeProject pass Help Apply Cancel OK Figura 9 2 Configura es de Macro no QGIS Cap tulo 9 Configura o QGIS 9 3 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 O menu Relations usado para definir rela es 1 n As rela es s o definidas no di logo das propriedades do projecto Quando existirem rela es para uma camada um novo elemento de interface do utilizador na vista de formul rio p ex quando identificar um elemento e abrir o seu formul rio ira listar os elementos relacionados Isto fornece uma maneira poderosa para expressar p ex o hist rico de inspec o ao longo de um segmento de tubagem ou estrada Poder encontrar mais informa o sobre suporte de rela es 1 n na Sec o Creating one to many relations Op es R Algumas op es b sicas para QGIS podem ser seleccionadas usando o di logo Options Selecione a op o de menu Settings Options Os separadores onde poder personalizar as suas op es s o descritos abaixo 9 3 1 Menu Geral Aplica o Seleccione a Estilo Necess rio reiniciar o QGIS al im e escolha entre Oxy gen Windows Motif CDE Plastique e Cleanlux A Definir o Tema de cone Actualmente s a op o default poss
462. u pr prio tipo de dispositivo Voc faz isto usando o editor de dispositivos GPS onde pode come ar clicando no bot o Editar dispositivos nos separadores de transfer ncia ou upload Para definir um novo dispositivo apenas clique no bot o Novo Dispositivo introduza um nome um comando de transfer ncia e um comand de upload para o seu dispositivo e clique no bot o Actualizar dispositivo O nome aparecer na lista do menu de dispositivos na janela de upload e transfer ncia e pode ser qualquer cadeia de texto O comando de transfeR ncia o comando que usado para transferir os dados a partir do dispositivo para um ficheiro GPX Isto provavelmente ser um comando GPSBabel mas pode usar qualquer outra linha de comando para criar um ficheiro GPX O QGIS ira substituir as palavras chaves type Sin e Sout quando correr o comando Stype ser substitu do por w se est a transferir s tios de interesse r se est a transferir rotas e t se est a transferir trilhos Estes s o as op es da linha de comandos que informam o GPSBabel que tipo de elemento ira transferir in ser substitu do por o nome da porta que escolheu na janela de transfer ncia e o Sout ser substitu do pelo nome que escolheu para o ficheiro GPX dos dados transferidos onde ser o armazenados Portanto se criar um tipo de dispositivo com o comando de transfer ncia gosbabel Stype i garmin o gpx in Sout isto actualmente o comando de transfer ncia
463. ujos autores pretendam utiliza lo em vez disso alguns softwares da Free Software Foundation s o protegidos pela GNU Library General Public License Tamb m pode aplica lo aos seus progamas Quando falamos de software livre n s estamos a referir liberdade n o pre o As nossas Licen as Gerais P blicas est o feitas para assegurar que pode ter a liberdade de distribuir c pias de software livre e cobrar por esse servi o se desejar de onde recebe c digo fonte ou pode obte lo se quiser e pode alterar o software ou usar pe as dele em novos programas e fica a saber que pode fazer essas coisas Para proteger os seus direitos n s necessitamos de fazer algumas restri es que pro bem qualquer pessoa de lhe negar os direitos ou de lhe perguntar se abdica dos direitos Estas restri es traduzem se em certas responsabili dades para si se deseja distribuir c pias do software ou se quer modific lo Por exemplo se distribuir c pias de um programa seja gratuito ou por um valor deve dar aos destinat rios todos os direitos que tem Deve ter a certeza que eles tamb m recebem ou podem obter o c digo fonte E deve mostrar lhes estes termos para que possam conhecer os seus direitos N s protegemos os seus direitos de duas formas 1 direitos reservados do software e 2 oferta desta licen a que d lhe permiss o legal para copiar distribuir e ou modificar o software Al m disso para nossa prote o e de casa um dos autores
464. ultados ao QGIS como uma camada de consulta O menu Base de Dados permite ligar a uma base de dados existente para come ar a janela de SQL e sair do m dulo Gestor BD Quando estiver ligado a uma base de dados existente os menus Esquema e Tabela apareceram adicionalmente O menu Esquema inclui ferramentas para criar e apagar esquemas vazias e se estiver topologia dispon vel ex PostGIS 2 para iniciar o TopoViewer 254 Cap tulo 19 M dulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 DB Manager fe al gt Refresh SQL window Import layerfile Export to file Tree Info Table Preview gt amp PostGIS z 7 SpatiaLite poligonos_testes spatialite_test_db sqlite E Spatialindex geom_cols_ref_sys General info E geometry columns EJ geometry columns auth E idx poligonos testes E idx poligonos testes E E Relation type Table Rows 2 idx poligonos testes Spati aLite idx poligonos testes poligonos testes Column geometry ES spatial ref sys Geometry MULTIPOLYGON E spatialite history Dimension XY Ed sqlite_sequence Spatial ref Datum 73 Modified Portuguese Grid E views_geometry_colu 27493 EJ virts geometry columns Extent unknown find out Fields Figura 19 7 Janela do Gestor DB A O menu Tabela permite criar e editar tabelas e apagar as tabelas e as vistas tamb m poss vel esvaziar tabelas e mover tabelas de um esquema para outro Como mais uma funcionalidade pode executar o coman
465. upport this objective QGIS provides suppport for OSM data Loading OpenStreetMap Vectors QGIS integrates OpenStreetMap import as a core functionality e To connect to the OSM server and download data open the menu Vector Openstreetmap Load data You can skip this step if you already obtained an osm XML file using JOSM Overpass API or any other source e The menu Vector gt Openstreetmap Import topology from an XML file will convert your osm file into a SpatiaLite database and create a corresponding database connection e The menu Vector Openstreetmap Export topology to SpatiaLite then allows you to open the database connection select the type of data you want points lines or polygons and choose tags to import This creates a SpatiaLite geometry layer that you can add to your project by clicking on the Le eae ae aver 72 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 toolbar button or by selecting the fe Add SpatiaLite Layer option from the Layer menu see section SpatiaLite Layers 12 1 6 PostGIS Layers PostGIS layers are stored in a PostgreSQL database The advantages of PostGIS are the spatial indexing filter ing and query capabilities it provides Using PostGIS vector functions such as select and identify work more accurately than they do with OGR layers in QGIS Creating a stored Connection amp The first time you use a PostGIS data source you must creat
466. ura es para que sejam usado pelos algoritmos Cada vez que a camada for carregada pelo SEXTANTE e adicionada ao enquadramento do QGIS esta ser renderizada com esse estilo Os estilos de renderiza o podem ser configurados individualmente para cada algoritmo e cada um para os seus ficheiros de sa da Apenas clique com o direito do rato no nome do algoritmo na caixa de ferramentas e seleccione Editar estilos de renderiza o Ir ver um di logo como o que exibido a seguir Seleccione o ficheiro de estilo qm1 que quer para cada ficheiro de sa da e pressione OK Os outros par metros de configura o no grupo Geral est o em baixo referidos e Use filename as layer name The name of each resulting layer created by an algorithm is defined by the algorithm itself In some cases a fixed name might be used meaning that the same output name will be used no matter which input layer is used In other cases the name might depend on the name of the input layer or some of the parameters used to run the algorithm If this checkbox is checked the name will be taken from the output filename instead Notice that if the output is saved to a temporary file the filename of this temporary file is usually a long and meaningless one intended to avoid collision with other already existing filenames 196 Capitulo 17 Infraestrutura do Processamento QGIS QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 t Convergence Index Convergence Index lt OutputRaster gt
467. ures total 26 Filtered 26 selected 4 A Ei 5a E hed ES ER ee NAME 1 4 NAME 2 HASC 2 TYPE 2 0 i 2 Municipality 3 4 Alaska Bristol Bay US AK BR Borough 5 Alaska Denali US AK DE Borough 6 Alaska Dillingham US AK DI Census Area 7 Alaska Fairbanks North Star US AK FA Borough 8 Alaska Haines US AK HA Borough 9 Alaska Juneau US AK JU City And Bo 10 Alaska Kenai Peninsula US AK KN Borough sa RE E a nim nur vem e L al E3 Show All Features v SE Figura 12 39 Tabela de Atributos para a camada regi es Seleccionando elementos na tabela de atributos Cada linha selecionada na tabela de atributos representa os atributos de um determinado elemento da camada Se o conjunto de elementos selecionados na janela principal alterado a sele o tamb m atualizada na tabela de atributos Da mesma forma se um conjunto de linhas selecionadas na tabela de atributos modificada o conjunto de elementos selecionado na janela principal ser atualizado As linhas podem ser selecionadas ao clicar no n mero da linha do lado esquerdo desta Podem ser marcadas Linhas m ltiplas manter a tecla Ctrl primida Pode ser feita uma sele o continua se manter primida a tecla Shift e clicar na entrada de v rias linha do lado esquerdo Todas as linhas entre a posi o atual do cursor e a linha clicada ser o selecionados Ao mover a posi o do cursor na tabela de atributos ao clicar um c lula na tabela n o tem inf
468. ut it needs a slope layer and a flow accumulation layer We do not have these layers but since we have the DEM we can calculate them by calling the corresponding SAGA algorithms A parte do c digo onde este processamento tem lugar n o dificil de perceber se leu o as sec es anteriores deste cap tulo Contudo as primeiras linhas necessitam de uma explica o adicional Eles fornecem a informa o que necess ria para tornar o c digo num algortimo que possa ser corrido a partir qualquer componente do GUI como por exemplo a caixa de ferramentas ou o modelador gr fico These lines start with a double Python comment symbol and have the following structure parameter name parameter type optional values Here is a list of all the parameter types that are supported in processing scripts their syntax and some examples e raster A raster layer e vector A vector layer e table A table e number A numerical value A default value must be provided For instance depth number 2 4 e string A text string As in the case of numerical values a default value must be added For instance name string Victor e boolean A boolean value Add True or False after it to set the default value For example verbose boolean True 17 5 Usando os algoritmos do processamento a partir da consola 209 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 e m ltiplos raster Um conjunto de camadas rasters de entrada e vectores m ltiplos Um conjunto de cam
469. utes_of_Selected_Features 115 310 Merge Selected Features 115 Metadados 138 modelo de dados vectorial GRASS 173 Movimentar 108 MSSQL Spatial 77 Multi_Banda_Raster 133 multipolygon 114 N s 111 Natural Breaks Jenks 84 nesting projects 45 New GPX Layer 116 117 New Shapefile Layer 116 New Spatialite Layer 116 New Spatialite Layer 116 Node Tool 110 Non Spatial Attribute Tables 121 OGC 143 OGR 67 OGR Simple Feature Library 67 ogr2ogr 75 op es da linha de comandos 19 Open Geospatial Consortium 143 OpenStreetMap 72 Oracle Spatial 78 OSM 72 pgsql2shp 75 Picture_database 231 Pir mides 138 Point Displacement Renderer 87 PostGIS 73 PostGIS spatial index 76 PostgreSQL 73 Pretty_Breaks 84 print_composer ferramentas 221 Proj 4 62 Proj4 61 Proj4_texto 61 Projec es 59 Proxy 145 proxy server 145 Publish to Web plugin 152 QGIS mapserver 151 QGIS Server 152 QSpatiaLite 77 qualidade de renderiza o 37 Quantis 84 Raster 131 Raster_Calculator 140 Relations 121 Renderer_Categorized 84 Renderer_Graduated 84 Renderer_Point_Displacement 87 Renderer_Single_Symbol 82 Indice Rendering halting 36 Rendering Mode 225 Rendering Rule based 86 Renderiza o 35 Renderiza o dependente da escala 36 Revert Layout Actions 241 ring polygons 114 Rotate Point symbols 116 Rotated North Arrow 231 Rule based Rendering 86 SC 59 SC
470. utra camada Subexposi o A subexposi o ir clarear e saturar os pixeis subjacentes baseados na luminosidade do pixel superior A maior claridade do pixel superior causa o aumento da satura o e brilho dos pixeis subjacentes Isto funciona melhor nos pixeis superiores que n o brilham muito caso contr rio o efeito muito extremo Adi o Este modo de renderiza o simplesmente adiciona os valores dos pixeis de uma camada noutra Nos casos que os valores s o acima de 1 como no caso do RGB o branco exibido Este modo adequado para destacar elementos Escurecido Cria um pixel resultante que ret m os componentes mais pequenos dos pixeis do primeiro plano e do fundo Como o mais claro o resulto tende a ser irregular e spero Multiplicar Aqui os n meros de cada pixel superior da camada multiplica com o pixel correspondente da camada abaixo Os resultados s o imagens mais escuras Queimar As cores escuras da camada superior torna mais escuro as camadas subjacentes Pode ser usado para ajustar e colorizar camadas subjacentes Sobreposi o E uma combina o entre os modos de renderiza o de multiplicar e ecra Como resul tado as partes claras da imagem tornam se mais claras e as partes escuras ficam mais escuras BN Pouca luz Muito semelhante sobreposi o mas em vez de usar multiplicar ecr usa o queimar subexposi o Neste modo suposto imitar brilhar uma luz suave numa imagem Muita lu
471. utside QGIS if you know what you are doing The file format has been updated several times compared with earlier QGIS versions Project files from older QGIS versions may not work properly anymore To be made aware of this in the General tab under Settings Options you can select E Avisar para guardar o projecto e altera es de fontes de dados quando necess rio E Avisar quando abrir um projecto guardado com uma vers o antiga do Iggl Whenever you save a project in QGIS 2 2 now a backup of the project file is made 6 7 Ficheiro de Saida There are several ways to generate output from your QGIS session We have discussed one already in section Projectos saving as a project file Here 1s a sampling of other ways to produce output files e A op o do menu Projecto gt Guardar como Imagem abre ym didlogo de ficheiro onde pode seleccionar nome caminho e tipo de imagem formato PNG ou JPG Um ficheiro world file com a extens o PNGW ou JPGW guardado na mesma pasta georeferenciando a imagem e Menu option Project gt DXF Export opens a dialog where you can define the Symbology mode the Symbology scale and vector layers you want to export to DXF e Menu option Project q New Print Composer opens a dialog where you can lay out and print the current map canvas see section Compositor de Impress o 6 6 Projectos 21 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 22 Capitulo 6 Iniciando CAP TULO QGIS GUI Quand
472. uttons have been removed from the bottom of the composer window to give you the maximum amount of screen space for working with your compositions World file generation In the composer you can now create georeferenced maps Simply ensure that you choose the correct map element in the Composition tab and then export your map as a PNG file An accompanying world file will be written allowing you to load your exported composition in QGIS as a raster layer Working with multiple items Support has been added for moving and resizing multiple items simultane ously You can now hold Shi ft while resizing to maintain an item s ratio while resizing or hold Ctrl to resize from the item s centre These shortcut keys also apply to moving items so holding Shift while moving an item constrains the movement to horizontal or vertical movement and holding Ct r1 temporarily disables item snapping You can also hold Shift while pressing a cursor key to shift all selected items by a larger amount Atlas enhancements You can now preview the individual pages of the map atlas that will be generated in the composer While in atlas preview mode you can output the current page without outputting the entire atlas You can also tweak the map extent or scale for each feature while previewing the atlas page Atlas map settings have been moved from the atlas panel to the map properties panel so now more than one map can be controlled by the atlas generation There s
473. vailable you can cycle through the different features using the Previ ous and Next buttons The other controls are described in the ref evis_browser section of this guide 260 Capitulo 19 Modulos QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 19 6 6 Liga o da Base de Dados The Database Connection module provides tools to connect to and query a database or other ODBC resource such as a spreadsheet eVis can directly connect to the following types of databases PostgreSQL MySQL and SQLite it can also read from ODBC connections e g MS Access When reading from an ODBC database such as an Excel spreadsheet it is necessary to configure your ODBC driver for the operating system you are using Iniciar o m dulo da Liga o a Base de Dados To launch the Database Connection module either click on the appropriate icon E eo ene alee oe lc on Database eVis Database Connection This will launch the Database Connection window The window has three tabs Predefined Queries Database Connection and SQL Query The Output Console window at the bottom of the window displays the status of actions initiated by the different sections of this module Ligar a base de dados Click on the Database Connection tab to open the database connection interface Next use the Database Type combo box to select the type of database that you want to connect to If a password or username is required that information can be entered in the Username a
474. vas Using the SVG Annotation tool click into the map canvas and add the path to the SVG file into the dialog 8 7 3 Formul rios de anota es Additionally you can also create your own annotation forms The Fom Annotation too is useful to display attributes of a vector layer in a customized Qt Designer form see figure_custom_annotation This is similar to the designer forms for the Identify features tool but displayed in an annotation item Also see this video https www youtube com watch v OpDBuSbQ020 from Tim Sutton for more information Note Se clicar Ctrl T enquanto a ferramenta Anota o activada move a anota o anota o de texto formul rio da anota o o estado de visibilidade desses itens s o invertidos 8 8 Marcadores espaciais Marcadores espaciais permite lhe marcar uma localiza o geogr fica e voltar a ele mais tarde 8 8 Marcadores espaciais 43 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 N ga ESP QGIS rocks name of municipality Solothurn postal code 4500 fhome marco tmp gem ui Map position fixed Map marker Frame width 1 00 W OK Abbrechen L schen Figura 8 11 Formul rio de anota o personalizado no Qt Designer 8 8 1 Criando um Marcador Para criar um marcador 1 Aproximar ou mover para uma rea de interesse 2 Seleccione a op o do menu Ver Novo Marcador ou carregue Ctrl B 3 Introduza um nome descri
475. ve is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the ex ecutable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this Li
476. vector analysis sampling geoprocessing geometry and database management tools You can also use the integrated GRASS tools which include the complete GRASS functionality of more than 400 modules See sec tion Integra o GRASS SIG Or you can work with the Processing Plugin which provides a powerful geospatial analysis framework to call native and third party algorithms from QGIS such as GDAL SAGA GRASS fTools and more See section Introdu o 4 5 Publica o de mapas na internet QGIS can be used as a WMS WMTS WMS C or WES and WFS T client and as a WMS WCS or WES server See section Trabalhando com dados OGC Additionally you can publish your data on the Internet using a webserver with UMN MapServer or GeoServer installed 4 6 Funcionalidades do QGIS expandida atraves de modulos QGIS can be adapted to your special needs with the extensible plugin architecture and libraries that can be used to create plugins You can even create new applications with C or Python 10 Capitulo 4 Caracteristicas QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 4 6 1 Modulos Core Core plugins include 1 Coordinate Capture Capture mouse coordinates in different CRSs Gestor BD Troca edi o e visualizaliza o de camadas e tabelas execu o de consultas SQL Diagram Overlay Place diagrams on vector layers Dxf2Shp Converter Convert DXF files to shapefiles eVIS Visualize events fTools Analyze and manage vector data GDALTools
477. with python logic QGIS dialogs can have a Python function that is called when the dialog is opened Use this function to add extra logic to your dialogs An example is in module MyForms py def open dialog layer feature geom feature geometry control dialog findChild QWidged My line edit 96 Capitulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Reference in Python Init Function like so MyForms open MyForms py must live on PY THONPATH in qgis2 python or inside the project folder Attribute editor layout Drag and drop designer Python Init Function w Fields Label 7 E v main Fields Id 7 Name Type Type name E cat soa D NAMES o cat int Integer A AREA MI Rendering 1 NAMES QString String v Label control 7 xlabel 2 AREA MI double Real ylabel i rotation RO Ras 3 xlabel int Integer Ra 4 ylabel int integer Joins IEF Diagrams Metadata Add tab or group For lakes _ Create category as atab a group in container nain b Relations Suppress attribute form pop up after feature creation Default Load Style Save As Default Restore Default Style Save Style 7 Es Apply Cancel OK Figura 12 22 Janela de di logo para criar categorias com o Layout do editor de atributos 12 2 4 Menu Geral K Use this menu to make general settings for the
478. with the attribute table will be quicker The cache will be deleted when closing the attribute table Representa o para valores NULL Aqui pode definir um valor para os campos de dados que cont m valores NULL Manipula o das fontes de dados Pesquisar por atributos v lidos na janela do navegador Pode escolher entre Verificar extens o e Verificar conte do do ficheiro Pesquisar por conte do de ficheiros compactados zip na janela do navegador j N o Verifica o b sica e Verifica o completa s o possiveis Prompt for raster sublayers when opening Some rasters support sublayers they are called subdatasets in GDAL An example is netCDF files if there are many netCDF variables GDAL sees every variable as a subdataset The option allows you to control how to deal with sublayers when a file with sublayers is opened You have the following choices Sempre Perguntar sempre se existem subcamadas Se necess rio Perguntar se a camada n o tem bandas mas tem subcamadas Nunca Nunca pede n o ira carregar nada Carregar tudo Nunca pede mas carrega todas as subcamadas 4 Ignora a declara o de codifica o da shapefile Se a shapefile tiver informa o de codifica o este ser ignorado pelo QGIS C Adicionar uma camada PostGIS com duplo clique e seleccione em modo alargado C Adicione camadas Oracle com duplo clique e seleccione
479. wn text WKT representation of geometry QGIS allows you to load a delimited text file as a layer or ordinal table But first check that the file meets the following requirements 1 The file must have a delimited header row of field names This must be the first line in the text file 2 The header row must contain field s with geometry definition These field s can have any name 3 The X and Y coordinates if geometry is defined by coordinates must be specified as numbers The coor dinate system is not important As an example of a valid text file we import the elevation point data file elevp csv that comes with the QGIS sample dataset see section Amostra de Dados X Y ELEV 30 0120776899960713 654360 7562040752 1640 7512840 3 lance al Some items to note about the text file 1 The example text file uses semicolon as delimiter Any character can be used to delimit the fields 2 The first row is the header row It contains the fields X Y and ELEV 3 No quotes are used to delimit text fields 4 The X coordinates are contained in the X field 5 The Y coordinates are contained in the Y field Loading a delimited text file q Bes ae Click the toolbar icon E Add Delimited Text Layer in the Manage layers toolbar to open the Create a Layer from a Delimited Text File dialog as shown in figure delimited text 1 First select the file to import e g qgis sample data csv elevp csv by clicking on the Browse
480. words in your QGIS settings may be a security risk Passwords are saved in clear text in the system configuration and in the project files Your customized settings for QGIS are stored based on the operating system i The settings are stored in your home directory in config QGIS QGIS2 conf e The settings are stored in the registry Loading an Oracle Spatial Layer Once you have one or more connections defined you can load layers from the Oracle database Of course this requires having data in Oracle To load a layer from Oracle Spatial perform the following steps If the Add Oracle Spatial layers dialog is not already open click on the Q Add Oracle Spatial Laget Toolbar button e Choose the connection from the drop down list and click Connect Select or unselect C Also list tables with no geometry Optionally use some E Search Options to define which features to load from the layer or use the Build query button to start the Query builder dialog Find the layer s you wish to add in the list of available layers Select it by clicking on it You can select multiple layers by holding down the Shift key while clicking See section Ferramenta de Consulta for information on using the Oracle Query Builder to further define the layer Click on the Add button to add the layer to the map Tip Oracle Spatial Layers Normally an Oracle Spatial layer is defined by an entry in the USER_SDO_METADATA table 12 2 Janela d
481. xisting selection 17 5 3 Criando scripts e correndo os a partir da caixa de ferramentas You can create your own algorithms by writing the corresponding Python code and adding a few extra lines to supply additional information needed to define the semantics of the algorithm You can find a Create new script menu under the Tools group in the Script algorithms block of the toolbox Double click on it to open the script editing dialog That s where you should type your code Saving the script from there in the scripts folder the default folder when you open the save file dialog with py extension will automatically create the corresponding algorithm O nome do algoritmo aquele que ira ver na caixa de ferramentas criado a partir do nome do ficheiro removendo a extens o e substituindo os h fens inferiores com espa os em branco Let s have a look at the following code which calculates the Topographic Wetness Index TWD directly from a DEM dem raster twi output ret slope processing runalg Saga slopeaspectcurvature dem O None None None None None ret area processing runalg SsSaga catchmentarea mass fluxmethod dem 0 False False False False None None None None None processing runalg saga topographicwetnessindex twi ret slope SLOPE ret area AREA None 1 O twi As you can see the calculation involves three algorithms all of them coming from SAGA The last one calculates the TWI b
482. y field on it In our case this is the airports layer e referencing field will say which field points to the other layer so this is fk_region in this case e referenced layer is the one with the primary key pointed to so here it is the regions layer e referenced field is the primary key of the referenced layer so it is ID e id will be used for internal purposes and has to be unique You may need it to build custom forms once this is supported If you leave it empty one will be generated for you but you can assign one yourself to get one that is easier to handle General E cien a Name ferencing Lay 2ferencing Fie 2ferenced Lay eferenced Fiel crs IM Identify layers Name airport_relation Default styles Referencing Layer Child airports RE OWS server Referencing Field Fk region esse Referenced Layer Parent regions A E Referenced Field ID Id Generated automa Add Relation Remove Relation Help Apply Cancel OK Figura 12 41 Relation Manager 122 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Forms Now that QGIS knows about the relation it will be used to improve the forms it generates As we did not change the default form method autogenerated it will just add a new widget in our form So let s select the layer region in the legend and use the identify tool Depending on your settings the form might open
483. y is successful a Database File Selection window will be displayed If the query is not successful an error message will appear in the Output Console window In the Database File Selection window enter the name of the layer that will be created from the results of the query in the Name of New Layer textbox 1 Janela de texto da Consulta SQL Um ecr para introduzir as consultas SQL 2 Correr Consulta Bot o para executar a consulta introduzida na Janela de Consulta SQL 3 Janela da Consola A janela da consola onde as mensagens relacionadas com o processamento s o ex ibidas 4 Help Displays the online help 5 OK Fecha a janela principal Liga o base de daos Use the X Coordinate IM and Y Coordinate Ir combo boxes to select the fields from the database that stores the X or longitude and Y or latitude coordinates Clicking on the OK button causes the vector layer created from the SQL query to be displayed in the QGIS map window To save this vector file for future use you can use the QGIS Save as command that is accessed by right clicking on the layer name in the QGIS map legend and then selecting Save as Tip Criando uma camada vectorial a partir de uma folha de calculo Microsoft Excel When creating a vector layer from a Microsoft Excel Worksheet you might see that unwanted zeros 0 have been inserted in the attribute table rows beneath valid data This can be caused by deleting the values
484. y later version that has been published not as a draft by the Free Software Foundation If the Document does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published not as a draft by the Free Software Foundation If the Document specifies that a 304 Capitulo 21 Ap ndice QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document 11 RE LICENCIAMENTO Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site or MMC Site means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server A Massive Multiauthor Collaboration or MMC contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site CC BY SA means the Creative Commons Attribution Share Alike 3 0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation a not for profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco California as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization Incorporate means to publish or republish a Document in whole or in part as part of another Document An MMC is eligible for relicensing if it is licensed under this License a
485. y that represents the point set union of the geometries returns the well known text WKT represe geometry without SRID metadata 12 5 Calculadora de Campos ntation of the 129 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 Record Functions This group contains functions that operate on record identifiers Srownum returns the number of the current row Sid returns the feature id of the current row Sscale returns the current scale of the map canvas Fields and Values Contains a list of fields from the layer Sample values can also be accessed via right click Select the field name from the list then right click to access a context menu with options to load sample values from the selected field 130 Cap tulo 12 Trabalhando com Informa o Vectorial CAP TULO 13 Trabalhando com Informacao Matricial 13 1 A trabalhar com Dados Matriciais This section describes how to visualize and set raster layer properties QGIS uses the GDAL library to read and write raster data formats including ArcInfo Binary Grid ArcInfo ASCH Grid GeoTIFF ERDAS IMAGINE and many more GRASS raster support is supplied by a native QGIS data provider plugin The raster data can also be loaded in read mode from zip and gzip archives into QGIS As of the date of this document more than 100 raster formats are supported by the GDAL library see GDAL SOFTWARE SUITE in Literatura e Refer ncias Web A complete list is available at http www gdal org formats_list html
486. y work on 6 or perhaps X The layer in question has fields for a species name taxon_name latitude lat and longitude Long We would like to be able to make a spatial selection of localities and export 12 2 Janela das Propriedades da Camada Vectorial 101 QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 these field values to a text file for the selected record shown in yellow in the QGIS map area Here is the action to achieve this bash c echo Staxon_name lat Slong gt gt tmp species localities txt Ap s seleccionar umas localidades e executado a ac o para cada um a abertuda do ficheiro ir mostrar algo como Isto Acacia mearnsii 34 0800000000 150 0800000000 Acacia mearnsii 34 9000000000 150 1200000000 Acacia mearnsii 35 2200000000 149 9300000000 Acacia mearnsii 32 2700000000 150 4100000000 As an exercise we can create an action that does a Google search on the lakes layer First we need to determine the URL required to perform a search on a keyword This is easily done by just going to Google and doing a simple search then grabbing the URL from the address bar in your browser From this little effort we see that the format is http google com search q qgis where QGTS is the search term Armed with this information we can proceed 1 Garanta que a camada lagos est carregada 2 Open the Layer Properties dialog by double clicking on the layer in the legend or right click and choose Properties from the pop up menu 3
487. you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute However you may accept compensation in exchange for copies If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3 You may also lend copies under the same conditions stated above and you may publicly display copies 3 COPIAS EM QUANTIDADE If you publish printed copies or copies in media that commonly have printed covers of the Document numbering more than 100 and the Document s license notice requires Cover Texts you must enclose the copies in covers that carry clearly and legibly all these Cover Texts Front Cover Texts on the front cover and Back Cover Texts on the back cover Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible You may add other material on the covers in addition Copying with changes limited to the covers as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly you should put the first ones listed as many as fit reasonably on the actual cover and continue the rest onto adjacent pages If you publi
488. ype Edi Unique value and set the Classification field to VEGDESC Refer to the explanation of the symbology tab in sec_symbology of the vector section e Next reopen the GRASS Toolbox and open Vector Vector update by other maps Click on the v rast stats module Enter gtopo30 and forest areas e Only one additional parameter is needed Enter column prefix elev and click Run This is a computa tionally heavy operation which will run for a long time probably up to two hours e Finally open the forest areas attribute table and verify that several new columns have been added including elev min elev max elev mean etc for each forest polygon 16 9 3 Trabalhando com a pesquisa da LOCALIZA O GRASS Another useful feature inside the GRASS Toolbox is the GRASS LOCATION browser In figure grass module 7 you can see the current working LOCATION with its MAPSETs In the left browser windows you can browse through all MAPSETs inside the current LOCATION The right browser window shows some meta information for selected raster or vector layers e g resolution bounding box data source connected attribute table for vector data and a command history The toolbar inside the Browser tab offers the following tools to manage the selected LOCATION Oy Adicionar mapa seleccionado ao enquadramento Copiar mapa seleccionado Renomear mapa seleccionado X Apagar mapa seleccionado OI Definir a regi o actual
489. z Este modo muito semelhante ao modo de sobreposi o E suposto simular a projec o de uma luz muito intensa numa imagem Diferen a A diferen a subtrair o pixel superior com pixel de baixo e vice versa para obter sempre o valor positivo A mistura com pretos n o produz altera o como valor todas as cores s o zero Subtrac o Este modo de renderiza o simplesmente subtrair os valores do pixel de uma camada outra Em caso de valores negativos o preto exibido Itens do Compositor 18 3 1 Adding a current QGIS map canvas to the Print Composer Clique no bot o da barra de ferramentas amp 3 Adicionar novo mapa do compositor de impress o para adicionar ao en quadramento do mapa QGIS Agora arraste um rect ngulo para o enquadramento do compositor com o bot o 226 Cap tulo 18 Compositor de Impress o QGIS User Guide Release 2 2 esquerdo do rato para adicionar o mapa Para exibir o mapa actual pode escolher entre tr s modos diferentes no separador do mapa Propriedades do Item Properties e Rect ngulo a configura o padr o Apenas exibe uma caixa vazia com a mensagem O mapa ser im presso aqui e Cache renderiza um mapa para a resolu o actual do ecr Se quiser aproximar ou afastar na janela do Compositor o mapa n o ira renderizar mas a imagem redimensionada e Desenhar significa que se aproximar ou afastar na janela do compositor o mapa ser novamente render izada mas por raz

ou PDF - QGIS Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents